The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has alleged that certain third-party Bitcoin mining hosting arrangements constitute securities, marking a significant enforcement action tied to an alleged $48 million fraud involving mining firm VBit Technologies.

In a civil complaint filed Wednesday in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, the SEC accused VBit founder and former chief executive Danh C. Vo of misleading investors and selling unregistered investment contracts connected to hosted Bitcoin mining operations.

The agency stressed that its allegations apply to the structure and marketing of the contracts sold by VBit — not to Bitcoin mining itself or to individuals who operate mining equipment on their own.

Allegations focus on passive investment structure

According to the complaint, VBit sold “Hosting Agreements” to thousands of retail investors between late 2018 and early 2022. The agreements were promoted as a way to earn Bitcoin mining income without owning, operating, or maintaining mining equipment.

Investors were told they were purchasing mining rigs that would be pooled with others and run entirely by VBit. Returns were described as proportional to each investor’s share of computing power, measured by hashrate, with VBit responsible for sourcing equipment, managing facilities, and distributing mining proceeds.

The SEC alleges that nearly all of VBit’s customers entered into these agreements, which were offered in tiered packages ranging from lower-cost plans to higher-priced options that purportedly included multiple mining rigs.

SEC says equipment claims did not match reality

The complaint alleges that VBit did not have sufficient mining equipment to support the number of hosting agreements it sold.

In 2020, VBit is accused of selling hosting contracts covering more than 3,300 mining rigs while operating fewer than 1,000 machines. In 2021, agreements allegedly covered more than 8,400 rigs, while the company operated roughly 1,643.

As a result, the computing power promised to investors could not be delivered, according to the SEC.

The agency further alleges that investors never owned or controlled specific mining equipment and had no role in operational decisions. Instead, they were entirely dependent on Vo and VBit to generate any returns.

Why the SEC considers the contracts securities

Based on those allegations, the SEC argues the hosting agreements meet the legal definition of investment contracts under federal securities law. The agency says investors contributed money to a common enterprise and were led to expect profits derived primarily from the efforts of VBit and its founder.

Because the contracts were not registered with the SEC and were sold without required disclosures, regulators say the arrangements violated securities registration and anti-fraud provisions.

Alleged misuse of investor funds

The complaint also accuses Vo of misappropriating investor money.

According to the SEC, between December 2020 and November 2021, Vo transferred approximately $48.5 million of investor funds into personal accounts, distributed millions to family members, and used investor money for cryptocurrency trading.

The agency further alleges that investor account balances were misrepresented through an online portal that displayed hypothetical mining returns unrelated to actual Bitcoin production. Any Bitcoin that was mined was allegedly controlled solely by Vo.

Alleged departure, asset transfers, and account shutdowns

According to the complaint, Vo left the United States in 2021 after learning that the SEC was investigating VBit’s operations. Around the same period, VBit announced that it had been sold to a company called Advanced Mining Group.

The SEC alleges that the sale did not reflect a genuine transfer of business operations and instead served to give investors the impression that mining activities were continuing.

By mid-2022, customers were unable to log into their accounts or withdraw funds. The SEC says investors lost access to account information and received no further updates on the status of their mining contracts or assets.

What the SEC is asking the court to order

In its complaint, the SEC is asking the court to permanently bar Vo from violating federal securities laws and to force the return of money it says was improperly taken from investors. The agency is also seeking financial penalties and an order that would prevent Vo from serving as an officer or director of any public company.

The case has been filed as a civil action, and the SEC has requested that the claims be decided by a jury.

Also Read: Senate Committees Prepare January Review of Crypto Regulation Bill

The markup will be conducted jointly by the Senate Banking Committee and the Senate Agriculture Committee. The legislation addresses how regulatory authority over digital asset markets is divided between the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

The bill passed the House of Representatives in July with bipartisan support. On the same day, lawmakers approved separate stablecoin legislation that has since been signed into law.

The January session follows several earlier timelines for Senate consideration that were discussed but never formally scheduled. Committee placement is required before the legislation can be considered by the full Senate.

Under the bill, digital assets classified as securities would remain under SEC oversight, while assets and markets classified as commodities would fall under the CFTC’s authority. The legislation introduces statutory definitions intended to reduce situations in which firms are subject to overlapping regulation from both agencies.

Lawmakers backing the bill have said current law does not provide those definitions, leaving firms to navigate inconsistent regulatory treatment across agencies.

Some senators have focused their objections on agency structure rather than asset classification. Those objections relate to the appointment and removal of commissioners at the SEC and CFTC and the enforcement of existing bipartisan seat requirements at independent agencies.

Statements from the White House regarding future regulatory nominations have not addressed those structural concerns. Separately, recent Supreme Court cases involving presidential authority over independent agencies have been cited in Senate discussions related to commissioner tenure and removal protections.

Several Democratic senators involved in negotiations on the bill have not indicated whether they will support the legislation. Their objections focus on agency governance and enforcement authority rather than the bill’s definitions of digital asset categories.

Senate aides have said there is no confirmed Democratic support beyond those discussions. Any effort to advance the bill would therefore require additional commitments during or following committee consideration.

Views within the crypto industry also vary. Some firms have expressed support for clearer statutory boundaries between securities and commodities regulation. Other firms have objected to compliance, reporting, and recordkeeping provisions included in the bill, arguing that those requirements would impose higher relative costs on smaller companies than on larger operators.

During the January markup, committee members are expected to review the bill line by line, consider amendments, and vote on whether to report the legislation to the full Senate. Amendments under discussion include jurisdictional thresholds, compliance timelines, and limits on agency authority.

Committee staff have said issues related to governance and enforcement are likely to be addressed during the markup rather than deferred to later stages of the legislative process.

Also Read: Bitcoin, Ethereum Rise After U.S. Inflation Data Comes in Below Forecasts

Both cryptocurrencies rose before U.S. equity markets opened, with Bitcoin trading near $89,000 and Ethereum approaching $2,980. After the opening bell, prices fluctuated and failed to remain at those levels.

At the time of reporting, Bitcoin was trading around $88,399, down about 1.6% over the past seven days. Ethereum was trading near $2,957, down roughly 6.8% over the same period. Both assets were higher by a little more than 1% on the day.

Inflation data shows slower price growth

Data released by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics showed consumer prices rose 2.7% year over year in November. The reading was lower than forecasts, which had projected a higher annual increase, and marked the slowest pace since July.

Core consumer prices, which exclude food and energy costs, increased 2.6% from a year earlier. That was the lowest annual core inflation rate recorded since March 2021.

The inflation report was released later than scheduled after a government shutdown disrupted the publication of earlier economic data.

Early gains fade after market open

Following the release of the inflation data, Bitcoin and Ethereum rose during early trading hours. After U.S. equity markets opened, prices moved within a narrower range and gave up part of the earlier increase.

Trading conditions in December are often thinner than during other parts of the year, with fewer participants and shorter holding periods. These conditions can result in uneven price action, particularly in assets that already trade with higher volatility.

Lower inflation reduces pressure for further interest rate increases, but digital asset prices did not continue higher during the session.

Regulatory developments remain in focus

Ethereum trading has taken place alongside ongoing discussion in Washington around digital asset regulation. Lawmakers continue to debate proposals that would define oversight and market structure for cryptocurrencies, though no timeline for passage has been set.

Recent public remarks from U.S. political leaders have indicated openness to bipartisan participation in financial regulatory agencies that oversee securities and derivatives markets. At the same time, lawmakers have said that progress on digital asset legislation depends on agreement across party lines.

Rate-cut probabilities adjust modestly

After the inflation data was released, market pricing showed a slightly higher probability that the Federal Reserve could lower its benchmark interest rate at its next meeting. Traders priced in roughly a 26% chance of a quarter-point reduction, up slightly from the previous day.

Bitcoin and Ethereum remained close to recent trading levels through the session as markets digested the inflation data and adjusted interest-rate expectations.

Also Read: Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs Lose $582 Million in One Day as Funds Pull Capital

The pledge was announced Wednesday and represents a direct allocation of sovereign digital asset reserves to a domestic infrastructure project. The government said the Bitcoin will be reserved specifically for GMC and will not be sold as part of the initiative.

King Jigme Khesar Namgyel Wangchuck addressed the project during his National Day speech, stating that the development is intended to benefit citizens across the country rather than a single region.

Under the plan, land tied to the project will be treated under a shareholder-style framework. Because most land is state-owned, the government said citizens from all districts will have a stake in the city’s long-term performance.

Bitcoin held for development, not liquidation

GMC board director Jigdrel Singay said the Bitcoin allocation will remain ring-fenced for the project and managed as a long-term reserve.

According to Singay, the government is evaluating multiple ways to use the holdings without selling them, including collateral-based structures, conservative yield strategies, and treasury management approaches designed to preserve value over time.

No final structure has been selected, and officials said decisions will be made in stages as the project advances.

One of the largest sovereign crypto commitments to infrastructure

The allocation ranks among the largest known cases where a government has committed digital assets directly to infrastructure development rather than treating them solely as financial reserves.

Bhutan has accumulated Bitcoin over several years, primarily through mining operations powered by domestic hydroelectric resources. The country currently holds 5,984 BTC, worth more than $520 million, placing it among the top sovereign Bitcoin holders globally, according to blockchain data.

This year, GMC formally designated Bitcoin, Ethereum, and BNB as strategic reserve assets. The city has also partnered with Binance Pay to enable cryptocurrency payments across parts of the tourism sector.

Separately, Bhutan integrated its national digital identity system with Ethereum, becoming the first country to anchor population-scale identity records on a public blockchain.

Recent digital asset initiatives at GMC

Last week, GMC introduced TER, a gold-backed digital token issued on Solana, with DK Bank acting as the exclusive distributor. The token is positioned as a regulated digital asset tied to physical gold reserves.

Officials said the issuance is intended to support controlled experimentation with digital assets while maintaining oversight and transparency standards.

The government said all digital asset initiatives connected to GMC will operate under defined governance rules, with an emphasis on long-term stewardship rather than short-term market activity.

Also Read: Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs Lose $582 Million in One Day as Funds Pull Capital

Bitcoin spot ETFs saw net redemptions of $357.6 million over the session, according to ETF flow data. The selling was spread across multiple products, including offerings from Fidelity, Ark Invest, and Bitwise. BlackRock’s Bitcoin ETF ended the day with little change.

Ethereum spot ETFs followed a similar pattern. Net outflows reached nearly $225 million, marking the biggest single-day reduction since early in the month.

ETF flows weaken despite stable crypto prices

The withdrawals came even as Bitcoin and Ethereum prices remained within their recent trading ranges. That divergence suggests the selling was driven by portfolio rebalancing rather than sharp moves in crypto markets themselves.

Spot ETFs have become the fastest way for large investors to adjust digital asset exposure. When equity markets come under pressure, these products are often used to reduce risk quickly.

December flows remain negative for Bitcoin ETFs

So far this month, Bitcoin ETFs have recorded more money leaving than entering. December redemptions total roughly $705 million, compared with about $480 million in inflows, leaving the segment with a net decline of around $225 million.

Ethereum ETFs have shown a more even pattern. Inflows and outflows have been close to balanced, leaving total exposure near flat for the month.

Equity and rate pressures weigh on positioning

The latest ETF outflows coincided with renewed uncertainty around U.S. interest rates and a pullback in technology stocks. Yields on 10-year U.S. Treasury notes climbed to around 4.2%, the highest level since early September, tightening financial conditions across markets.

As equity volatility increased, crypto ETFs were sold alongside other risk assets. Unlike earlier selloffs driven by forced liquidations, recent withdrawals reflect deliberate position trimming by institutions.

Crypto demand remains muted in the near term

Despite avoiding a sharp price breakdown, crypto markets have struggled to attract consistent new buying. Trading activity has remained thin, and price rebounds have been met with selling.

ETF holdings remain substantial overall, but recent flow data shows that institutional investors are prioritizing flexibility and liquidity while macro conditions remain unsettled.

Also Read: Trump Media’s Crypto.com Deal Puts Presidential Business Ties Under Scrutiny

Crypto.com spent more than a year under scrutiny by U.S. financial regulators, facing the prospect of enforcement action tied to its operations in the cryptocurrency market. That risk faded after Donald Trump returned to the White House. Within months, the company emerged not only free of investigation but tied financially to Trump’s media business.

The crypto exchange later committed roughly $1 billion in digital assets to a joint venture with Trump Media & Technology Group, the parent company of Truth Social. The arrangement has drawn attention from legal scholars and ethics specialists, who say it highlights concerns about business relationships involving companies overseen by federal regulators and a sitting president whose family controls private enterprises.

Crypto.com confirmed that a regulatory inquiry into the company was closed earlier this year. Public records show that, during the same period, the firm increased its political spending, including donations to committees aligned with Trump and payments to a lobbyist with close ties to the president.

From investigation to partnership

Under the previous administration, regulators had warned Crypto.com that enforcement action was under consideration. The inquiry was later dropped after Trump’s election victory. The company says the decision was based on a lack of evidence, not politics.

Shortly afterward, Trump Media announced a new venture focused on managing reserves for Crypto.com’s Cronos token. Trump Media contributed limited capital to the project but received a significant ownership stake, according to regulatory filings. The bulk of the assets backing the venture came from Crypto.com.

Trump Media, which has reported large operating losses since launching in 2021, has been expanding beyond social media into financial services and digital assets. The Cronos treasury deal marks one of its largest crypto-related moves to date.

Political spending and access

Campaign finance disclosures show that Crypto.com donated $1 million to Trump’s inauguration fund and $10 million to a political action committee supporting his candidacy. The company also hired a lobbyist who worked closely with Trump allies and later contacted regulators on crypto policy matters.

Crypto.com says the lobbyist had no role in the investigation and denies any link between its political contributions and the outcome of the regulatory review.

Ethics experts argue that the sequence of events creates an appearance problem, even if no rules were broken. Modern presidents have typically taken steps to separate themselves from private business dealings to avoid such situations, said former government ethics officials.

Trump Media’s move into crypto

Trump Media was created to support Truth Social, a platform launched after Trump was removed from major social networks following the January 6 Capitol attack. The company later went public and has since struggled to reach profitability, reporting losses exceeding $400 million last year.

After the listing, Trump Media broadened its ambitions. It announced plans for a streaming service, financial products, and digital-asset ventures. Trump’s own views on cryptocurrency have also changed over time. After dismissing Bitcoin as a scam in 2021, he later embraced the sector during his campaign and pledged to ease oversight.

Members of Trump’s family have launched separate crypto businesses and token projects. Some companies and individuals involved in those efforts later benefited from regulatory decisions, including paused investigations or presidential pardons, according to public records.

Structure of the Crypto.com deal

The Cronos venture is structured so that Crypto.com supplies most of the funding in the form of its own digital tokens. Trump Media’s contribution consists largely of branding rights and intellectual-property licenses, filings show. A third partner, a financial firm that has previously worked with Trump Media, is providing credit support.

All parties are expected to hold majority interests, though exact ownership percentages have not been disclosed.

Critics say the economics of the deal raise questions about whether the arrangement would have been possible without the regulatory outcome. Supporters counter that the partnership reflects market confidence and shared commercial interests.

Official responses

The White House has said the president placed his business assets into a trust overseen by his sons and that neither he nor his family engages in conflicts of interest. Trump Media has rejected claims that the deal is improper, dismissing reporting on the matter as politically motivated.

Crypto.com maintains that its regulatory case was closed on the merits and that its political activity played no role. Regulators have not commented publicly on the specifics of the decision.

What remains clear is that the deal places a major cryptocurrency firm and a company controlled by the president’s family in a shared financial venture—an arrangement that continues to fuel debate over ethics, influence, and oversight in Washington’s approach to digital assets.

Also Read: Trump Media Partners With Crypto.com to Launch Truth Predict Market on Truth Social

Bitcoin fell below $86,000 on Monday for the first time in two weeks, extending a slide that has pushed the cryptocurrency closer to its lowest levels of the year.

The world’s largest digital asset dropped as much as 3.7% to $85,171 before recovering modestly during Asian trading on Tuesday. Prices later slipped again to around $85,575 in Hong Kong. Bitcoin is now down roughly 30% from its record high above $126,000 reached in early October.

Market participants said selling has continued to emerge near the upper end of Bitcoin’s recent range, particularly from investors who bought near the peak and are using any rebound to exit positions. That has kept the token confined to a broad band between roughly $85,000 and $94,000.

Trading activity has remained subdued across crypto markets. Volumes have stayed low, and price moves have lacked follow-through, according to derivatives data.

Bitcoin’s weakness has also stood out relative to other risk assets. While stocks and bonds have shown intermittent rebounds in recent weeks, Bitcoin has failed to participate, breaking its typical tendency to move higher alongside broader markets. Traders pointed to thin liquidity and reduced appetite for risk, even after the Federal Reserve cut interest rates last week.

The broader macro backdrop remains uncertain. The final full trading week of 2025 opened with uneven moves in equities, bonds, and currencies as investors awaited economic data expected to influence the Fed’s next policy decisions.

Unlike previous selloffs, Bitcoin’s latest decline has not been driven by large-scale forced liquidations. Instead, market participants said positioning in spot and derivatives markets has played a larger role. Liquidation data suggests many overleveraged trades were already unwound earlier, leaving selling that is slower but more persistent.

One notable exception to the broader retreat has been Strategy Inc., the Bitcoin-focused treasury company formerly known as MicroStrategy. The firm disclosed on Monday that it purchased nearly $1 billion worth of Bitcoin for a second straight week.

Most of the purchases were funded through at-the-market sales of the company’s Class A common stock, along with sales of three of its four classes of perpetual preferred shares. Critics of the strategy have warned that repeated equity issuance could dilute existing shareholders and reduce the premium at which the stock trades relative to its Bitcoin holdings, now valued at roughly $59 billion.

Losses extended beyond Bitcoin. Ether, Dogecoin, and XRP each fell about 5% on Monday, while shares of crypto-related companies also declined. Strategy shares dropped more than 9% at one point, and Coinbase Global fell around 7%.

Despite the absence of widespread forced selling in Bitcoin, the broader market downturn triggered liquidations of approximately $520 million in bullish positions across all cryptocurrencies over the past 24 hours, according to data from Coinglass.

Bitcoin last touched a low for 2025 in April, when prices fell to around $74,400 after President Donald Trump’s initial tariff proposals disrupted global financial markets.

Also Read: Bitcoin Could Reach Multi-Million Levels in 15 Years — How Much Would You Need to Retire?

The fund, called My OnChain Net Yield Fund, or MONY, will open to qualified investors this week. JPMorgan is seeding the fund with $100 million of its own capital, according to the bank, before making it available through its Morgan Money platform.

Access is limited to high-net-worth clients. Individuals must hold at least $5 million in assets, while institutions need $25 million or more. The minimum investment is $1 million, keeping the product firmly aimed at professional investors.

At its core, MONY functions like a traditional money-market fund. What’s different is how ownership works. Investors receive a token issued on Ethereum that represents their stake in the fund. That token can be held on-chain while continuing to earn yield, rather than sitting inside a conventional custody account.

Why JPMorgan built MONY on Ethereum

JPMorgan selected Ethereum to issue and settle MONY because the network already supports institutional-grade token issuance, custody, and settlement at scale.

Money-market funds rely on frequent settlement and precise record-keeping. By issuing fund shares as tokens on Ethereum, ownership can be recorded directly on-chain, reducing the need for internal reconciliation across multiple systems. Investors hold the token itself, rather than relying solely on back-office entries to track their position.

The structure allows yield to accrue while the token remains on-chain, without changing how the underlying fund operates. From the investor’s perspective, the exposure remains the same; what changes is how ownership is represented and transferred.

The fund is supported by JPMorgan’s Kinexys Digital Assets infrastructure, which the bank introduced last year to handle blockchain-based issuance, custody coordination, and settlement for institutional products.

Money-market funds move first onto public blockchains

Money-market funds have become one of the first traditional products to move onto public blockchains because of how they operate.

They hold short-dated assets, generate predictable returns, and settle frequently. That makes them easier to issue and track on-chain than products with complex pricing or long lock-up periods.

Several large asset managers have already placed cash and government bond funds on public networks, using blockchain settlement instead of closed internal systems. These products do not change how the funds invest; they change how ownership is recorded and transferred.

JPMorgan said the structure fits money-market funds because investors focus on liquidity and accurate settlement, not active trading features.

JPMorgan is testing more than one blockchain

Although MONY runs on Ethereum, JPMorgan’s blockchain work is not limited to a single network.

In recent weeks, the bank has outlined plans for structured notes linked to Bitcoin’s price and has explored the use of deposit tokens on blockchain infrastructure used by crypto-native firms. It has also arranged the issuance of tokenized commercial paper on Solana for institutional clients, using public blockchain rails to settle short-term corporate debt.

Each project focuses on moving familiar financial instruments—cash deposits, money-market funds, or commercial paper—onto blockchain systems, rather than creating new crypto-only products.

What JPMorgan is actually changing

MONY does not alter how a money-market fund earns yield or manages risk. What it changes is how ownership is recorded and transferred.

Instead of relying on internal databases and delayed settlement, fund shares exist as tokens on a public blockchain. Transfers can be reflected immediately, with ownership visible on-chain rather than reconciled later through back-office processes.

Access to MONY remains limited to qualified investors, but the structure mirrors how traditional funds could operate if tokenized settlement becomes standard.

MONY adds another example of Ethereum being used to record and settle regulated financial products, rather than for trading or speculative activity.

Also Read: Bitcoin Could Reach Multi-Million Levels in 15 Years — How Much Would You Need to Retire?

An independent review of retirement expenses in almost 100 countries translated those costs into Bitcoin instead of local currencies. In many lower-cost countries, the total comes out well below one Bitcoin. In wealthier countries, higher living expenses push the required amount much higher.

The estimates are based on holding Bitcoin over time and selling small portions to cover retirement spending, rather than trading frequently or selling all holdings at once.

High-cost countries require more Bitcoin

In countries with high housing, healthcare, and service costs, retirement expenses remain elevated even after leaving the workforce.

The study estimates that people in countries such as Switzerland, Norway, Ireland, Luxembourg, Australia, New Zealand, Singapore, and Bermuda may need between one and five Bitcoins, depending on age and expected retirement length.

Younger individuals face higher requirements because they are expected to spend more years in retirement, increasing total lifetime costs.

Moderate needs in North America, Europe, and East Asia

In major developed economies, the estimated Bitcoin requirement is lower than in the most expensive jurisdictions but remains substantial.

• United States and United Kingdom: generally around 0.5 to 1 Bitcoin

• Canada: starting near 0.3 Bitcoin for older age groups

• Germany, France, Spain, Italy: typically below one Bitcoin, supported by public pension systems

• Japan and South Korea: moderate requirements, reflecting lower retirement spending despite long life expectancy

State pensions and national healthcare systems reduce the amount of private savings needed across much of Europe and East Asia.

Lower thresholds across Latin America, Southeast Asia, and Eastern Europe

In many middle-income regions, lower daily expenses lead to much smaller retirement funding needs.

Countries such as Mexico, Brazil, Colombia, Peru, Chile, Poland, Romania, Hungary, Thailand, Vietnam, Indonesia, Malaysia, and the Philippines show estimates well below one Bitcoin for most age groups.

Outside major cities, some projections fall closer to 0.1 to 0.3 Bitcoin, reflecting lower housing and service costs.

The smallest amounts appear in low-cost economies

The lowest Bitcoin requirements appear in countries with very low living costs.

In parts of Africa and South Asia, including Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Nigeria, Cameroon, Ethiopia, and South Sudan, the study suggests that retirement for some age groups could be supported with as little as 0.01 to 0.05 Bitcoin.

These figures reflect daily expenses rather than income security, and outcomes vary widely depending on access to healthcare and inflation conditions.

Estimated Bitcoin Needed for Retirement by Country

Why age changes the calculation

Age is one of the most important factors in the study.

People closer to retirement require less Bitcoin because they are expected to draw funds for a shorter period. Younger individuals require more because retirement may span several decades.

The study does not assume early retirement and is based on standard retirement ages in each country.

The long-term Bitcoin price assumption

To convert retirement costs into Bitcoin, the research uses a long-term price assumption based on Bitcoin’s historical lifespan and past growth behavior.

Bitcoin is currently under 17 years old. Using the same historical framework, the study estimates that Bitcoin’s price could reach the multi-million-dollar range over the next 15 to 20 years. The estimate is not a forecast of timing and does not account for market cycles or short-term volatility.

How location changes the retirement math

The numbers make one thing clear: retirement costs look very different once they are measured against local prices rather than headline Bitcoin forecasts.

In countries where housing, food, and healthcare remain relatively affordable, the amount of Bitcoin needed to cover decades of expenses stays low. In higher-income economies, those same costs continue to add up long after retirement begins, pushing the required Bitcoin balance much higher even before inflation is considered.

The gap does not come from Bitcoin itself but from differences in daily living costs and how long retirees are likely to draw on their savings. That range explains why a fraction of a coin may cover retirement in some countries, while several coins may still fall short in others.

Also Read: A Crypto Trading Below $1 Is Quietly Beating the Market

Despite that performance, Tron continues to trade at around $0.25, a price that suggests a small or speculative project. That assumption does not line up with the network’s actual scale or activity.

Tron isn’t small — it’s ignored

Tron operates a full Layer-1 blockchain with its own validator set, smart-contract system, and developer ecosystem. The network processes millions of transactions per day, driven largely by stablecoin transfers rather than speculative trading.

In particular, Tron has become one of the primary rails for USDT (Tether). Large volumes of dollar-pegged transactions move through the network daily, especially in regions where banking access is limited and transfer fees matter. This usage is consistent, transactional, and utility-driven — not dependent on short-term hype cycles.

That activity places Tron among the most heavily used blockchains in the world. Yet it remains largely absent from U.S. crypto conversations, analyst coverage, and institutional narratives. The gap between usage and visibility is unusually wide for a top-10 cryptocurrency.

Why the U.S. market matters

Cryptocurrency pricing remains heavily influenced by U.S. capital flows. Liquidity, derivatives markets, ETF exposure, and media attention are still concentrated there. Projects that fail to gain traction in the U.S. often see their valuations stall, regardless of global usage.

Tron fits that pattern. Its user base is international, but its exposure to U.S. investors is limited. As a result, TRX trades at levels that reflect regional utility rather than global relevance.

If Tron gains stronger footing in U.S. exchanges, corporate usage, or public markets, the current pricing framework would need to adjust. That adjustment would not require a change in technology — only a change in where demand comes from.

Justin Sun changes the equation — for better or worse

Tron’s strategic direction remains closely tied to its founder, Justin Sun. Sun has built a reputation for aggressive expansion, high-profile deals, and public visibility. That approach has kept Tron in circulation during periods when many older blockchains faded from relevance.

More recently, Sun’s political alignment with Donald Trump and the creation of Tron Inc., a Nasdaq-listed company, have brought Tron closer to U.S. financial infrastructure than at any point in its history. Public markets introduce a different level of disclosure, scrutiny, and accountability — but they also open access to capital and legitimacy that crypto-only projects often lack.

This concentration of influence also creates risk. Tron’s perception, regulatory exposure, and expansion efforts are directly tied to Sun’s decisions. Investors are not betting on a decentralized narrative alone; they are betting on leadership.

The part investors can’t ignore

Tron launched in 2018, and its all-time high remains below $0.50. The token has never crossed $1, and it has spent years trading in a narrow range. That history places a hard ceiling on expectations.

At the same time, Tron’s current performance contradicts the idea that it is a stalled project. In a year when the two largest cryptocurrencies are down, Tron has posted gains while maintaining high network activity and stablecoin dominance.

That combination — low price, high throughput, real usage, and renewed U.S. exposure — is rare among large-cap cryptocurrencies.

Tron does not need a narrative shift to justify attention. The data already exists. What remains unanswered is whether the market chooses to notice it.

Also Read: Ripple, Circle and Other Crypto Firms Win Initial Approval to Form National Trust Banks

On Friday, the OCC issued conditional approvals for Ripple and Circle to create new national trust banks. The agency also approved applications from BitGo, Paxos, and Fidelity to convert their existing state trust banks into national ones. These preliminary approvals do not allow the firms to open immediately; each applicant must meet additional requirements before receiving a full charter.

This is the first time multiple digital-asset companies have advanced this far through the federal banking approval process at the same time.

What These Charters Allow — and What They Don’t

A national trust bank charter would let these crypto firms:

• Hold and manage customer assets, including digital tokens

• Process payments and settlements on a nationwide basis

• Operate under a single federal regulator rather than juggling dozens of state rules

But these charters do not authorize the firms to:

• Accept deposits like a traditional bank

• Issue loans

• Offer full retail banking services

The OCC currently supervises 60 national trust banks. Only one crypto firm — Anchorage Digital — holds a full national trust bank charter today.

OCC Comptroller Jonathan Gould said the additions would expand customer options and bring more activity under federal oversight.

Traditional Banks Objected Strongly

Several major banking associations urged the OCC to deny the applications. Their arguments centered on two points:

1. Regulatory burden: Banks say they must meet much tougher requirements to receive national charters, and allowing crypto firms easier access would create an uneven playing field.

2. Risk exposure: Banks warned that digital-asset companies carry higher operational and market risks, which could spill into the broader financial system if not supervised carefully.

Despite these objections, the OCC moved the applications forward, saying the firms must still meet strict standards before receiving full authorization.

Why Crypto Firms Want National Charters

For years, companies like Ripple, Circle, and Paxos have operated under a patchwork of state money-transmitter laws and limited-purpose trust charters. A national trust bank license would give them:

• A single regulatory home

• The ability to serve customers in every state without additional licensing

• Direct supervision by a federal banking regulator

• A clearer path to offering custody and payment services to large institutions

For firms that already work with stablecoins, institutional clients, or cross-border payment networks, a national trust bank charter removes major operational barriers.

Ripple and Circle in particular stand to gain broader access to the U.S. financial system, as both companies run large-scale payment and asset-management businesses tied to digital tokens.

Trump’s Recent Statements on Crypto Rules

The timing of the OCC’s preliminary approvals comes as President Donald Trump has spoken publicly about changing federal rules for digital assets. During recent events, Trump said he wants clearer federal oversight for crypto firms and has highlighted the industry while campaigning.

The OCC’s approvals are not final, but they show that federal regulators are reviewing how crypto companies can operate under national banking laws. The charters will only take effect after each firm meets the remaining requirements set by the agency.

Also Read: Crypto.com Files U.S. OCC Charter to Operate as National Trust Bank

Fed T-Bill Buying Becomes the Key Detail for Traders

Swan Bitcoin’s John Haar said the part of the Fed meeting that caught trading desks by surprise was not the rate cut itself but the announcement that the central bank will buy about $40 billion in Treasury bills over the next month. The Fed has not added to its balance sheet in a meaningful way since quantitative tightening began in 2022, aside from its brief response to the 2023 banking scare.

Because traders expected liquidity to tighten, the decision to restart T-bill purchases stood out, and many read it as a sign that the Fed wants additional short-term funding in the system.

The Rate Cut Was Already Expected

The cut itself was not the problem. Markets had anticipated the move for weeks, so there was no surprise to drive fresh buying.
Data from Myriad, a prediction platform owned by Decrypt’s parent company, showed sentiment turning more cautious:

• Probability of a “Santa rally” fell to 17%.

• Chances of Bitcoin reaching $100,000 instead of dropping to $69,000 fell by 5 percentage points overnight.

Traders were not waiting for the cut — they had already moved on to what comes next.

Fed Projections for 2026 Pulled Confidence Down

The updated Fed dot plot reduced the number of expected rate cuts in 2026. That detail was one of the main drivers behind Bitcoin’s drop.
Fewer expected cuts means traders now assume:

• borrowing costs may stay higher for longer

• the current easing cycle could slow sooner than hoped

Tim Sun of HashKey Group said Bitcoin fell because traders adjusted to these projections immediately, not because of Wednesday’s cut itself.

Political and Fiscal Shifts in 2026 Are Adding Pressure

Sun also noted that 2026 is a key year in U.S. politics. The midterm elections will take place, and a Trump administration would likely aim for:

• increased federal spending

• a softer stance from the Fed

While that combination may support short-term growth, it often pushes prices higher, which in turn forces long-term interest rates up. When long-term rates climb, assets that rely on abundant liquidity — including Bitcoin — tend to weaken.

AI Infrastructure Costs Limit Room for Fed Rate Cuts

Tim Sun said spending on AI infrastructure has risen sharply, with companies allocating more money to data centers, power supply, and specialized hardware. These projects have kept certain input costs firm, slowing the pace at which prices are easing. If these costs stay high, the Fed may have less room to reduce rates, which has direct implications for assets like Bitcoin.

Also Read: Bitcoin Near $94K Before Fed Decision on Rates

Do Kwon, the cryptocurrency developer whose TerraUSD and Luna projects unraveled in 2022 and erased an estimated $40 billion in value, is scheduled to be sentenced on Thursday in federal court in Manhattan. The case marks one of the most prominent prosecutions tied to the digital asset turmoil that swept through the industry two years ago.

Kwon, 34, co-founded Terraform Labs and led the design of TerraUSD, a token promoted as a stablecoin meant to hold a steady value even during market swings. He later acknowledged in court that he misrepresented how the coin maintained its price and admitted to misleading investors about the technology behind it. Prosecutors say those assurances concealed practices that artificially supported TerraUSD’s value during moments of stress.

Sentencing Request and Charges

U.S. District Judge Paul A. Engelmayer will preside over the sentencing hearing, which begins at 11 a.m. in New York. Federal prosecutors argue that Kwon’s conduct fueled one of the largest losses in crypto history and have asked the court to impose a prison term of at least 12 years.

Kwon’s legal team has urged the judge to impose no more than five years, saying he intends to return to South Korea afterward to address pending charges there.

Earlier this year, the U.S. Department of Justice charged Kwon with nine criminal counts, including securities fraud, wire fraud, commodities fraud, and a money-laundering conspiracy. The case centers on statements Kwon made in 2021, when TerraUSD began losing its $1 peg. At the time, Kwon claimed that the blockchain algorithm known as the “Terra Protocol” had stabilized the coin.

What Prosecutors Say Actually Happened

Court filings state that rather than relying solely on the algorithm, Kwon enlisted a high-frequency trading firm to buy large quantities of TerraUSD in secret to push the token back toward $1. That intervention, which prosecutors say effectively masked failing mechanics in the stablecoin’s design, was never disclosed to investors.

In August, Kwon pleaded guilty to conspiracy to defraud and wire fraud, admitting that his public statements about TerraUSD’s recovery were incomplete and misleading.

“I failed to disclose the role of a trading firm in restoring the peg,” Kwon said at the hearing. “My statements were false, and I accept responsibility.”

Civil Penalties and Future Proceedings

Kwon also reached a major civil resolution in 2024 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Under the settlement, Kwon and Terraform Labs agreed to pay $4.55 billion, including $80 million personally, and he accepted a prohibition from participating in crypto-related activities.

South Korean authorities have separately charged Kwon in connection with the same events. As part of his plea agreement in the United States, prosecutors said they would not oppose a request for Kwon to transfer abroad after completing half of whatever sentence the judge imposes.

Also Read: 3 Altcoins Near Breakout Levels Before Christmas

Monero (XMR)

Monero is showing one of the stronger formations among major altcoins. XMR trades near $397, maintaining support at $387 while testing an area near $417. The token sits about 18% below its all-time high of $471, leaving room for further movement if buying interest continues.

The Chaikin Money Flow (CMF) has been rising, reflecting increased participation from buyers. If this continues, XMR could advance to $417, then aim for $450—a level that has drawn significant activity in past cycles.
Surpassing $450 would bring the all-time high back into focus.

If XMR falls below $387, attention would shift to $361, indicating a deeper pullback and slowing the pace of any upward move.

Rain (RAIN)

RAIN is trading near $0.0075, leaving it roughly 14% below its all-time high of $0.0086. The Parabolic SAR remains in a position that supports an upward trend, indicating RAIN still has short-term strength.

A move above $0.0079 would be an important signal. Turning that level into support would show buyers are willing to absorb supply and could encourage additional participation. Under those circumstances, RAIN would have a clearer path toward retesting its previous high.

If RAIN falls under $0.0074, the setup weakens. That decline may expose $0.0068, reducing the chances of any attempt at a recovery in the near term.

Undead Games (UDS)

UDS trades around $2.54, positioned just under a resistance area at $2.59. The token is still about 36% below its all-time high of $3.44, giving it space to move upward if buyers regain control.

Signals from the Ichimoku Cloud point to improving conditions for an upward continuation. If UDS breaks above $2.59, the next areas to monitor are $2.73 and then $3.00, which has historically acted as a psychological point for traders.

Movement below $2.48 would shift attention to $2.29. A deeper decline toward $2.12 would limit near-term recovery attempts.

Also Read: 3 Altcoins to Watch This Week: Sonic, THORChain, and Sky Network Prepare for Key Upgrades

A 25-basis-point cut is anticipated at Wednesday’s conclusion of the Fed’s policy meeting. Futures and prediction markets indicate increased expectations that Jerome Powell’s comments could look ahead to a cautious stance in January, with officials still focused on inflation while employment data softens.

Crypto analysts say the tone of Powell’s remarks may guide the next major move in Bitcoin.

Nic Puckrin, co-founder of Coin Bureau, wrote on Tuesday that a hawkish press conference could weigh on digital assets into year-end. “Despite new buying by Strategy, Bitcoin has not regained upward strength. A finish under $100,000 for 2025 is still possible,” he said.

Puckrin added that political developments in 2026 could revive sentiment. President-elect Donald Trump is expected to nominate a new Fed chair once Powell’s term ends in May. Former White House economic adviser Kevin Hassett has been viewed as a leading candidate and is seen by the industry as favorable toward digital asset growth.

Recent trading ranges show Bitcoin stuck between $81,000 and $94,000 following its sharp drop from October’s record near $126,000.

Compass Point analyst Ed Engel cautioned that a breakout above the current range appears unlikely until buyers return at higher volumes. Engel estimates that investors who entered the market in the past six months have a cost basis near $103,000. With prices below that level, he said traders are more inclined to sell rebounds than accumulate dips.

Bitcoin is currently down about 2% in 2025, setting up its weakest full-year result since 2022, when the market lost more than 60%. The divergence from U.S. equities has widened as the S&P 500 posts a strong annual gain.

Also Read: Fed Meeting Live Updates: Expected Third Rate Cut and New 2026 Forecasts

XRP has been in the spotlight since a federal court ruled in July 2023 that secondary market sales of the token are not securities. That decision cleared the path for companies to seek product approvals tied to the asset. The first ETF launched on Oct. 29, followed by several competitors over the next month. Canary’s ETF has become the largest so far, reporting over $350 million in holdings within a short period. More issuers have funds pending with regulators.

With a market value around $130 billion at current prices, XRP ranks among the largest digital assets. The portion now inside ETFs is small relative to supply, so the shift has not changed market pricing in a noticeable way. What has changed is who controls a growing share of XRP. Rather than moving in and out of trading venues at high frequency, the coins backing ETF shares are stored in institutional custody accounts until clients sell those shares.

That storage approach reduces the amount of XRP that is available for short-term speculation. How meaningful that becomes depends on whether the funds continue to grow. If they do, ETFs will hold a larger share of the asset outside day-to-day trading, while at the same time opening the door to investors who previously stayed away from crypto custody risk.

XRP is used in some cross-border transaction solutions promoted by Ripple, and software developers have continued to introduce new applications for the XRP Ledger, including tokenized financial assets. Wider availability of regulated investment vehicles could eventually connect these two sides — usage in financial infrastructure and ownership through traditional markets — but for now the change is primarily about access.

The early response suggests there was pent-up interest from investors waiting for a regulated path to participate. That demand reduces reliance on crypto exchanges and marks a shift toward the types of investment structures already common in other asset classes.

Also Read: Bitcoin, Ethereum & XRP Gain After Major Short Liquidations

Garlinghouse said broader adoption, long-term investment strategies and continued demand for Bitcoin as an asset are key factors in his estimate.

Liu said a price above $100,000 is reasonable within the same period if current participation continues. She noted that Bitcoin markets now react faster to new investment flows than they did in previous years.

Teng did not give a price estimate. He said he focuses on business expansion and regulatory progress instead of short-term market reactions. According to Teng, more regulated institutions entering the sector has changed how Bitcoin responds to changes in global financial policy.

Bitcoin was trading around $93,000 at the time of the event, after recording an all-time high above $126,000 two months ago.

Panel members listed developments that could affect Bitcoin pricing through 2026:

• Growth in trading volumes through exchange-traded products
• Increased participation from large asset managers
• Mining changes following the most recent halving
• Lower borrowing costs if central banks continue rate cuts

Garlinghouse said digital assets with clear legal recognition will draw more investment from traditional firms. Liu added that improvements in network performance and new applications across major blockchains will continue to influence investor decisions.

All three speakers agreed that Bitcoin’s established infrastructure and liquidity keep it in a leading role in the digital asset market.

Also Read: Bitcoin, Ethereum & XRP Gain After Major Short Liquidations

Bitcoin has climbed back above $90,000 for the first time in more than a week after strong buying activity returned to the market. BTC was recently priced at $90,339, showing a 6.7% gain within 24 hours based on pricing from major exchanges.

Short sellers were heavily impacted by the price move. Data from derivatives platforms shows that more than $157 million in Bitcoin short contracts were liquidated over the past day, while total liquidations across crypto assets passed $312 million. Forced closures of short positions increased buying demand, adding to the upward price move.

Trading activity across crypto has picked up sharply. Daily volume has now surpassed $92 billion after earlier declines this week, indicating higher participation from market traders.

Ethereum has also risen. Ahead of the upcoming Fusaka network upgrade, ETH increased nearly 10% and briefly moved above $3,000. XRP gained more than 7% and last traded near $2.14.

Market participants are tracking U.S. monetary policy developments. The Federal Open Market Committee will hold its final meeting of the year on December 9–10. Many expect a 25-basis-point rate cut, which would lower borrowing costs and influence how traders position themselves in digital assets. The Federal Reserve also provided $13.5 billion in overnight liquidity through repo operations to support year-end funding needs.

Investment funds tied to digital assets have seen renewed demand. Over the past week, Bitcoin, Ethereum, and XRP exchange-traded products have recorded more than $1 billion in inflows. During Monday’s session alone, Bitcoin ETFs added about $8.5 million in new capital. Ethereum and Solana products experienced modest withdrawals as investors reposition ahead of the interest-rate decision.

Trading firms are closely following money moving into and out of crypto investment products as investor decisions shift toward the final days of 2025.

Also Read: Bitcoin slides gain as investors lose appetite for crypto

The slide was not limited to Bitcoin. Major cryptocurrencies including Ethereum and Solana also lost more than 5% on the day. Their declines followed a similar pattern, showing that weakness is widespread across the digital asset market rather than tied to a single project or technology issue.

The downturn comes as borrowing costs remain high in major economies. Higher interest rates increase the cost of accessing money and make low-yield and high-volatility investments less attractive. With few signs of interest rate cuts soon, some investors have reduced positions in speculative assets.

Data from large trading platforms shows fewer large purchases compared with earlier rallies this year. Trading activity involving leveraged positions — where investors borrow funds to increase exposure — has declined recently, and some positions have been automatically closed during price drops, adding to the downward pressure.

Stock markets have also been weak in recent sessions, especially in sectors tied to technology spending. When major tech shares fall, cryptocurrencies often move in the same direction because many traders treat them as similar types of investments — high-growth but high-risk.

Bitcoin is still higher than where it started the year, but recent moves highlight how quickly prices can shift when demand slows. Investors are watching economic updates closely, as interest rate expectations have been one of the strongest influences on digital asset prices this year.

Also Read: Can Buying Bitcoin Today Still Deliver a 10x Return ?

Key Points

Bitcoin has risen from a few cents in 2010 to nearly $100,000 today. Even so, on-chain and exchange data show early-cycle market behavior rather than late-stage saturation, raising the question of whether a tenfold rise remains achievable.

Recent liquidity data shows a declining share of Bitcoin available on major exchanges. More coins are now held in wallets that historically remain inactive for long periods. When similar supply declines occurred during previous cycles, price moves did not peak until much later in the expansion.

At the same time, regulated investment access has broadened. Spot exchange-traded products, corporate treasury positions, and pension-linked exposure have increased the base of buyers who typically maintain positions across multi-year horizons. Those flows reduce the availability of coins for short-term trade, shifting pricing power toward remaining bids.

Bitcoin’s issuance schedule continues to limit new supply. After each halving event, fewer new coins reach the market. Mining output now represents a small share of overall circulation compared with earlier cycles, placing greater emphasis on the pace at which existing holders release assets for sale.

Pricing models that compare market value with the amount of Bitcoin last moved more than 12 months ago indicate conditions that have historically aligned with mid-cycle phases rather than tops. In previous cycles, valuations advanced well beyond the point where exchange reserves began tightening.

Portfolio studies following past peaks show that small Bitcoin allocations introduced earlier in the cycle have had a measurable effect on long-term wealth. A 2%–3% weighting in diversified portfolios often produced larger gains than the remaining assets combined once prices reached new highs.

Bitcoin has also shown the ability to recover from sharp selloffs and move higher in later phases of the same cycle. Prior downturns — including substantial declines in 2014, 2018, and 2022 — were followed by new record prices after liquidity conditions reset.

Bitcoin trading pairs across major exchanges show a decline in available supply compared with the last two cycle peaks. Exchange balances are down more than 20% from their 2021 levels, according to on-chain trackers. Before previous long-term highs, balances reached the opposite extreme — rising sharply as holders prepared to sell. That pattern is not visible today, suggesting that large holders have not yet begun distributing coins into the market at scale.

Also Read: UK Budget Brings Mandatory Crypto Tax Reporting From Jan 2026

Beginning January 1, 2026, crypto trading platforms operating in the country will be required to collect detailed information from customers about their crypto transactions — including tax reference numbers — and submit the data to HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) the following year.

The initiative is part of the Cryptoasset Reporting Framework (CAFR), a global cooperation effort designed to increase tax transparency within the digital asset industry.

Penalties for Non-Compliance

Investors who refuse to provide the required information may face fines of up to £300. Trading platforms that fail to report customer details can also be fined £300 per unreported user, potentially leading to significant financial penalties.

HMRC will cross-check the new reporting data with filed tax returns and identify individuals who have not properly declared crypto-related gains. The UK government estimates that stronger compliance measures could generate over £315 million in additional tax revenue by April 2030 — enough to support major public spending, including healthcare staffing.

HMRC officials stress that this is not a new tax, but a stronger enforcement of existing capital gains rules. Investors are being urged to ensure they understand what information they must provide to crypto platforms.

Challenges Ahead for Crypto Platforms

Tax specialists warn that collecting and verifying detailed personal data may prove difficult for trading platforms, especially given the privacy-minded nature of many crypto users.

Exchanges will need upgraded systems to store, validate, and report accurate customer records. Any failure — including late submissions, missing information, or poor due-diligence procedures — could trigger harsh penalties from HMRC.

These operational changes are expected to be costly, and experts predict that crypto companies may eventually pass compliance expenses on to traders through higher fees.

There is also the possibility of users seeking ways to bypass regulated platforms — a pattern seen in other financial sectors when strict reporting rules were introduced.

DeFi Taxation Still Under Review

While confirming progress on CAFR, the government also released an update on how lending and staking in decentralized finance (DeFi) might be taxed in the future.

Initial guidance suggests HMRC may support a “no gain, no loss” approach — meaning taxable events would only occur once assets are converted or withdrawn, rather than during ongoing lending or liquidity-pool activity.

However, no final decision has been made, and the government plans to continue consulting industry stakeholders before setting a timeline for policy implementation.

Also Read: Spot Solana ETFs Record First Outflow Since U.S. Market Debut

Approximately $8.10 million exited the funds, according to issuer-reported flow data.

The decline was driven mainly by a $34.37 million redemption from 21Shares’ TSOL.
Meanwhile, other issuers saw new subscriptions: Bitwise’s BSOL added $13.33 million, and Grayscale’s GSOL gained $10.42 million, reducing the overall impact.

Solana’s price moved higher during the trading session, reaching around $141, up roughly 3.6% over 24 hours.
Combined assets held across the U.S. Solana ETFs total about $915 million, a small portion of Solana’s overall $79 billion market valuation but notable for products that have only recently entered the market.

Altcoin ETF Activity

The first day of redemptions follows 21 straight sessions of net inflows into Solana products.

Other crypto-linked ETFs showed mixed but active trading:

• XRP funds continued to post net inflows
• The newly launched Dogecoin ETF expanded to $6.48 million in assets
• The Litecoin ETF, trading since late October, has seen no redemptions but minimal growth since mid-November

The variation across issuers reflects distinct allocation patterns within the altcoin ETF segment.

Recent Performance

Solana’s price moved to about $141 during Wednesday’s session, but the monthly performance remains negative.
Data shows a decline of roughly 30% over the past 30 days, reversing a portion of gains from earlier in the year.

Even with the recent rise, Solana trades at less than half of its previous all-time high of $293.31 set in 2021.
On the prediction platform Myriad, users place a 92% probability that Solana will not revisit that record before the end of the year — indicating expectations for a slower recovery based on current pricing inputs.

Fund Mechanics During the First Outflow

The funds processed redemptions without pricing dislocation, and no divergence emerged between ETF share prices and the underlying SOL market.

Trading volume across listing venues remained consistent with recent averages, and settlement operations continued normally through authorized participants.

The flow activity showed the ETF structure functioning as intended during its first withdrawal event since launch.

Also Read: Bonk ETP Launches on SIX Swiss Exchange via Bitcoin Capital

Solana-based meme token Bonk (BONK) has been listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange through a new exchange-traded product issued by Bitcoin Capital. The listing expands access to the cryptocurrency in Europe through regulated securities markets.

Bitcoin Capital, headquartered in Switzerland, said the country’s regulatory framework and existing infrastructure for crypto-linked products were key factors in selecting the venue. Marcel Niederberger, Chief Executive Officer at Bitcoin Capital & FiCAS, said the product is designed to reach institutional and retail investors who trade through traditional broker platforms.

He noted that regulated access has supported participation in the firm’s earlier digital-asset products and helps investors operate within compliance rules.

The issuer expects more financial instruments tied to BONK to be evaluated next year as demand develops and market infrastructure continues to support digital-asset-based securities.

Bonk is currently priced near $0.0599, trading higher on the day. It ranks as the seventh-largest meme cryptocurrency by market value, according to CoinGecko.

Meme-Token Listings Increase

The Bonk product is one of several recent attempts to introduce meme-asset exposure into regulated markets. Dogecoin continues to lead the category, supported by a series of new products in the United States, including a fund holding DOGE and additional ETF approvals for trading on major U.S. exchanges.

Asset manager REX Shares has also filed for a Bonk ETF in the U.S. alongside other applications tied to similar tokens.

Bitcoin Capital said institutions remain the primary source of inflows across its digital-asset securities, and expects interest in new offerings to align with the wider rollout of token-tracking products.

Also Read: Most Solana Holders Now in Loss as Market Decline Continues

Latest on-chain data shows that nearly 80% of all SOL in circulation is currently below its cost basis. Analysts warn that when the majority of investors fall into loss territory, the market often becomes more fragile, as traders try to protect remaining capital.

According to market data, about $239 million in leveraged long positions would be liquidated if Solana drops under $124.40, creating a concentrated pressure point that could accelerate price declines. Solana is trading close to $129, showing minor movement in the past 24 hours but still sitting near a zone where forced selling could increase rapidly.

Prediction markets currently give low probability of Solana setting a new all-time high by year-end, indicating that speculators expect weaker conditions ahead.

Lawrence Samantha, CEO of NOBI, noted that large liquidation phases tend to reset overheated market structures, allowing stronger bases to form later. However, he also pointed out that Solana-focused treasury desks remain deeply underwater, with many managing values near 0.6 mNAV. Further losses could force these desks to offload assets to cover operational requirements, which would add more sell-side pressure.

Key Economic Events Traders Are Watching

Although the market has been under pressure for several weeks, a brief weekend rebound has steadied sentiment. Traders are now monitoring two upcoming developments:

• The Federal Reserve’s interest rate decision on December 10

• The anticipated conclusion of the current quantitative tightening phase

Either event could trigger sharp price movement across risk assets if the announcements differ from expectations.

Samantha noted that daily price swings offer limited insight compared to long-term positioning. He pointed to steady inflows into spot Solana ETFs, which have added roughly $719 million since their debut without a single negative netflow day. According to him, this reflects sustained institutional demand rather than short-term speculation.

When asked about the possibility of a market bottom, he said current conditions do not yet meet typical bottoming indicators. Historically, durable lows appear when leverage is cleared out, volatility drops, and long-term buyers begin accumulating quietly.

Price levels around Solana remain sensitive because of the large liquidation cluster sitting just under the current range. Market participants are monitoring the same support zones that triggered heavy position closures earlier this month. These areas have repeatedly produced high liquidation volume, which is why they remain central to traders’ short-term analysis.

Also Read: Why Some Investors Are Buying Bitcoin Before the Year Ends

1. The recent drop flushed out fast money

Bitcoin’s latest fall wasn’t a slow decline — it was sharp and concentrated. Most of the selling came from newer buyers who entered during the rally and exited quickly once prices started slipping.

Data from major exchanges shows that:

• short-term traders handled most of the selling pressure

• long-term holders barely moved their coins

When this type of clean-out happens, price swings usually calm down in the weeks that follow. It doesn’t guarantee a rebound, but it often marks a point where fewer sellers remain.

Another detail:
In past years, Bitcoin has often stabilised or moved higher towards the end of the year because investors adjust portfolios before closing their books. That seasonal pattern is not a prediction, but it is part of why some investors are watching the current range.

2. The supply side looks tight after the halving

Earlier this year, Bitcoin’s mining reward was cut in half — an event known as the halving. This doesn’t grab headlines anymore, but it quietly changes daily supply.

Here’s what’s relevant now:

• fewer new coins enter the market each day

• miners have been selling less as revenue becomes more sensitive

• long-term holders have moved coins off exchanges, reducing liquid supply

When supply stays tight, even small increases in demand can move prices faster than expected. Investors who study Bitcoin’s structure pay close attention to this, because similar tight-supply periods in past cycles eventually led to new rallies — not immediately, but gradually as demand returned.

3. Bitcoin’s long-term behaviour matters to experienced investors

People who have been around Bitcoin for years do not look at one month of price action — they study longer cycles. And those cycles show a very specific pattern: deep corrections followed by multi-year recoveries.

Examples from the last decade:

• After the 2014 crash, Bitcoin recovered over the next two years.

• After the 2018 crash, Bitcoin began rising again in 2019 and accelerated in 2020.

• After the 2022 downturn, Bitcoin doubled through 2023.

None of these rebounds were quick or predictable, but they followed the same principle: long-term holders stayed put while supply on exchanges kept shrinking.

Today’s market looks similar. Exchange balances are near multi-year lows, which means fewer coins are available for trading. Investors who track these indicators see this as an important signal, not noise.

How investors are responding right now

Trading desks that follow Bitcoin closely say activity over the past two weeks shows a shift in behaviour. Volumes have thinned out on major exchanges, and most of the heavy selling earlier this month did not come from older wallets. That detail is important because long-held coins usually move only when confidence breaks in a major way — and that did not happen in this decline.

Spot ETF flows also show a mixed picture rather than a broad exit. Some issuers recorded outflows, but others posted small inflows on the same days, suggesting that capital did not leave the market entirely; it rotated between products. Analysts who track ETF behaviour say this pattern usually reflects caution, not capitulation.

On the mining side, reserves held by miners have remained stable since the halving. In past cycles, miners sold aggressively when market stress intensified. This time, their selling hasn’t spiked, which helps prevent additional downward pressure on the market.

These details don’t deliver a clear forecast, but they do highlight why some investors think the current period is different from earlier breakdowns. The market is quieter, but the structural signs that usually point to deeper trouble — miner stress, long-term wallets exiting, or broad ETF withdrawals — have not appeared so far.

Also Read: Bitcoin Could Reach $300,000 by 2030, According to New Research

One estimate getting attention right now puts Bitcoin near $300,000 by 2030. It sounds bold, but the reasoning behind it is actually very simple.

Bitcoin has a supply limit that never changes

Bitcoin will never have more than 21 million coins. That limit has been the same since it was created in 2009, and the network is designed so nobody can raise it. Most of the coins already exist, and the rest are released slowly.

Nothing about this supply rule shifts with demand.
Nothing about it changes with government policy.

That’s the foundation behind the long-term price predictions.

Meanwhile, the amount of traditional money keeps rising

Bitcoin’s supply stays the same, but the amount of regular money in the world keeps increasing.

Over the last 15 years:

• The combined money supply of the U.S., Europe, Japan and China grew 145%

• Governments borrowed more

• More money entered the system through stimulus and spending

This means more currency is chasing a limited number of Bitcoin units.
That simple imbalance is one of the main reasons people expect Bitcoin to rise over time.

Bitcoin won’t repeat its old gains, but higher levels are still possible

Bitcoin rose 416% between mid-November 2020 and Nov. 18 this year. That kind of jump is unlikely to happen again. Bitcoin is now traded by larger institutions, regulated in more regions, and part of broader financial markets.

But several things still support higher prices in the years ahead:

• New coin supply keeps shrinking through scheduled halving events

• More investment platforms and funds are offering Bitcoin products

• People in countries with unstable currencies continue using Bitcoin as a backup option

• Global money supply keeps rising, which benefits assets that don’t expand

Put together, these trends keep the long-term prediction alive.

What could influence Bitcoin before 2030

Here are the main events experts are watching:

• The next halving, which cuts the number of new coins entering the market

• New regulated Bitcoin ETFs

• Clearer rules in major countries

• More adoption in regions facing inflation or weak local currencies

Each of these affects demand, while supply stays fixed.

Where things stand now

Bitcoin remains volatile, and drops like the recent one are normal. But the long-term case is simple:
Bitcoin’s supply stays capped, while global money supply keeps growing.

If those conditions continue, a move toward higher levels — including the often-cited $300,000 target — is possible, even if the journey takes time and includes sharp swings.

Also Read: Bitcoin Posts Worst Monthly Performance Since 2022 After Large Liquidations and ETF Withdrawals

With Bitcoin down roughly 23% in November, the scale of the drop is drawing comparisons to June 2022, when the collapse of TerraUSD set off failures across crypto lenders, hedge funds, and eventually FTX. Although the current decline is not tied to a single corporate breakdown, market structure weaknesses — especially the amount of leverage built up over the past several weeks — are playing a major role.

Much of the recent downturn can be traced to activity that unfolded on Oct. 10, when Bitcoin’s price pulled back enough to trigger automatic closures of highly leveraged positions on major derivatives platforms. That single day erased roughly $19 billion in leveraged bets and removed about $1.5 trillion from the combined value of digital assets. Forced closures tend to accelerate declines because traders have no control over the timing or size of the exit; the system liquidates positions at market prices, producing rapid and sometimes disorderly moves.

The pressure didn’t stop after the October event. Data from CoinGlass shows that an additional $2 billion in leveraged positions were wiped out in the past 24 hours, confirming that traders had continued to hold substantial exposure even after earlier losses. As more positions are forced out, liquidity thins and price moves become larger because fewer buyers are willing to absorb heavy selling.

Institutional participation has also shifted noticeably. A group of twelve U.S.-listed Bitcoin ETFs recorded $903 millionin outflows on Thursday — the second-largest single-day withdrawal since the funds began trading in January 2024. Large investors typically add positions during deep pullbacks if they expect a rebound. Their absence this time suggests that many are waiting for clarity before committing capital. Open interest in perpetual futures, another gauge of market engagement, has dropped 35% from its October high of $94 billion, indicating that active traders are stepping back rather than attempting to buy weakness.

Movements in U.S. equities have added an additional layer of influence. Stocks that rallied earlier in the week after Nvidia’s earnings later lost steam as investors questioned whether valuations had extended too far. Those swings made traders more cautious in assets that depend heavily on liquidity — and crypto is typically one of the first places where risk exposure is reduced during periods of uncertainty. As a result, fewer market participants were willing to counter forced sales coming from leveraged accounts.

Some fund managers believe the pattern of trading suggests that a large holder, or a small group of holders, is reducing exposure across multiple sessions. This kind of steady, measured selling can weigh on prices even without large public announcements.
“There is consistent unloading from one source, and the size indicates it is unlikely to be retail activity,” said Pratik Kala, portfolio manager at Apollo Crypto. He added that the absence of strong buy-side support makes each sale more impactful because fewer traders are willing to take the opposite side of the trade.

Another point of attention is Strategy Inc., the company associated with Michael Saylor’s long-standing Bitcoin purchases. The firm has used borrowed capital to build a sizable position in Bitcoin over several years. Extended price declines can increase scrutiny on those holdings because lenders typically require additional collateral if asset values fall below certain thresholds. Strategy Inc.’s shares dropped 5% on Thursday, prompting questions about whether traders are testing levels that could put pressure on leveraged positions.

Bitcoin is now more than 30% below its record high from early October. Trading activity has decreased, leveraged exposure has thinned, and institutional flows remain negative. When these factors occur together, price moves tend to become more volatile because the market has less depth and fewer high-volume participants willing to stabilize trading.

Recent price movements have been shaped mainly by the forced closure of leveraged positions and continued withdrawals from Bitcoin ETFs. With fewer large buyers stepping in, each wave of selling has had a stronger effect on price. Until liquidation activity slows and ETF flows stabilize, price levels are likely to respond sharply to even moderate selling because trading volumes are thinner than earlier in the year.

Also Read: Bitcoin Crashes to $89,500 — Lowest Price Since April Shocks Markets

Kraken has filed confidential paperwork with US regulators to begin the process of becoming a publicly traded company. The filing came on Wednesday, only hours after the cryptocurrency exchange announced an $800 million fundraising round that placed its valuation at $20 billion.

According to the company, a draft S-1 registration was submitted to the US Securities and Exchange Commission. The S-1 is the required document for companies planning to list shares on a US exchange. Kraken said it has not yet decided the number of shares it will offer or the price range for the planned sale.

The exchange’s path toward a public listing has been closely watched this year. In March, the SEC—under the Trump administration—ended its lawsuit against Kraken over its staking program. The withdrawal of that case removed a major barrier that had raised questions about Kraken’s ability to advance toward a public offering.

Funding Round Sets New Valuation

Talk of a large capital raise around Kraken had been circulating for months as the exchange prepared for a possible listing.
That expectation became concrete on Tuesday, when the company announced an $800 million round backed by well-known financial groups, including Citadel, the firm led by Ken Griffin.

The new round set Kraken’s valuation at $20 billion, giving the company a sizable financial base ahead of its first public filing. The capital gives Kraken room to scale its trading, custody, and compliance infrastructure at a time when exchanges face tighter oversight and higher operational demands.

Kraken has been active since 2011 and is one of the oldest US-based crypto trading platforms. An IPO from the company would be the largest public debut by a crypto exchange since Coinbase listed in 2021 and would mark a rare entry of a digital asset firm into the traditional markets after a period of reduced investor appetite.

Also Read: Kraken Launches Krak App for Global Peer-to-Peer Crypto and Fiat Transfers

Today, anyone using a self-custody wallet must share long, chain-specific addresses that are easy to mix up. Mastercard’s new model replaces that process with a single, readable alias that points to the correct wallet.
The wallet itself does not change — users keep full control of their keys — but the receiving experience becomes simpler and less error-prone.

How Alias Registration Works

To use the new feature, a user first completes an identity check through Mercuryo.
Once that step is finished, Mercuryo creates a short alias for the user and links it to the wallet the user chooses.

This alias then serves as the receiving address. Anyone sending crypto only needs the alias, and the transfer is delivered to the correct wallet without requiring the full wallet string.

How Wallets Detect Alias Support

Polygon stores the information that connects the alias to the verified wallet.
After a user completes verification, the wallet can receive a small credential token that tells supported apps the wallet can use alias-based receiving.

The token stays inside the wallet, cannot be traded, and is not used for anything other than confirming that the wallet has been verified for this feature.

How Transfers Are Checked

Mastercard provides the rules that wallet apps use to confirm:

• whether the alias belongs to a verified person

• whether the wallet is on the correct network

• whether any required checks need to be applied before the transfer

Alias-based receiving is available first. Sending to an alias will be introduced after more testing with wallet providers.

Raj Dhamodharan, who leads Mastercard’s blockchain and digital-asset unit, said the goal is to reduce mistakes caused by copying long addresses and to provide clearer information to users sending funds.

Why Self-Custody Wallets Benefit From Aliases

People who use self-custody wallets face common issues:

• mixing up addresses from different chains

• pasting the wrong address from a previous transaction

• entering characters incorrectly

• handling multiple wallets across different apps

A single alias removes many of these risks.
The alias points to the correct wallet, and apps can check the verification token before completing a transfer.

How Developers Benefit

Most wallet apps build their own way of checking whether a receiving address is valid or compatible.
With Mastercard’s alias system, the wallet contains a small credential token on Polygon that confirms the address belongs to a verified user and can receive transfers through the alias feature.

This gives developers a straightforward signal to rely on and helps prevent common problems—such as sending funds to a network the receiving wallet doesn’t support or transferring to an unverified address.

Upcoming changes to the alias feature

Mastercard plans to let additional verification companies take part in the alias system, giving users more than one option for completing identity checks.
The company is also preparing alias support for more blockchains beyond Polygon so the feature can be used across a wider range of wallets and networks.

These updates do not change how wallets themselves work. Users continue to hold their own keys, and the alias functions only as a readable label that points to the verified wallet.

Also Read: Mastercard Launches Stablecoin Payout Option Through Thunes Integration

Bitcoin had reached nearly $125,000 in early October, helped by strong trading activity and expectations that a crypto-friendly administration in Washington would set a more predictable policy environment for the industry. The current pullback marks a sharp reversal from those levels. By 10 a.m. ET, bitcoin was trading near $91,500, according to CoinDesk data.

The downturn has weighed on companies whose revenue is closely tied to digital-asset trading. Robinhood Markets, which earlier in the year benefited from a surge in cryptocurrency activity on its platform, has fallen 21% so far in November. Coinbase Global, one of the largest U.S. cryptocurrency exchanges, has dropped 23% over the same period as volumes cooled.

The weakness in crypto is occurring alongside declines in major global indexes. The S&P 500 is down almost 3% this month, Germany’s DAX has posted a similar loss, and Japan’s Nikkei has slid roughly 7%. Shares of Nvidia, whose rapid climb earlier in the year was tied to strong demand for AI-related hardware, are down 9% in November.

Recent trading data shows investors have been pulling back from assets that saw large run-ups earlier in the year. Cryptocurrencies, fast-rising tech stocks, and companies tied to AI have been among the areas where selling has been most concentrated in November.

Bitcoin’s drop below the $90,000 threshold places the cryptocurrency back near levels seen earlier in the spring, ending a nearly six-month stretch in which it held above that mark.

Also Read: Harvard Triples Its Bitcoin Investment With a $443M Position in BlackRock’s ETF

The launch comes while Solana trades near $137, about 27% lower than a month ago. According to Bitget chief analyst Ryan Lee, Solana could return to the $156–$160 range by late November if trading volumes recover across the network’s DeFi platforms, consumer-focused apps, and the ongoing activity in memecoins.

Fidelity’s entry adds another large firm to the list of issuers expanding their Solana offerings in 2025. The company manages roughly $7 trillion, placing it among the few global firms capable of moving significant capital into new ETF products.

The rollout follows the reopening of U.S. regulatory agencies after a 43-day government shutdown, which paused ETF approvals and other market actions. With the backlog now moving again, issuers that had been on hold have resumed their filings.

Another Solana-related ETF is also set to launch this week. Canary Capital plans to introduce its SOLC fund developed with Marinade Finance, including staking features from the outset. Canary recently gained attention when its XRP ETF drew nearly $250 million on its first trading day, the largest first-day inflow for any ETF this year.

Commenting on the growing number of Solana funds, StealthEx CEO Maria Carola said the new products place Solana in front of professional investors who previously focused mainly on Bitcoin and Ethereum.

One notable absence from the current round of filings is BlackRock. The firm, which oversees $12.5 trillion, dominates the U.S. Bitcoin and Ethereum ETF categories but has not yet shown interest in a Solana product. That leaves room for Fidelity, Bitwise, VanEck, and Grayscale to compete for early inflows.

Recent launches have produced mixed outcomes.

• Grayscale’s GSOL, converted from a trust to an ETF in October, brought in about $4 million on its first day.

• Bitwise’s BSOL performed better, gathering $129 million at launch.

At the time of writing, Solana remains far below the January 2025 high, reached during a surge in memecoin trading. Whether the new ETFs can close that gap will depend on trading activity in the coming weeks and the amount of capital that follows Fidelity and other issuers into these products.

Also Read: Paxos Says Dollar-Backed Tokens Will Lead Real-World Use

Paxos says most of the attention around tokenizing assets has missed a central issue: the absence of a dependable digital dollar. The company argues that until the dollar itself can move natively on blockchain networks, attempts to put gold, property or other assets on-chain will run into the same settlement bottlenecks seen in traditional finance.

Ronak Daya, who oversees product at Paxos, outlined the company’s position in an interview with TheStreet Roundtable. He said many new tokenization projects assume that payments and collateral can move with the same speed as the digital asset itself, which is often not the case.

Dollar Tokens in Practice

A dollar token functions as a digital representation of one U.S. dollar and is redeemable at par. It is issued by a regulated firm and backed by cash and short-term U.S. government debt.
The appeal, Daya said, is that these tokens can move across blockchain networks without relying on the clearing schedules or cut-off times of the banking system.

That speed is being tested in several practical settings. Cross-border transfers that usually take a day or more can settle within minutes. Trading venues can move customer funds between platforms without the delays tied to ACH or bank wires. And firms that manage large volumes of transactions can reduce the time spent reconciling records across multiple systems.

Early Experiments at Paxos

Paxos entered the sector well before the current wave of tokenization projects.
The Pax Dollar, launched in 2018, offered a regulated way to move dollars on-chain. A year later, the company introduced Pax Gold, which represents ownership of vaulted gold rather than exposure to a commodity price.

The gold token, Daya said, proved that a high-value asset held in custody could be transferred digitally without altering how the underlying metal is stored. That work helped institutions understand how a tokenized instrument can coexist with traditional controls.

Since then, several firms have begun small pilot programs involving tokenized money-market funds and deposit products in regions where regulators have provided clear rules for on-chain financial instruments.

When Tokenization Adds Value

Daya said tokenization is most useful in markets where existing processes are slow or require several layers of intermediaries. International payments, settlement between trading venues, and transactions that depend on end-of-day reconciliation fall into that category.

In markets that already clear quickly or operate on modern infrastructure, he said, issuing a token does not meaningfully improve outcomes.

Conditions Needed for Broader Use

Daya added that creating a token is rarely the difficult part. The larger hurdle is building the operational framework that allows banks, brokers, custodians and payment firms to use the token inside their existing systems. Transfers must be recorded consistently, balances must be safeguarded, and regulators must be able to verify how the instrument is managed.

Until those steps are in place, he said, tokenized assets remain limited to controlled trials rather than large-scale commercial activity.

Why Paxos Centers Its Work on the Dollar

While several types of assets may eventually move to digital networks, Paxos believes the dollar must come first because it underpins most settlement flows. If the dollar cannot move at the same speed as the tokenized asset tied to it, the process ends up reverting to slower legacy rails.

Daya said a reliable on-chain dollar would provide a common settlement method for multiple tokenized instruments. Without it, each product must rely on its own workaround to complete transactions, reducing the benefit of using digital rails in the first place.

Also Read: Tether or Ripple USD: Which Stablecoin Is the Better Buy Right Now?

Below is a closer look at how each one is built, where they fit in the crypto world, and the kind of user each one really suits.

Tether: The Most Used Dollar Token in Crypto

USDT has been around since 2014 and has grown into the dominant digital dollar across exchanges and trading platforms. Tether Limited, the company that issues it, originally launched USDT on the Bitcoin network and later expanded it to Ethereum and other chains. That early expansion is a major reason traders use it for moving money between exchanges and for activity in DeFi.

Tether’s growth also comes from convenience. It’s available on nearly every major blockchain, so users rarely worry about compatibility when moving funds around.

However, Tether’s backing has been debated for years. The company holds a mix of cash, U.S. Treasuries, and other short-term assets. It publishes reserve breakdowns, but it still hasn’t gone through a full independent audit — something critics often point out. This lack of full transparency hasn’t stopped its adoption, but it remains a topic that resurfaces regularly.

Ripple USD: A Newer Dollar Token With a Narrower Role

Ripple USD began in 2024 and was created specifically for the XRP Ledger. Unlike USDT, RLUSD isn’t issued by a single company. Instead, it is created as IOUs by different gateways — platforms like Bitstamp or GateHub — which hold real dollars in their accounts to back the tokens they distribute.

This structure is part of how the XRP Ledger was originally designed. Instead of one central issuer, value comes from gateways that users choose to trust. The method works well inside Ripple’s payment system, especially when institutions need to convert one currency into another quickly. RLUSD often acts as the middle step for these transfers.

But this model also has a trade-off: your risk depends on the gateway you selected. If a gateway mismanages its cash reserves, users holding its IOUs could lose funds. It’s similar to keeping money at a small financial institution that isn’t protected by insurance programs.

Because RLUSD lives mainly inside the XRP Ledger, it hasn’t spread across major blockchain ecosystems. Most traders outside Ripple’s network simply don’t have a reason to use it.

Which One Is the Better Buy?

RLUSD works well for institutions already tied to Ripple’s system, especially those that rely on the XRP Ledger for moving money between currencies. Its use is mostly limited to that environment.

USDT plays a far larger role in the broader crypto market. It moves across many blockchains, is supported by almost every major exchange, and is the stablecoin most traders handle daily. Because of that reach, USDT is the option that fits more buyers looking for a dollar token they can use anywhere.

Also Read: Litecoin, Solana and Chainlink Stand Out Among U.S. Crypto Coins This Week

Harvard Management Company reported ownership of 6.8 million shares of the fund as of September 30. Three months earlier, the endowment held 1.9 million shares. Based on quarter-end pricing, the updated position came in at roughly $442.8 million.

Harvard’s endowment stands at $56.9 billion, so the allocation remains modest in percentage terms. However, it reflects a clear shift in how one of the largest academic investment funds in the world is positioning itself toward Bitcoin-related financial products.

Other universities recorded similar adjustments. Brown University disclosed a position in the same BlackRock vehicle, and Emory University increased its Bitcoin-linked holdings as well.

Emory’s filing listed 1 million shares in the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust, valued at about $52 million, close to double its previous quarter volume. The university also reported 4,450 shares in the iShares Bitcoin Trust worth around $289,000, indicating that it is building exposure across multiple Bitcoin-focused products rather than relying on a single fund.

These updates landed during a week of significant redemptions across spot Bitcoin ETFs. U.S.-listed funds saw combined outflows of approximately $867 million on Thursday and an additional $462 million on Friday.

Bitcoin prices also came under pressure, falling from roughly $107,000 at the start of the week to below $95,000 by Friday.
Even with the market decline and ETF withdrawals, the quarterly disclosures from major U.S. universities indicate that these institutions increased their Bitcoin-related holdings before the volatility, reinforcing that their allocations are being driven by longer-term planning rather than short-term price moves.

Also Read: Wall Street Calls Senate Crypto Bill the Most Important Regulation Since 1930

Even so, a few American-origin networks are beginning to show signs that they may steady themselves before the month ends. One is moving out of sync with Bitcoin, one is building a reversal structure that traders often look for after a long pullback, and one is seeing heavy accumulation from the largest wallets on the network. These early signals make the following three coins worth tracking this week.

1. Litecoin (LTC)

Litecoin has held up better than most large-cap assets during November’s turbulence. Over the last month it has climbed just over 8%, and it has added another 7% in the past day, which stands out in an otherwise soft market.

What makes LTC particularly interesting right now is its near-complete price independence from Bitcoin. Over the last 30 days, the correlation between LTC and BTC has hovered around –0.01, essentially meaning Litecoin has been moving on its own. Since Bitcoin has dropped more than 13% during this period, Litecoin’s ability to move differently has helped it stay afloat.

On the chart, Litecoin is shaping an inverse head-and-shoulders formation, a pattern traders often watch during market bottoms. LTC is currently trading around $102, and the structure completes if the price can close above $119 on the daily chart. If that happens, the next potential zone stretches toward $135, assuming broader market sentiment stabilizes.

There’s also a shift in trading behavior beneath the surface. The Smart Money Index, which tracks how larger or more informed traders position themselves, began turning upward around November 13. That suggests some early repositioning as LTC approaches a critical price level.

If bulls cannot break $119, the first significant support to watch is $93. Losing that level weakens the reversal structure. A fall under $79 would completely invalidate the pattern.

2. Solana (SOL)

Solana has spent most of November under heavy pressure, falling nearly 27% over the last 30 days. Despite the drawdown, the chart is beginning to show signs that sellers may be losing control.

The clearest signal appears in the Relative Strength Index (RSI). Between November 4 and November 14, SOL’s price pushed to a fresh low, but the RSI posted a higher low. This is called a bullish RSI divergence, and it often appears before short-term trend shifts.

If buyers take advantage of the divergence, the first major test is $162, a level that has repeatedly rejected the price since early November. Breaking above it opens the range to $170, and if momentum expands, SOL could target $205 in the short term.

However, the setup only holds if the price stays above $135. A breakdown exposes $126, which would weaken the case for a near-term reversal.

3. Chainlink (LINK)

Chainlink has not escaped November’s decline either, falling more than 20% over the past month and over 10% in the last week. Yet, something notable is happening underneath the price action: the largest holders are accumulating while the price is falling.

In the past week, wallets classified as “regular whales” increased their holdings by 8.92%, while the top 100 addresses added 1.51% more LINK. Large holders tend to move early, and accumulation during weakness often hints at early positioning for a potential trend shift.

The chart supports that idea. Between October 10 and November 14, LINK formed a lower low, while its RSI formed a higher low — a bullish divergence, similar to what Solana is showing.

For the reversal setup to activate, LINK needs to climb back above $16.10, which is roughly a 17% move from its current range. A push through that level opens the next zone near $17.57, and if buyers maintain control, LINK could attempt a run toward $21.64.

On the downside, the crucial support to hold is $13.72. A close below that level breaks the current structure and delays any recovery attempt.

Also Read: Circle Opens Arc Blockchain Testnet With BlackRock, Visa and AWS

Key Highlights

• Circle has opened testing of its new blockchain, Arc, a network that supports stablecoin payments and settlements between institutions.

• More than 100 firms — including BlackRock, Visa, Mastercard, Amazon Web Services, Goldman Sachs, and Deutsche Bank — are part of the pilot.

• Arc has a foreign exchange system that lets users exchange one stablecoin for another, such as USDC, JPYC, or BRLA.

• Transactions run through verified participants with fixed dollar fees and confirm in under a second.

• Circle is operating the network during testing and plans to let approved financial institutions run their own validator nodes later.

• The pilot covers cross-border payments and fund transfers, with limited live trials expected in 2026 after security and compliance review.

SINGAPORE — Circle Internet Financial, the issuer of the USDC stablecoin, has launched a public testnet for its new blockchain network, Arc, bringing over 100 companies — including BlackRock, Visa, Amazon Web Services, and several global banks — into early testing.

Arc is designed to process financial transactions using stablecoins instead of traditional bank payment rails.
The network allows direct, real-time transfers between digital currencies that are backed by national currencies such as the U.S. dollar, Japanese yen, or euro.

Network Focused on Institutional Payments

Arc operates as a permissioned Layer-1 blockchain, where all participants are verified before accessing the system.
It uses fixed, dollar-based transaction fees and confirms payments in less than a second.
Circle said the setup is aimed at institutions that need predictable costs and regulatory compliance rather than open-market speculation.

The network connects with Circle’s existing USDC infrastructure so financial institutions can clear transactions directly in digital dollars without using the SWIFT network or correspondent banks.

Participants in the Testnet

More than 100 companies have joined the testing phase.
These include asset managers such as BlackRock and Goldman Sachs; banks including BNY Mellon, HSBC, Deutsche Bank, and Standard Chartered; and payment firms Visa and Mastercard.
Technology partners AWS and Cloudflare are providing connectivity and infrastructure support.

Crypto trading platforms Coinbase, Kraken, and Robinhood are testing wallet and exchange integrations.
Regional stablecoin issuers — JPYC in Japan, BRLA in Brazil, and QCAD in Canada — are also connected for currency-pair testing.

Integrated Foreign Exchange System

A central component of Arc is its on-chain foreign exchange (FX) engine, which allows one stablecoin to be exchanged directly for another.
This mechanism supports near-instant swaps between tokens pegged to different fiat currencies, enabling faster international transfers.

For example, a payment in Japan’s JPYC could be converted to U.S. dollars through USDC within seconds on the same network, without intermediaries.
Circle said the FX engine is designed to meet financial compliance requirements, including full audit trails for institutional reporting.

How Circle Is Running the Testnet

Arc is still being operated entirely by Circle engineers.
Every transaction on the test network passes through nodes maintained in-house, with partner banks connecting through controlled access points rather than public blockchain wallets.

Several participants said Circle is using this phase to log system stress data — tracking latency, network throughput, and compliance audit trails before opening it to external validators.
A draft rulebook shared with banks sets out how institutions could later verify transactions directly, using licensed validator nodes linked to their existing regulatory oversight.

People involved in the pilot said no commercial launch date has been agreed, but Circle has told partners that a transition to limited live trials could begin in 2026, depending on how the network performs under full institutional loads.

What the Tests Are Measuring

Most tests on Arc focus on practical clearing functions, not retail payments.
Companies are using simulated transfers to move funds between corporate accounts in different countries, test FX conversions between stablecoins, and evaluate whether those transactions can be settled within existing compliance rules.

Bank engineers involved said they’re comparing Arc’s timing and audit logs with traditional payment rails such as SWIFT and Fedwire.
The idea is to see whether blockchain infrastructure can meet the same reporting standards while reducing settlement windows from days to seconds.

Arc’s pilot overlaps with networks like JPMorgan’s Onyx and the Fnality platform, but unlike those systems, Arc is designed to support any compliant stablecoin, not just bank-issued tokens.
That makes it one of the few blockchain environments being tested simultaneously by global banks, payment companies, and stablecoin issuers.

Also Read: OpenPayd Partners with Circle to Power Real-Time Stablecoin (USDC) and Fiat Transactions

The company said transfers using USD Coin (USDC) — a cryptocurrency backed one-for-one by the U.S. dollar — can now reach approved digital wallets connected to Mastercard Move, its cross-border settlement platform.

Stablecoin Settlement Added to Mastercard Move

Thunes converts the sender’s local currency into USDC and transfers the tokens to a recipient’s wallet.
Unlike traditional bank transfers that clear through a chain of intermediaries, the blockchain-based transfer settles in near real time.

Mastercard said the system keeps all compliance checks in place — identity verification, sanctions screening, and anti–money-laundering reviews — before transactions are approved.
That means the new feature works inside existing financial rules, not around them.

Why Mastercard Picked Thunes

Thunes connects banks and wallet providers in more than 130 countries and already processes payments for major remittance and marketplace firms.
Its reach in Africa, Southeast Asia, and Latin America gives Mastercard access to millions of wallets that aren’t linked to banks but are licensed by regulators.

People in those regions often depend on wallet apps for income transfers or remittances.
The Thunes integration lets Mastercard move money directly into those channels without using crypto exchanges or unregulated intermediaries.

Visa Running a Similar Trial

A day before Mastercard’s launch, Visa began testing stablecoin payouts on its Visa Direct platform.
Both card networks are using blockchain as a settlement tool for the first time, rather than relying entirely on correspondent banking or SWIFT transfers.

Together they clear roughly $20 trillion in annual transactions.
Their adoption of USDC and other regulated tokens signals that stablecoins are shifting from crypto exchanges into mainstream payment infrastructure.

Faster Payments for Global Platforms

The feature is designed for companies that move money to contractors or sellers in multiple countries — gig-work apps, e-commerce firms, and creative platforms among them.
A worker in Manila or a vendor in Nairobi could now receive USDC within minutes instead of waiting several days for a wire transfer to clear.

Transfers also avoid the stacked fees charged by intermediary banks.
Wallet providers working with Thunes can convert the stablecoins into local currency for users who prefer cash-out options.

Tightly Controlled Rollout

Mastercard said the service will expand gradually during 2026.
New wallet corridors will only go live after approval from regulators in each country and proof that stablecoin reserves are fully audited.

Thunes said testing is already under way for routes in Kenya, Nigeria, Brazil, and Mexico, markets where it already processes high remittance volumes.
The companies expect the first of those transfers to go live in early 2026.

Pressure on Traditional Payment Networks

By using blockchain as a settlement layer, Visa and Mastercard are cutting out parts of the clearing process that keep cross-border payments slow and expensive.
Banks that depend on SWIFT may face pressure to match that speed.
Stablecoin issuers, meanwhile, gain a route into regulated finance without the volatility of open crypto markets.

Both companies said future updates will depend on regulatory approval and market demand, not on unverified expansion timelines.

Also Read: Sam Altman's World Network in Talks with Visa for Stablecoin Wallet Integration

The company announced the decision in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Wednesday. The change gives the cryptocurrency exchange a new legal base in a state that has recently rewritten parts of its business code to attract public companies and technology firms.

Coinbase Questions Delaware’s Legal Predictability

Coinbase’s Chief Legal Officer Paul Grewal explained the reasoning in an op-ed for The Wall Street Journal. He said Texas had updated its statutes to make board governance more flexible and court procedures more predictable — two factors that weigh heavily for public companies dealing with complex regulation.

Grewal said Delaware’s once-steady Court of Chancery had produced “unsteady outcomes” in corporate cases. “For years, Delaware’s system gave companies consistency,” he wrote. “That reliability has eroded.”

The Court of Chancery, which specializes in corporate law, has drawn scrutiny after a string of high-profile rulings against executives and merger deals, leading some firms to reassess where they incorporate.

CEO Armstrong Endorses Texas Business Framework

Coinbase CEO Brian Armstrong said in a post on X that the company’s move reflects confidence in Texas’s approach to corporate law and business regulation. He described the state as one that “supports builders and practical economic growth.”

The decision makes Texas responsible for Coinbase’s corporate governance and future legal matters — a shift that follows other large firms choosing to register in the state for its faster court system and lower administrative costs.

Texas Attracts More Corporate Registrations

Delaware remains the legal base for most U.S. corporations, but several major firms have recently shifted to Texas, citing faster court procedures and lower compliance costs. Tesla, Charles Schwab, and a handful of technology companies moved their registrations over the past three years after Texas streamlined its business statutes.

Lawmakers in Austin have introduced corporate-law revisions that clarify shareholder rights and director responsibilities, giving companies more room to structure governance policies without lengthy court approval.

Tesla CEO Elon Musk publicly encouraged other firms to follow suit, writing in January 2024 that Delaware “no longer offers consistent rulings” for corporate disputes.

Coinbase Files New Charter Application, Builds Federal Links

Coinbase, listed on the Nasdaq under ticker COIN, went public in 2021 and has taken steps to deepen its position in regulated finance. The company filed for a National Trust Charter with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, a move that would place parts of its custody and payments business under federal supervision.

It also signed a payments agreement with JPMorgan Chase & Co. earlier this year to shorten settlement times for digital-asset transactions.
By registering in Texas, Coinbase will operate under a state that has openly supported financial-technology licensingand maintains faster administrative review for corporations.

Shares Little Changed After Texas Move

Coinbase stock (COIN) closed at $303.12 on Wednesday with minimal movement following the company’s Texas registration filing.
The change affects corporate jurisdiction, not trading activity or reported earnings, leaving investors focused on next week’s quarterly results.
The stock is down about 14% in the past month, tracking a slowdown in cryptocurrency trading volumes.

Texas Competes With Delaware for Corporate Listings

Texas has revised its corporate statutes and court procedures in recent years, giving companies a faster process for resolving business cases and approving governance changes.
Major firms including Tesla and Charles Schwab have already registered in the state.
Coinbase’s move adds another large public company to that list, reinforcing Texas’s effort to compete with Delaware’s long-established corporate system.

Also Read: Ireland Fines Coinbase $25 Million for Money Laundering Monitoring Failures

Key Highlights of the Senate Crypto Bill

Washington — A bipartisan U.S. Senate bill that would give federal regulators direct authority over Bitcoin and Ethereum trading is being described by Wall Street executives and crypto leaders as the most important piece of financial legislation in nearly a century.

On November 10, the Senate Agriculture Committee released a proposal that would formally place digital commodities such as Bitcoin (BTC) and Ethereum (ETH) under the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC). The bill was written by Sen. John Boozman (R-Ark.) and Sen. Cory Booker (D-N.J.) and lays out new national standards for how cryptocurrencies are traded, stored, and safeguarded.

“This is the clearest roadmap yet for how traditional financial institutions can engage with digital assets,” said Cody Carbone, CEO of the Digital Chamber, in an interview with CNBC. “It tells businesses exactly what’s expected of them, rather than leaving them guessing.”

CFTC to Regulate Bitcoin and Ether Trading

Under the draft, the CFTC would oversee trading platforms that deal in Bitcoin and Ether — classifying both as digital commodities. Crypto exchanges would be required to register as Digital Commodity Exchanges (DCEs) and follow federal rules on asset custody, accounting, and customer protection.

The proposal would also separate trading, brokerage, and custody activities within exchanges — a structure designed to prevent conflicts of interest, similar to traditional banking rules. The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)would retain authority over tokens considered securities, while both agencies would collaborate on shared areas such as disclosure and reporting.

If enacted, the new system would end years of jurisdictional disputes between the CFTC and SEC, which have left the U.S. crypto market in regulatory uncertainty.

White House and Banking Industry Endorse the Proposal

The draft has support from the White House and major financial institutions. President Donald Trump has called digital asset regulation “a national priority,” saying the proposal could bring stability to the industry while keeping innovation within U.S. borders.

Banking executives view the bill as a turning point for integrating crypto into the broader financial system. Brian Moynihan, CEO of Bank of America, said clear rules would allow banks to handle crypto transactions with confidence. “Once there’s legal clarity, financial institutions will finally be able to offer regulated services for digital assets,” he said.

Brian Armstrong, CEO of Coinbase, said his firm has met with lawmakers from both parties to discuss the bill. “There’s rare bipartisan agreement on this,” Armstrong said. “Everyone understands that digital assets are too big to ignore, and this gives the market a path forward.”

Bill Imposes Strict Trading and Disclosure Standards

The Senate draft requires crypto trading platforms to separate customer assets from company funds, maintain transparent order books, and record all trades for regulatory review.

Exchanges would need to publish clear, standardized disclosures on pricing, custody arrangements, and the handling of user deposits — similar to those required of registered futures and stock exchanges.

The CFTC would conduct periodic audits and require independent verification of reserves to prevent misuse of client assets, a key issue highlighted by the collapse of FTX and other exchanges.

The proposal also limits which tokens can be listed for trading. Exchanges could only offer assets that are proven to have stable markets and limited potential for manipulation. That provision is aimed at curbing speculative tokens and preventing schemes such as wash trading and artificial volume inflation.

To finance its expanded supervision, the bill allows the CFTC to collect registration and examination fees from approved digital commodity exchanges.

Together, these measures would replace the fragmented self-regulation that dominates crypto trading today with a standardized federal rulebook modeled on existing commodity and futures laws.

Senate Committees to Align Crypto Rules Before Year-End

The Agriculture Committee’s digital asset draft will move next to joint review with the Senate Banking Committee, which is preparing a separate bill covering digital tokens that qualify as securities. Staff from both panels are already reconciling overlapping sections to produce a single text for floor debate.

Lawmakers involved in the talks said the goal is to finalize language before the end of 2025 so the proposal can reach the full Senate early next year. The combined version will spell out how responsibilities are divided between the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) — an issue that has stalled crypto regulation for more than five years.

If the committees agree on the final draft, it will advance to a Senate vote and then move to the House for review. Several industry groups, including the Digital Chamber and the Blockchain Association, have already pledged support, saying the measure would give exchanges, banks, and investors the first clear federal rule set for trading digital assets in the U.S.

Also Read: Senate Proposes CFTC Regulation of Bitcoin and Ether Trading

Washington — The U.S. Senate is reviewing a bipartisan proposal that would place the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) in charge of regulating digital commodities such as Bitcoin and Ether. The measure seeks to establish uniform rules for trading and protect customers in an industry that has operated without clear federal supervision.

The bill, written by Sen. John Boozman (R-Ark.) and Sen. Cory Booker (D-N.J.), directs the CFTC to license and monitor crypto exchanges, brokers, and clearinghouses. Registered firms would operate as Digital Commodity Exchanges (DCEs) under new federal standards for custody, reporting, and trading practices.

“The purpose is to bring order to a market that has been running without consistent rules,” Boozman said. Booker said the proposal ensures customer funds are separated from company accounts and requires more public reporting from crypto firms.

The plan builds on earlier legislation approved by the House of Representatives that gave the CFTC responsibility for the digital commodity market. Together, the bills aim to settle a long-standing dispute over whether digital assets fall under the CFTC or the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Under the new proposal, the SEC would continue to supervise assets that function like securities, while the CFTC would handle spot trading in Bitcoin, Ether, and other non-security tokens.

Debate continues over how the rules should apply to decentralized finance (DeFi) platforms. Supporters of tighter controls want these platforms to follow anti–money laundering requirements similar to banks. Others argue that applying the same rules to decentralized software would be unworkable and could drive developers out of the country.

The CFTC’s ability to carry out the new mandate remains uncertain. The commission currently has one active member. President Donald Trump has nominated Mike Selig to lead the agency, with two Democratic seats still vacant. Boozman said the commission “must be fully staffed and trained” before taking on new duties. Booker agreed that enforcement will depend on whether the agency receives enough funding to manage the workload.

Progress on the legislation has slowed during the ongoing 41-day government shutdown, which has halted most committee activity. A short-term funding vote this week will determine when the Senate resumes debate on the bill.

Crypto exchanges have urged Congress to finalize the measure, arguing that clear federal rules would replace the patchwork of state-level regulations. Coinbase CEO Brian Armstrong said after a recent meeting with senators that most technical details “are already settled,” and that both parties appear ready to move forward.

Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.) warned that Congress has a limited window to vote on the measure before next year’s election schedule limits floor time. SEC Chair Paul Atkins said coordination with the CFTC is already underway to align enforcement and registration requirements.

The White House has asked Congress to deliver the final bill to President Trump by the end of 2025. Supporters hope the measure will finally bring legal clarity to a market worth more than a trillion dollars and end years of regulatory uncertainty around digital assets.

Also Read: CFTC Commissioner Summer Mersinger to Lead Blockchain Association as New CEO

Under the draft plan released on Monday, firms whose stablecoins are widely used for payments will need to keep strong reserve backing. They will be allowed to place up to 60% of their reserves in short-term UK government bonds, with the rest held in cash or other highly liquid assets to ensure that redemptions can be met at any time.

The central bank said it wants stablecoins to be safe, fully backed, and easy to convert into pounds, so they can be used confidently in everyday transactions. The proposal follows months of work by UK regulators to build a permanent framework for digital money and payment tokens.

To limit risk during the early phase, the BoE suggested temporary limits on holdings. Individuals could hold up to £20,000 (about $26,000) in a single systemic stablecoin, while companies could hold as much as £10 million (around $13 million). Officials said the caps would be lifted only when they are confident that large-scale use of stablecoins would not threaten financial stability.

Deputy Governor Sarah Breeden said the rules are designed to make sure new forms of digital money are “as reliable as the money people use today.” She added that the UK is working closely with regulators in the United States and Europeto maintain consistent standards as stablecoins become more common in cross-border payments.

Only stablecoins considered “systemic” — those with the potential to affect the wider UK financial system — will come under the Bank of England’s direct oversight. Smaller or trading-focused tokens will continue to be supervised by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) under lighter conditions.

The central bank’s consultation is open until 10 February 2026, after which it will review responses and publish final guidelines later in the year. The new framework is expected to take effect by late 2026.

Stablecoins have grown rapidly in recent years and now play a major role in global crypto markets, where they are used for payments, lending, and settlements. Regulators worry that poorly backed coins could trigger losses for users or destabilize payment networks if confidence falls.

In the UK, the government wants to encourage innovation in digital finance but within strict boundaries. The BoE said its proposals aim to make stablecoins “trustworthy forms of private money” while ensuring that any firm offering them can survive sudden withdrawals or price shocks.

Crypto industry groups have warned that high reserve requirements and holding limits could slow adoption and make the UK less competitive as a hub for digital assets. But supporters say clear rules will finally let stablecoin firms operate within the regulated financial system rather than at its edge.

Also Read: XRP Set for New Rally as Ripple Ends SEC Dispute and Expands Global Use

Key Points

Ripple’s cryptocurrency XRP has been part of the digital asset market for more than a decade, but its real potential is only now beginning to unfold. Originally created to make global payments faster and cheaper, XRP was designed to solve a practical problem rather than just exist as another speculative coin. For years, however, its progress was slowed by legal battles and unclear regulations that kept many investors on the sidelines.

The biggest turning point came when Ripple finally settled its long-running case with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. After nearly five years of uncertainty, courts ruled that Ripple’s sales of XRP to large institutions had violated securities laws but ordinary transactions had not. Ripple agreed to pay a fine and both sides withdrew their appeals, putting an end to one of the most damaging clouds hanging over the company. With the legal issue behind it, Ripple has regained the freedom to focus on expanding its technology and partnerships, and that has already boosted market confidence.

At the same time, the overall environment for cryptocurrencies in the United States has improved. Lawmakers are now setting clearer rules for how digital assets are defined and traded, rather than treating the industry as a gray area. Banks have been allowed to develop digital asset custody services, and new regulations are encouraging responsible blockchain innovation. The shift in tone from enforcement to structure has given companies like Ripple a better chance to grow within the financial system instead of being treated as outsiders.

Institutional investors are also starting to show serious interest in XRP. Although Ripple can no longer sell tokens directly to them, large financial institutions are finding ways to gain exposure through exchange-traded funds and derivatives. Several applications for XRP ETFs are already under review, and early trading data in futures markets suggests strong demand. If these funds are approved, institutional participation could add significant liquidity and credibility to XRP, which would likely have a positive impact on its price.

Ripple’s biggest strength remains the usefulness of its technology. RippleNet allows banks and payment providers to send money across borders in seconds, cutting out the long waiting times and high fees that come with traditional systems. Its On-Demand Liquidity feature uses XRP as a bridge between currencies, removing the need for institutions to maintain reserves in multiple countries. Major players such as Santander, PNC, and American Express have already tested or adopted parts of Ripple’s system. Beyond payments, the XRP Ledger is gaining traction for asset tokenization, stablecoin settlements, and decentralized finance projects. Each of these adds real demand for XRP, giving it value beyond speculation.

If the current momentum continues, XRP could be in a strong position heading into the next major crypto cycle around 2029. With the lawsuit resolved, friendlier regulations in place, and growing institutional and commercial use, XRP has a chance to reach new highs—possibly above $10 if adoption deepens. That outcome depends on consistent network growth and broader participation from banks and investors, but for the first time in years, the path forward looks clear. Ripple has endured its hardest years and emerged stronger, with a technology that serves a genuine purpose and a market that is finally ready to support it.

Also Read: Ripple Partners With Mastercard and Gemini to Use RLUSD Stablecoin for Credit Card Settlement

Major firms such as Animoca Brands, Gemini, Consensys, and TRON are moving ahead with public listings, while others like Ripple and Tether continue to operate privately.

Animoca Brands Plans Nasdaq Listing

Hong Kong-based Animoca Brands is preparing to go public in the United States through a reverse merger. Under the current proposal, Animoca shareholders would hold about 95% of the new entity, which would trade on Nasdaq.

The merged company will focus on digital asset investment, gaming, and blockchain software. Animoca’s move reflects a broader trend of Web3 firms seeking deeper access to U.S. capital markets, which offer higher liquidity and investor protection than Asian exchanges.

Consensys Prepares IPO With Major Banks

Consensys, the company behind the MetaMask wallet and Ethereum’s core infrastructure tools, is reportedly working with JPMorgan and Goldman Sachs to lead its planned IPO.

The firm has raised over $725 million from investors including SoftBank, BlackRock, and Mastercard. Its 2022 valuation stood at $7 billion, while private market estimates in mid-2025 put it closer to $10 billion.

Consensys’s listing would mark one of the first major public offerings by a blockchain infrastructure provider, expanding the scope of crypto IPOs beyond exchanges and trading platforms.

Gemini Files for Nasdaq Debut

The Gemini exchange, founded by Cameron and Tyler Winklevoss, has filed registration documents with the U.S. SECto list on Nasdaq under the ticker GEMI.

The exchange plans to raise up to $400 million to fund compliance initiatives and product expansion. Gemini reported 523,000 monthly active users, $24.8 billion in trading volume, and $18.2 billion in assets during the first half of 2025.

Despite its growth, Gemini remains unprofitable, recording a $282.5 million loss in H1 2025. The listing will test investor appetite for crypto exchanges seeking public funding during a period of renewed regulatory oversight.

Figure Technology Completes Nasdaq Listing

Figure Technology Solutions, a blockchain-based lending firm, went public on September 11, 2025, trading under the ticker FIGR on Nasdaq.

The company reported $29.1 million in net income on $190.6 million in revenue in the first half of 2025, marking its first profitable year. Founded in 2018 by Mike Cagney, a former SoFi executive, Figure uses blockchain systems to originate and service loans and has funded more than $16 billion in consumer lending.

Cagney retains majority voting control following the listing, ensuring continuity in governance as the company transitions to public markets.

OKX Considers U.S. IPO After Regulatory Settlement

Global crypto exchange OKX is exploring a U.S. public offering after resolving a $505 million settlement with the Department of Justice over compliance violations.

The firm re-entered the U.S. market in April 2025, opening a new headquarters in San Jose, California, and appointing Roshan Robert, a Wall Street veteran, as its U.S. CEO.

A U.S. listing would provide OKX with access to institutional investors and help it compete more directly with American-listed rivals such as Coinbase.

FalconX Weighs NYSE Listing

Institutional brokerage FalconX is in early discussions to launch an IPO on the New York Stock Exchange. The firm was last valued at $8 billion during a 2022 funding round that raised $150 million.

The company provides trading, liquidity, and credit services to institutional clients. A listing would allow FalconX to raise additional capital for acquisitions and expand its product offerings to meet growing institutional demand for digital-asset exposure.

TRON Lists on Nasdaq After Reverse Merger

TRON became a public company in July 2025 through a $100 million reverse merger with SRM Entertainment. The newly formed entity trades under the symbol TRON on Nasdaq.

The deal granted TRON $210 million in tokens and allowed it to hold TRX as a treasury reserve asset — a first for a U.S.-listed firm. The stock declined about 5% on its first day of trading.

Founder Justin Sun remains involved through offshore entities. The listing follows the resolution of a prior SEC lawsuit that was settled earlier in 2025.

Bullish Exchange Completes Public Listing

Bullish, the digital-asset exchange backed by Peter Thiel, became publicly listed in August 2025 after previously canceling a SPAC deal in 2021.

Led by former NYSE president Tom Farley, Bullish positions itself as a regulated, institutional-grade exchange. The company had previously raised about $10 billion in funding and operates under the parent company Block.one, which raised $4 billion during its 2018 ICO.

Circle Begins Trading After IPO

Stablecoin issuer Circle, known for the USDC token, completed its long-anticipated IPO earlier this year. Shares, listed under CRCL, opened at $69, more than double their IPO price of $31, and closed the day up 168%.

The offering valued Circle at $6.8 billion before trading. CEO Jeremy Allaire said the listing supports the company’s goal of building “fully regulated and transparent stablecoin infrastructure.”

The successful debut could encourage other payment-based crypto companies to follow suit.

Bithumb Targets Kosdaq Listing

South Korea’s Bithumb, the country’s second-largest cryptocurrency exchange, plans to list on the Kosdaq by the end of 2025.

The company has regained market share after a prolonged downturn and now holds about 25% of South Korea’s trading volume. Bithumb is reorganizing into two entities — Bithumb Korea and Bithumb A — to streamline governance before the listing.

Samsung Securities will act as the underwriter. The company is also exploring a secondary U.S. listing to attract global investors.

Blockchain.com Strengthens Executive Team

Blockchain.com has appointed Justin Evans, formerly of Goldman Sachs, as Chief Financial Officer and Mike Wilcoxas Chief Operating Officer.

The company has not yet filed for an IPO but stated it is positioning itself for a public listing when market conditions become favorable. The hires indicate a gradual move toward compliance and audit readiness — key prerequisites for a U.S. listing.

Bitkub Plans Thai Stock Exchange Listing

Thailand’s largest cryptocurrency exchange, Bitkub, intends to go public on the Stock Exchange of Thailand in 2025.

The exchange controls about 77% of the local crypto market, processing roughly $30 million in daily volume. CEO Jirayut Srupsrisopa said the company plans to double its workforce to 4,000 employees before the listing.

Bitkub aims to strengthen its domestic presence as competition from international exchanges such as Binance and Upbitincreases across Southeast Asia.

Kraken Cuts Costs While Preparing for IPO

Kraken, one of the oldest U.S. crypto exchanges, has reduced its workforce by about 15% as part of a restructuring aimed at improving profitability ahead of a potential IPO.

Co-CEOs Arjun Sethi and David Ripley have focused on consolidating operations, trimming expenses, and expanding into derivatives and stock trading through acquisitions such as NinjaTrader.

The exchange is expected to file for a U.S. listing once market conditions stabilize and its earnings reach sustainable levels.

Ripple Confirms It Has No IPO Plans

Ripple Labs, valued at about $40 billion after a recent $500 million fundraising round, has confirmed that it does not plan to go public in the near term.

President Monica Long said Ripple has sufficient reserves and brand strength to operate privately. CEO Brad Garlinghouse reiterated that while a listing remains possible in the future, it is “not a priority” following the company’s recent legal settlement with the U.S. SEC.

Ripple remains one of the most capitalized private blockchain companies globally, focusing on international payments and partnerships with financial institutions.

Crypto Firms Turn to Public Markets for Credibility and Growth

After years of relying on private funding and venture capital, major crypto companies are taking their next step — going public. The move marks a clear shift in how digital-asset businesses raise money and build trust, especially as investors demand greater transparency after a decade of volatility.

Listing on major exchanges offers more than just capital. It gives crypto firms a way to prove stability, strengthen governance, and reach mainstream investors who have long stayed on the sidelines. The shift suggests that, for the first time, sustainable growth and compliance are becoming as critical to the sector as rapid innovation once was.

Also Read: Ireland Fines Coinbase $25 Million for Money Laundering Monitoring Failures

The regulator said Coinbase’s systems missed checks on more than 30 million transactions, worth around $202 billion, between 2021 and 2022. That figure accounts for roughly one-third of Coinbase’s total European activity during those years.

The missed reviews were traced to a coding error in Coinbase’s automated compliance software. Because of the glitch, many transactions that should have been screened for suspicious behavior were never analyzed.

After discovering the fault, Coinbase ran a retrospective review and reported 2,708 transactions—worth about $15 million—to Ireland’s Financial Intelligence Unit. Those cases were flagged as potentially tied to drug trafficking, child exploitation, or money-laundering activity.

A spokesperson for the Central Bank said the lapse exposed major weaknesses in Coinbase’s internal controls. “Financial institutions are expected to detect and report suspicious movements of money quickly and accurately,” the regulator said.

Colm Kincaid, the Central Bank’s deputy governor for consumer and investor protection, warned that the nature of cryptocurrencies makes them particularly attractive to criminals.

“Crypto’s speed, borderless design, and privacy features appeal to those moving illicit funds,” Kincaid said. “Firms in this sector must apply the same strict standards as traditional banks.”

Coinbase said the problem occurred when its monitoring system was first configured and insisted it was not deliberate. The company has since corrected the error, reported the overdue transactions, and removed accounts linked to the suspicious activity. Both Coinbase and the Central Bank said none of the transactions reviewed have yet been confirmed as criminal.

The fine still requires formal approval from Ireland’s High Court, which must sign off on large financial penalties before they can be enforced. Coinbase said it has worked closely with authorities throughout the investigation and strengthened its compliance systems to prevent a repeat failure.

The case is one of the most significant crypto-related enforcement actions in Europe to date. Regulators across the EU are tightening supervision of digital-asset platforms ahead of new rules under the Markets in Crypto-Assets (MiCA)framework, which will introduce uniform compliance standards across member states from 2025.

Ireland has become a European hub for several major exchanges because of its access to EU markets and English-language regulatory environment. The Central Bank’s decision shows that, even as Ireland courts fintech investment, it expects crypto firms to meet the same anti-money-laundering standards as established financial institutions.

Also Read: Stream Finance Stablecoin Falls 77% After $93M Fund Loss

How the Card Works

The new OKX Card is linked to a user’s crypto account. Brazilian users can load the card with local currency (reais), which OKX converts automatically into U.S. dollar–based stablecoins. When a payment is made, Mastercard processes the transaction and the exchange deducts the equivalent amount from the customer’s balance.

Balances held in stablecoins earn up to 10% annual yield, OKX said.
The card also works with Pix, Brazil’s instant digital payment platform, enabling fast transfers between OKX accounts and local wallets.

Brazil Becomes a Test Ground for Crypto Payments

Brazil has become one of the most active markets for digital payments tied to cryptocurrencies. Its clear regulatory framework and widespread use of Pix make it attractive for exchanges offering crypto payment options.

By launching the card in Brazil, OKX is focusing on a country where digital currency use extends beyond investment — where crypto is often used for remittances and daily purchases.

Visa and Mastercard Dominate Issuer Partnerships

OKX chose Mastercard for its card program. Both Mastercard and Visa run dedicated frameworks that allow crypto exchanges to issue branded cards, but each operates differently.

Mastercard typically requires exchanges to hold larger reserve funds to guarantee liquidity and transaction coverage. Visa’s requirements are lighter, making it faster to launch but with fewer compliance safeguards.

Exchanges select their partner depending on capital capacity and local regulations. Binance, for example, previously issued a Visa prepaid card in Europe but later shifted to Mastercard when introducing its Brazilian program.

Why Exchanges Issue Cards

Crypto payment cards simplify spending digital assets without converting them to fiat manually.
When a cardholder pays, the exchange automatically sells the equivalent amount of crypto to cover the transaction.

This approach gives exchanges an additional way to keep users active on their platforms while offering customers a practical way to access their balances anywhere traditional cards are accepted.

OKX Looks to Expand Its Card Program Beyond Brazil

OKX said Brazil will be the first market for its Mastercard debit card, with plans to introduce the product in other Latin American countries once it assesses user demand and regulatory conditions.

The exchange said it chose Brazil because of the country’s established digital payment systems and high adoption of electronic transfers through Pix, which makes integration with crypto-linked cards easier.

Company officials said local feedback will guide how the card is adapted for additional markets in the region.

Also Read: Ripple Partners With Mastercard and Gemini to Use RLUSD Stablecoin for Credit Card Settlement

Ripple said the collaboration is designed to test how blockchain-based settlement can support faster fund transfers and clearer liquidity tracking between payment processors and issuing banks.

A company spokesperson said all partners are working “under a regulated framework” and will proceed only once U.S. financial regulators grant approval.

How the Integration Will Function

Under the plan, Mastercard’s network and WebBank, which issues the Gemini Credit Card, will use RLUSD to clear part of the transaction settlement process.
The front-end experience for customers will remain the same — users will still make payments in fiat — but the interbank clearing and settlement will occur through the XRP Ledger instead of traditional bank rails.

The project builds on an earlier partnership between Ripple and Gemini, which launched a crypto rewards credit cardtied to XRP earlier this year. That card allows customers to earn XRP tokens on purchases, rather than cash or points.

In this new pilot, all Gemini Credit Card products, including versions linked to Bitcoin and Solana, could eventually settle transactions in RLUSD on the XRPL once testing begins.

Ripple said using RLUSD for settlement could shorten clearing times from multiple business days to near real-time, improving liquidity between issuers and networks.

Stablecoin Structure and Oversight

RLUSD, Ripple’s U.S. dollar–backed stablecoin, launched in December 2024 on both Ethereum and the XRP Ledger. It now holds a market capitalization above $1 billion, making it the 11th-largest stablecoin globally, according to DeFiLlama data.

The token is regulated by the New York Department of Financial Services (NYDFS), with BNY Mellon serving as custodian for the dollar reserves.
Ripple has positioned RLUSD as a regulated settlement asset for banks, payment networks, and tokenized asset platforms.

In September 2025, RLUSD was added to Securitize’s institutional tokenization platform, where it began being used in the exchange of tokenized money market funds.

Mastercard and Gemini’s Role

Mastercard has spent several years testing blockchain settlement layers and tokenized deposits within its own network infrastructure.
The company said this collaboration with Ripple will help evaluate how regulated stablecoins can function within its settlement systems without altering how customers use their credit cards.

Gemini and WebBank will support the pilot’s banking and card issuance functions. Gemini’s credit cards currently offer rewards in several cryptocurrencies, and this pilot would add RLUSD as the settlement currency on the back end.

Ripple said the approach could give card issuers “greater transparency and faster reconciliation between institutions” while maintaining full compliance with U.S. financial rules.

Ripple’s Financing and Regulatory Position

Ripple recently secured $500 million in new capital at a $40 billion valuation, a funding round it said will help strengthen compliance operations and build regulated payment infrastructure in the U.S.
The company described the RLUSD pilot with Mastercard and Gemini as part of its plan to demonstrate that stablecoins can operate safely within existing banking rules, not outside them.

Unlike offshore stablecoins such as USDT, RLUSD is fully backed by U.S. dollar reserves held with BNY Mellon and operates under a license from the New York Department of Financial Services (NYDFS).
This structure allows the token to be used by banks and card issuers that cannot hold or settle transactions in unregulated assets.

Trading data showed XRP, the digital asset associated with Ripple’s settlement network, at $2.26, down 2.6% over 24 hours.
Ripple has repeatedly stated that RLUSD and XRP serve separate purposes: XRP functions as a bridge asset for cross-border transfers, while RLUSD is designed as a stable settlement currency for banks and payment firms.

If the Mastercard and WebBank integration proceeds, it would mark the first deployment of a U.S.-regulated stablecoin for mainstream credit card clearing, a development that could push other issuers to adopt similar on-chain settlement models.

Also Read: Ripple Escrows $1.5B in XRP as Token Turns 13 — Price Drops 7% in 24 Hours

What the New Law Covers

Under the proposal, issuers of fiat-backed stablecoins will be required to:

• Maintain adequate asset reserves matching their issued tokens.

• Provide transparent redemption policies for users.

• Implement risk and privacy safeguards for Canadians’ financial data.

• Comply with national security requirements to prevent misuse.

The government said these measures are designed to ensure that stablecoins used in Canada are “safe and secure for consumers and businesses alike.”

Bank of Canada to Oversee the Framework

To manage and enforce the new regime, the Bank of Canada will allocate $10 million over two years (starting in FY 2026–27) from its remittances to the federal treasury.
Afterward, ongoing supervision will cost about $5 million annually, covered by fees collected from licensed stablecoin issuers.

The budget also proposes amending the Retail Payment Activities Act to expand regulators’ authority over payment service providers that deal in stablecoins — giving the central bank a clearer mandate to monitor systemic risk.

Stablecoins Are Now 30% of Global Crypto Activity

Stablecoins have evolved from niche tools to a key pillar of crypto finance.
A TRM Labs report estimates they account for 30% of all crypto transactions, with global trading volume surpassing $4 trillion between January and August 2025 — an 83% year-over-year increase.
Most stablecoins are pegged to the U.S. dollar, with Tether (USDT) and Circle’s USD Coin (USDC) controlling the majority of the market.

Canada’s move puts it alongside the U.S., Hong Kong, and the EU, all of which have launched their own regulatory frameworks in 2025.

Industry Response: “Canada’s Answer to the U.S. GENIUS Act”

Canadian industry leaders have largely welcomed the decision.
Morva Rohani, Executive Director of the Canadian Web3 Council, called the measure “Canada’s answer to the U.S. GENIUS Act,” saying it could create a path for qualified innovators to issue stablecoins under federal oversight.

Crypto exchange Shakepay also praised the move, calling it “a big step forward for fintech and digital payments in Canada.”
A spokesperson said the focus now should be on “making sure the framework stays open and accessible, so Canadian fintechs can build trusted payment rails.”

Caution from Regulators and Economists

Despite optimism, not everyone is convinced.
The Bank for International Settlements (BIS) has repeatedly warned that stablecoins — especially those pegged to fiat currencies — could:

• Undermine central bank control over monetary policy.

• Increase capital flight from developing economies.

• Expose users to liquidity and transparency risks.

Canadian officials say these concerns justify proactive regulation before stablecoins become deeply embedded in the country’s payments system.

Ottawa’s Stablecoin Rules Aim to Close Canada’s Fintech Gap

The 2025 budget outlines Ottawa’s first concrete move to regulate fiat-backed stablecoins, giving the Bank of Canadadirect oversight of issuers and reserve management. The framework seeks to integrate stablecoins into Canada’s payments infrastructure while ensuring full backing and redemption rights for users.

Officials say the step is intended to close the regulatory gap with markets like the U.S. and European Union, where clear stablecoin laws are already in force. By setting national standards, the government aims to attract compliant fintech issuers and reduce reliance on foreign-backed digital assets circulating in Canada.

Following the disclosure, withdrawals and deposits were suspended. The company hired law firm Perkins Coie to investigate and help determine creditor claims.

“We are withdrawing all liquid assets and expect this process to finish soon,” Stream Finance stated on X.

According to PeckShield, the stablecoin fell from its $1 peg to about $0.50, and later to $0.26, where it currently trades, data from CoinGecko shows.

Over $285 Million in Linked Exposure

On-chain data from Yields and More (YAM) shows that Stream’s collapse has affected at least $285 million in assets across Euler, Silo, Morpho, and Gearbox lending platforms.

Major curators TelosC, Elixir, MEV Capital, and Varlamore are among the most affected.
YAM said settlements between holders of xUSD, xBTC, and xETH and their lenders could be difficult since these tokens were used as collateral across multiple platforms.

Secondary Tokens Under Pressure

DeFi projects with indirect exposure are also facing strain.
Elixir’s deUSD, which had lent 68 million USDC to Stream — about 65% of its reserves — is now at risk.
Treeve’s scUSD is also linked through rehypothecation chains, where the same collateral is reused across lending platforms, worsening liquidity stress.

High Leverage Behind the Collapse

An anonymous on-chain trader known as “Cbb0fe” warned days earlier that Stream’s balance sheet showed $170 million in backing assets against $530 million in borrowing, giving it a leverage ratio of more than 4x.

Stream used a recursive looping strategy, repeatedly lending and borrowing against its own tokens to earn yield spreads. The heavy leverage left the system unable to absorb losses once the fund manager’s assets went missing.

Unclear Insurance Fund and Transparency Issues

Community members found that Stream had been collecting an undisclosed 60% fee for an internal “insurance fund” that wasn’t properly separated from user strategies.

User chud.eth accused the team of poor disclosure.
Stream later admitted that the fund existed but said communication “was not as clear as it should have been.”

This lack of separation raised doubts about whether the fund could cover any of the current losses.

Largest Creditor Starts Withdrawal

Elixir, Stream’s top creditor, said it holds full redemption rights at $1 per token and has begun withdrawing its lending position from the protocol.

Analysts say this may reduce Elixir’s exposure but could worsen liquidity shortages at Stream and make asset recovery more difficult.

Human Oversight Still a Weak Point

Deddy Lavid, CEO of blockchain security firm Cyvers, said the case shows that even decentralized systems depend heavily on human supervision.

“When external managers or off-chain operations fail, users still bear the risk,” Lavid said.

Aftermath and Ongoing Investigation

Stream Finance has frozen all activity while law firm Perkins Coie conducts an investigation into the $93 million loss and the actions of the external fund manager responsible for managing user assets.
The protocol stated it is withdrawing all remaining liquid assets and reviewing exposure across its xUSD, xBTC, and xETH products.

Several DeFi protocols, including Elixir, Treeve, Euler, and Morpho, have begun assessing their own exposure to the incident due to interconnected lending positions.
Stream said creditor priorities will be determined after the investigation, and that user funds remain temporarily inaccessible until the assessment is complete.

Also Read: Stablecoin Payments Surge 70% After U.S. Regulation, Businesses Lead Growth

Key Points

• • Bitget launched a zero-interest institutional loan program for altcoin market makers.
• • Eligible firms can borrow up to 2 million USDT by reaching 50% of Bitget’s trading volume targets.
• • The program operates from November 1, 2025, through January 31, 2026.
• • Loans include up to 5× leverage, with liquidation triggered at 90% loan-to-value ratio.
• • Altcoin liquidity remains weak as Bitcoin dominance approaches 60%.

Crypto exchange Bitget has introduced a $2 million interest-free credit plan for professional market makers trading altcoins. The three-month initiative aims to improve liquidity in lower-volume crypto pairs and encourage stable trading conditions amid a cautious market backdrop.

Simplified Credit Access for Institutions

The program, running from November 1, 2025, to January 31, 2026, allows approved firms to borrow up to 2 million USDT without interest.
Participants qualify by meeting just half of Bitget’s standard monthly trading-volume target, lowering the entry barrier for quantitative trading groups and liquidity providers active in smaller-cap tokens.

Each approved account can use up to 5× leverage on borrowed funds. Bitget applies an automatic liquidation rule at a 90% loan-to-value ratio, ensuring credit risk remains contained while traders operate with flexibility.

Liquidity Pressure in Altcoin Markets

The announcement follows a period of weak trading depth across many altcoin pairs.
Market data shows Bitcoin’s dominance close to 60%, with altcoin volumes lagging.
The Altcoin Season Index stands at 27 out of 100, meaning fewer than one-quarter of top altcoins have outperformed Bitcoin over the past 90 days.
More than $300 million in upcoming token unlocks through mid-November are expected to tighten liquidity further.

Bitget said the zero-interest structure gives professional traders room to add liquidity and narrow price spreads in markets where volatility has limited participation.

Simpler Terms Than Rival Platforms

Bitget’s program requires no collateral lockup and offers credit directly in user accounts — a setup designed for active market makers.
The 5× leverage ceiling matches OKX’s institutional loan structure and exceeds Binance’s 4× cap, giving Bitget a stronger appeal among firms that manage multiple altcoin portfolios.
The lower qualification threshold — 50% of the usual trading volume requirement — makes the program easier to access than comparable institutional financing schemes.

Focus on Institutional Liquidity Providers

The exchange said it will prioritize quantitative firms and registered market-making companies trading altcoin pairs on its platform.
By offering credit without upfront costs, Bitget aims to reduce the funding strain that limits participation in smaller crypto assets and to stabilize trading activity as the industry adjusts to slower retail inflows.

Also Read: Bitget Launches Instant, Fee-Free Crypto Payments for Global Transactions

Sonic (S): Network Upgrade Adds Fee Subsidies, Security Fixes

The Sonic network is set to release version 2.1.2 of its mainnet and testnet — an update that will introduce native fee subsidies and key security improvements. These changes aim to enhance network performance and user reliability, potentially restoring investor confidence after a difficult month.

At press time, S trades near $0.1299, roughly 25% below recent highs but holding above the critical $0.128 support. The RSI indicates oversold conditions, often a sign of possible short-term stabilization.

If market sentiment improves following the upgrade, a rebound toward $0.159–$0.176 is plausible. However, sustained weakness below $0.128 could push Sonic lower, testing $0.112 or even $0.100, signaling that sellers remain dominant.

THORChain (RUNE): Version 3.12 Update Builds Trader Anticipation

Developers at THORChain are finalizing their V3.12 upgrade, though specific details remain undisclosed. The secrecy has fueled speculation among traders, many anticipating improvements to liquidity and performance.

RUNE’s price has slipped around 13% over the past week, currently trading close to $0.809. Technical indicators — including converging Bollinger Bands — point to an upcoming volatility spike.

A bullish reaction to the update could lift RUNE beyond $0.855, with room to challenge $0.951. Conversely, if the rollout disappoints or broader market pressure continues, the token could retest $0.765, deepening recent losses.

Sky Network (SKY): Buyback Vote Tests Market Confidence

Sky Network’s community has approved a new Executive Vote that increases daily buybacks to 300,000 USDS and allocates 500 million SKY to the treasury for staking incentives. The move is aimed at balancing supply, encouraging participation, and strengthening token demand.

After losing nearly 8% this week, SKY is testing support near $0.0545. A rebound from this level could send the token toward $0.0559 and $0.0575, erasing recent declines. But if sentiment stays muted, a slip below $0.0545 may drag the asset toward $0.0536, extending its downtrend.

Market View

Traders are watching whether real network progress can outweigh the caution that dominated October.

• Sonic’s 2.1.2 rollout will show if steady technical delivery can pull the token out of an oversold zone.

• THORChain’s V3.12 release, still short on public details, is a test of investor confidence in a project that relies on liquidity depth.

• Sky Network’s governance shift measures how far internal reforms can go in supporting price stability without a broader market tailwind.

Each of these updates carries direct implications for liquidity, staking yields, and user participation — factors that tend to move prices more than short-term hype. Whether those fundamentals translate into lasting momentum will depend less on optimism and more on execution in the days ahead.

Also Read: 5 Simple Crypto Strategies That Anyone Can Use To Build Wealth

That’s what twin brothers Aaron and Austin Arnold, founders of Altcoin Daily, have been teaching millions of everyday investors online. Their message is simple: crypto investing doesn’t have to be risky or complicated if you follow a few smart rules.

Here are five simple strategies they say anyone can use — even total beginners.

1. Don’t Try To Time the Market — Invest Regularly

Trying to guess when to buy or sell is one of the biggest mistakes new investors make.
The Arnolds recommend putting in a small fixed amount every week or month, no matter the price — a method called dollar-cost averaging.

“It’s like planting seeds every season,” Aaron explains. “Some grow fast, some slow — but if you keep planting, you’ll always have something blooming.”

This habit smooths out the ups and downs. You’ll buy some coins when prices are high, some when they’re low, and over time, your average cost evens out. It’s steady, stress-free, and proven to work.

2. Keep Your Emotions Out of It

Crypto can be a rollercoaster. When prices rise, people rush in. When they fall, they panic.
The Arnolds say the key to long-term success is to stay calm and stick to your plan.

“Have your buy and sell points written down before you start,” Austin says. “Then follow them — no matter what social media or the news says.”

It’s the same mindset long-term stock investors use: emotion creates losses, discipline creates wealth.

3. Look at Market Size, Not Just the Price of a Coin

Many beginners get excited by cheap coins — thinking a $1 token will go to $100. But what matters more is the market cap, or total value of all coins in circulation.

For example, a $1 coin with a billion tokens is worth the same overall as a $1,000 coin with a million tokens.
In short: cheap doesn’t always mean opportunity.

Understanding market size helps you spot which projects are truly growing — and which ones just look flashy.

4. Only Invest What You Can Afford To Lose

Crypto’s potential is huge — but so are the risks.
The Arnolds suggest keeping your crypto investments small — around 1% to 5% of your total portfolio.

“Never use rent money or emergency savings,” Aaron says. “You should be able to hold through a downturn without panicking.”

That small but steady exposure lets you benefit if the market grows, but it won’t hurt your financial life if things go south.

5. Keep Learning — Knowledge Is Your Best Investment

The Arnolds believe the best crypto investors are the ones who never stop learning.
They compare today’s crypto world to the early internet — messy, exciting, and full of opportunities for those who understand what they’re getting into.

“The people who do well in the next 10 years,” Austin says, “will be the ones who take time to learn now.”

You don’t need to become a blockchain expert. Just keep up with trusted sources, follow credible analysts, and learn how new projects actually make money.
The more you know, the less likely you are to fall for hype.

Slow and Steady Wins in Crypto

Building wealth in crypto isn’t about chasing the next big coin — it’s about building smart habits.
Small, regular investments. Staying calm. Understanding value. Protecting your money. Learning as you go.

These are the same timeless principles that build wealth anywhere — stocks, real estate, or crypto. The Arnolds’ advice works because it’s not about quick wins. It’s about building something that lasts.

“Crypto isn’t a lottery ticket — it’s a long-term opportunity. Treat it like that, and you’ll do better than 90% of people chasing shortcuts.”

Also Read: Michael Saylor Firm Raises STRC Dividend to 10.5 Percent

The move came after the company reported $3.9 billion in net profit for the third quarter, a sharp turnaround from a $432.6 million loss during the same period last year.

According to recent filings, the dividend increase is funded by revenue from Bitcoin sales and returns on digital-asset lending. Strategy currently holds about 640,800 BTC, purchased at an average of $37,850 per coin — now valued near $70 billion with unrealized gains of roughly $23 billion, data from SaylorTracker.com show.

Speaking with Mark Moss of Satsuma Technology Plc, Saylor said the STRC preferred stock remains “over-collateralized by historical Bitcoin profits,” allowing the firm to maintain steady payouts even when markets weaken. The company has lifted its dividend four times since early 2024 without adding new debt.

Bitcoin Firms Shed $18.8B in Market Value

Bitcoin ended October near $110,150, down 8 percent for the month. The decline erased about $18.8 billion from the combined market value of companies holding Bitcoin on their balance sheets, according to The Block.

The total capitalization of public Bitcoin treasuries fell from $142.4 billion to $123.6 billion, a 13 percent drop—nearly double Bitcoin’s own price decline.

Shares of Marathon Digital, Galaxy Digital, and Strategy Inc. slid between 11 and 17 percent, reflecting tighter liquidity and risk-off sentiment after the Federal Reserve signaled it may keep policy rates high through 2026.

Still, listed firms added 3,970 BTC during the month, increasing combined holdings to 804,680 BTC, worth about $438 million. It marked the fifth consecutive month of accumulation despite market pressure.

Best Wallet Nears $17M in Token Sale

Best Wallet Ltd., a digital-asset custody startup, has raised $16.8 million in its ongoing token sale, according to company disclosures. The BEST token is priced at $0.026 and the sale is expected to conclude later this quarter.

The firm says funds will support compliance integration ahead of the EU’s MiCA regulatory rollout and finance a pilot program with two licensed payment providers planned for early 2026.

Best Wallet’s platform offers multi-chain storage and multi-signature access controls, positioning it for use by regulated institutions and custodial service providers entering the digital-asset market.

Corporate Bitcoin Holdings Grow Despite Market Drop

Public filings show that five companies — Strategy Inc., Marathon Digital, Tesla, Galaxy Digital, and Hut 8 Mining — hold more than 80 percent of the Bitcoin owned by publicly listed firms. Strategy alone controls nearly two-thirds of that total.

Despite an 8 percent decline in Bitcoin’s price during October, total corporate holdings rose by 0.5 percent, marking the largest monthly increase since May 2024. The uptick came alongside fewer miner liquidations and a rise in corporate wallet transfers to cold storage, suggesting firms continued to accumulate rather than sell.

By lifting its STRC dividend rather than cutting exposure, Strategy signaled confidence in its Bitcoin position and reliance on realized gains to maintain payouts. None of the major holders reported any significant sales in October, indicating that most corporate Bitcoin reserves remain intact despite price volatility.

Also Read: Bitcoin vs. Zcash: Which Cryptocurrency Is the Smarter Buy in 2025?

Every four years, Bitcoin’s “halving” event cuts the number of new coins miners can create, slowing down supply growth. The most recent halving in April 2024 reminded investors why scarcity matters — fewer coins entering circulation usually means higher long-term value if demand continues to rise.

The biggest shift for Bitcoin came in January 2024, when the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)approved spot Bitcoin ETFs. These funds let people invest in Bitcoin through normal brokerage accounts without needing to handle the cryptocurrency directly.
Since then, financial institutions, retirement funds, and asset managers have started adding Bitcoin to their portfolios, treating it as a legitimate store of value.

Bitcoin also benefits from mass recognition and deep liquidity. It’s easy to buy, easy to sell, and backed by the strongest network of developers and exchanges in crypto. Unlike newer coins, Bitcoin’s infrastructure is stable and globally trusted, making it the first choice for long-term holders.

Zcash Offers Privacy, but Faces Legal Barriers

Zcash was built from Bitcoin’s open-source code but added one big difference — optional privacy.
It allows users to hide details of a transaction such as the sender, receiver, and amount. This is done using zero-knowledge proofs (zk-SNARKs), a complex cryptographic method that lets the system confirm transactions without revealing private information.

That makes Zcash valuable for users who care deeply about financial privacy. In fact, its price has surged by over 800% in the past six months, driven by renewed interest in privacy-based digital assets.

However, these same privacy features have made Zcash unpopular with regulators.
Governments argue that private transactions can be used to hide illegal activity, leading to stricter rules.
Countries like Japan and South Korea have banned privacy coins entirely, while the European Union plans to block them under new anti–money laundering laws expected to take effect by 2027.

Because of these policies, many major crypto exchanges have stopped listing Zcash.
That reduces its trading volume and limits how widely it can be used or held, making it harder for the coin to grow beyond its niche audience.

Both Are Scarce, But Only One Is Mainstream

While both Bitcoin and Zcash share the same 21-million-coin limit, their market positions couldn’t be more different.

Bitcoin has turned into a globally accepted digital asset backed by institutional money and strong public awareness. It continues to gain new investors every time regulators open new doors, such as ETF approval or government-backed research into digital currencies.

Zcash, on the other hand, is a specialized privacy coin. Its technology is impressive, but its user base is limited. Privacy remains important, yet most users prefer transparency when compliance and regulation are involved — especially as exchanges remove privacy coins from their platforms.

Zcash could still maintain a small but loyal following among people who value confidentiality. But without broad regulatory acceptance, it cannot match Bitcoin’s scale or accessibility.

Bitcoin Holds the Upper Hand

For long-term investors, Bitcoin remains the stronger and safer option.
Its scarcity, institutional support, and regulatory progress give it lasting credibility.
Zcash’s technology is innovative, but heavy restrictions and limited exchange access make it risky for mainstream adoption.

Bitcoin is now recognized by global investors, financial regulators, and asset managers as a reliable digital store of value.
Zcash may continue to appeal to a niche group, but it is unlikely to challenge Bitcoin’s dominance any time soon

Also Read: Bitcoin Leverage Nears $40 Billion Ahead of Federal Reserve Rate Decision

Zerohash’s Role in Mastercard’s Crypto Strategy

Founded in 2017 in Chicago, Zerohash builds software that allows banks and fintech firms to process stablecoin payments and tokenize traditional financial assets. Its platform manages the technical and compliance layers needed to convert dollars and other assets into blockchain-based tokens.

The company raised $104 million in September at a $1 billion valuation. Its investors include Interactive Brokers, Apollo Global Management, Point72 Ventures, and Nyca Partners. Zerohash’s institutional backing and regulatory status have positioned it as one of the most credible U.S.-based providers of crypto infrastructure—an appealing target for Mastercard as it expands its blockchain operations.

Mastercard’s Focus on Stablecoin Infrastructure

Mastercard has been testing settlement systems that use regulated stablecoins to clear transactions between banks and merchants. In 2021, it acquired blockchain analytics firm CipherTrace to strengthen compliance in digital-asset transactions. While parts of CipherTrace’s operations were later scaled back, its risk-monitoring tools remain integrated within Mastercard’s payment systems.

This year, Mastercard joined a working group with Robinhood and Kraken to explore how stablecoins could be applied to cross-border remittances and merchant settlements, reflecting its broader effort to prepare its network for regulated digital currencies.

Competition With Visa in Blockchain Payments

Mastercard’s pursuit of Zerohash comes amid intensifying competition with Visa over blockchain-based payment infrastructure. Earlier this year, Visa Ventures invested in BVNK, a South Africa–based firm that develops stablecoin payment rails connecting traditional banks with blockchain networks through a single API.

Mastercard had also explored a potential deal with BVNK but stepped back after Coinbase entered exclusive negotiations with the company, Fortune reported. Both payment networks are now moving to secure partnerships that could strengthen their positions in the emerging market for tokenized payments—an area expected to expand sharply over the next decade.

Mastercard, Zerohash Decline to Comment

Both Mastercard and Zerohash declined to comment on the ongoing talks, citing confidentiality around active deal discussions. Coinbase, which was previously linked to BVNK negotiations, also did not provide a statement.

People familiar with the matter said internal due diligence is continuing and that the discussions remain focused on how Zerohash’s technology could be integrated into Mastercard’s existing systems. The deal structure is still under review, and no announcement timeline has been set.

Also Read: Mastercard Launches AI Payment Tools with Agent Pay for Holiday Season

The company said the allocation will take place gradually over several years under a risk-managed framework. The strategy aims to generate consistent income from Ethereum staking, restaking, and decentralized finance (DeFi) activities while maintaining institutional-level security controls.

Structured Ethereum Deployment

SharpLink said the funds will be deployed through multiple yield sources:

• Ethereum staking rewards, earned by validating network transactions.

• Restaking returns, using EigenCloud’s verification network.

• Linea-based DeFi incentives, supported by Ether.fi and other protocols.

The company stated that Anchorage Digital Bank, a federally regulated custodian, will secure all ETH used in the program.

“We manage our treasury with the same standards expected from any public company,” said Joseph Chalom, SharpLink’s Co-CEO. “This strategy lets us use Ethereum’s ecosystem productively without compromising institutional controls.”

Partnership with Consensys and Linea

SharpLink said it is working directly with Consensys, the company behind Linea, to manage the deployment and develop new tools for institutional use of digital assets.
The collaboration aims to test how large, regulated entities can safely earn on-chain yields without relying on unverified third-party services.

Both firms are also studying ways to support tokenized financial products and automated liquidity systems within the Linea network, potentially allowing corporations to move and manage assets more efficiently on Ethereum.

Company’s Ethereum Position

SharpLink holds roughly 860,000 ETH, valued at around $3.56 billion, making it one of the largest publicly traded Ethereum holders.
The firm joined the Linea Consortium earlier this year — a group of companies assisting with Linea’s development and adoption after the release of its native LINEA token.

Chalom said SharpLink had been preparing to use Linea before the token’s launch, describing it as a “logical next step” for an Ethereum-focused treasury.

Stock and Market Response

SharpLink’s stock (NASDAQ: SBET) edged up to $14.34 after the announcement, reflecting moderate investor interest in the firm’s DeFi strategy.
Ethereum (ETH) also gained ground, climbing about 8% over the past week to trade around $4,169. The move follows broader buying across major crypto assets after earlier declines in October.

Traders on prediction markets such as Myriad currently assign roughly a 79% probability that ETH will reach $4,500 before falling below $3,100, suggesting a cautiously bullish sentiment rather than broad market euphoria.

SharpLink’s Ethereum Deployment and Its Purpose

SharpLink plans to use the Linea network to generate returns on part of its Ethereum holdings while keeping full custody through Anchorage Digital Bank.
The program combines staking and restaking rewards with DeFi incentives offered by Linea and Ether.fi.
Company executives said the initiative is part of a broader effort to use blockchain infrastructure for treasury income, not speculative trading, while keeping all activity under regulated oversight.

Also Read: Ethereum Co-Founder Vitalik Buterin Issues Rare Warning on Blockchain Validators

Key Highlights of Truth Predict

• Integrated Access: Truth Predict is built into the Truth Social app, allowing users to join directly without a separate signup.
• Event-Based Trading: Users can place small bets on real-world events like elections, sports, and financial outcomes.
• Blockchain Security: Transactions use Crypto.com’s blockchain network for transparency and protection.
• Digital Wallet Support: Users can deposit and withdraw using Crypto.com’s wallet and CRO tokens.
• U.S. Beta Launch: Beta testing begins for U.S. users before a planned global rollout.
• Accessible Prediction Tools: Opens event markets to regular users, not just professional traders.
• Community Interaction: Connects prediction markets with live discussions on Truth Social.

Trump Media & Technology Group (TMTG), the parent company of Truth Social, announced on Tuesday a partnership with Crypto.com to launch a blockchain-based prediction market called Truth Predict.

The platform will allow users to trade on the outcomes of political, financial, and entertainment events, combining social media activity with decentralized trading. According to the announcement, Truth Predict will be integrated into the Truth Social app, giving its users access to event-based markets covering topics such as U.S. elections, cryptocurrency prices, and major sports events.

Trump Media Adds New Business Line

Trump Media and Technology Group is entering the prediction market sector through its partnership with Crypto.com. The company recently posted its first quarter of positive operating cash flow since going public last year.

In its statement, Trump Media said it manages more than $3 billion in financial assets and plans to use its Truth Social platform to host and promote Truth Predict. Users will be able to trade contracts based on real-world outcomes in politics, sports, and finance.

The company said the aim is to make prediction trading more accessible to the general public through its existing social media network.

Crypto.com After Nevada Court Ruling

Earlier this month, a Nevada judge denied Crypto.com’s request to block new state gaming regulations, clearing the way for tighter oversight of event-based trading platforms.

Soon after the ruling, Crypto.com and Trump Media announced their collaboration to build Truth Predict. The project gives Crypto.com access to a broad U.S. audience while offering Trump Media a new feature to engage its users within Truth Social.

Competing With Polymarket and Kalshi

Truth Predict will compete with existing platforms such as Polymarket and Kalshi, both of which let users trade on real-world events. Polymarket recently received a $9 billion valuation, underscoring the growing interest in this segment of digital finance.

Beta testing for Truth Predict will begin on Truth Social “in the near future,” followed by a full U.S. rollout and later expansion to international markets.

Trump Media Extends Partnership with Crypto.com

This collaboration follows earlier projects between the two companies. In March, Truth Social introduced a rewards program using Crypto.com’s wallet and its CRO token, later extending the system to the Truth+ streaming service.

The addition of Truth Predict builds on that partnership, linking Trump Media’s social platforms with new market-trading tools.

Rise of User-Based Prediction Platforms

Prediction markets have grown in visibility since the 2024 U.S. election, when users on platforms such as Polymarkettraded billions of dollars on political outcomes. These markets let participants buy and sell contracts tied to the likelihood of specific events.

Truth Predict will operate in the same space, with a built-in user base already active on Truth Social, where political and financial discussions are a major part of engagement.

Also Read: Crypto.com Files U.S. OCC Charter to Operate as National Trust Bank

Markets broadly expect the central bank to cut interest rates by 0.25 percentage points, following a similar move in September. Softer labor and inflation data have reinforced expectations of a slowdown in U.S. growth, while the ongoing government shutdown has reduced the flow of new economic statistics. The Fed’s statement on Wednesday is expected to outline how it plans to manage monetary policy in these uncertain conditions.

Traders See High Probability of Another Rate Cut

Most investors anticipate another quarter-point rate reduction, extending the Fed’s current easing cycle. The decision follows several months of weaker employment gains and easing inflation pressures.

Limited data from government agencies due to the shutdown has complicated the Fed’s analysis, but Chair Jerome Powell recently signaled flexibility on balance-sheet policy to prevent financial tightening.

On prediction platform Myriad, traders assign a 92% probability to a 25-basis-point cut, reflecting near-unanimous market expectation.

Leverage in Bitcoin Derivatives Climbs

Bitcoin open interest in futures and options contracts has risen to $37.6 billion, up from about $33 billion a week earlier. The increase shows that more traders are taking leveraged bets before the Fed’s decision.

Bitcoin’s price stood near $116,000 on Monday, up from $107,600 last week. While open interest remains below the October 6 high of $47 billion, when Bitcoin touched $126,080, the recent uptick signals renewed activity in the derivatives market rather than a return to speculative extremes.

Analysts Expect Gradual Policy Easing

According to Gracy Chen, CEO of Bitget, markets have already priced in a 25-basis-point cut that would bring the target range to 4.00%–4.25%. She said the Fed’s decision process remains independent of the fiscal situation, suggesting the ongoing government shutdown is unlikely to alter the outcome.

Chen added that Powell may indicate a gradual approach to future rate reductions, keeping liquidity conditions supportive if inflation continues to slow.

Bitcoin Holds Key Support Before Fed Announcement

Chen noted that Bitcoin’s recent rebound is supported by steady inflows into exchange-traded funds and stronger activity in derivatives markets. The cryptocurrency has found short-term support around $112,000, with traders watching the $118,000–$120,000 range as the next key resistance zone.

However, she warned that total leverage near $40 billion could trigger sharp volatility if the Fed adopts a more cautious tone than investors anticipate.

Also Read: Ethereum Co-Founder Vitalik Buterin Issues Rare Warning on Blockchain Validators

On October 26, Buterin explained that even a 51% attack—a scenario where a majority of validators collude—cannot validate an invalid block. In practical terms, this means that colluding validators or software bugs cannot seize users’ funds or forge transactions.

Regular reminder:

A key property of a blockchain is that even a 51% attack *cannot make an invalid block valid*. This means even 51% of validators colluding (or hit by a software bug) cannot steal your assets.

However, this property does not carry over if you start trusting…

— vitalik.eth (@VitalikButerin) October 26, 2025

This security stems from the decentralized nature of Ethereum, where every node independently verifies new blocks and automatically rejects those that violate protocol rules. Such verification ensures the integrity of the ledger even under majority control.

However, Buterin cautioned that this protection does not extend beyond the blockchain’s protocol. Once users rely on validators for off-chain operations—such as bridging assets, verifying real-world data, or confirming external events—the system moves into a trust-based zone. In these cases, if a majority of validators agree on a false statement, the network offers no mathematical recourse.

Buterin’s remarks have sparked renewed debate within the developer community over how much influence validators should wield as blockchains increasingly integrate complex features like bridges, oracles, and off-chain attestations.

Mudit Gupta, Chief Technology Officer at Polygon, supported Buterin’s warning, noting that while validators cannot directly change Ethereum’s state, they could potentially extract value through mechanisms like maximal extractable value (MEV) or enforce selective censorship.

Conversely, some developers expressed a different perspective. Seun Lanlege, co-founder of Polkadot’s Hyperbridge, warned that validator influence runs deeper than MEV. According to him, a malicious majority could manipulate block propagation or isolate nodes via eclipse attacks, exposing structural vulnerabilities.

Robert Sasu, core developer at MultiversX, warned that reliance on off-chain systems—like asset bridges, price oracles, or external data feeds—creates vulnerabilities that validators can potentially exploit. He recommended that developers move critical operations, including transaction validation and asset management, directly onto the blockchain to eliminate these attack vectors.

According to Sasu, the most resilient blockchain applications are those built entirely on-chain, where every critical function is executed in a decentralized Layer 1 environment. By removing trusted intermediaries, projects can prevent manipulation, reduce the risk of censorship or MEV exploitation, and maintain the integrity of the ledger even under adverse conditions.

Also Read: Stablecoin Payments Surge 70% After U.S. Regulation, Businesses Lead Growth

Stablecoin Payments Jump in August

The surge in August signals strong post-Genius Act momentum, especially among institutional and corporate users. At the current growth rate, annualized stablecoin payments could hit $122 billion, underscoring the growing relevance of digital tokens in financial transactions.

“Stablecoin supply was already on an upward trend, but the Genius Act accelerated adoption among businesses and institutions,” said Andrew Van Aken, data scientist at Artemis.

B2B Transfers Lead Market Growth

Business-to-business (B2B) transactions now account for $6.4 billion per month, nearly two-thirds of all stablecoin activity — a 113% increase since February 2025. Peer-to-peer consumer payments remain steady at $1.6 billion monthly, showing that corporate adoption is the primary driver of growth.

Large companies favor stablecoins for high-value transfers averaging $250,000, bypassing traditional banking delays that often involve multiple intermediary banks. “Businesses are using stablecoins to move capital instantly, reduce transaction risk, and improve operational efficiency,” Van Aken explained.

Banks Turn to Stablecoins for International Transfers

Financial institutions are increasingly integrating stablecoins to speed cross-border payments. U.S.-based payment network Zelle announced plans to use stablecoins for international transactions, aiming to cut settlement times from days to minutes.

By reducing reliance on multiple correspondent banks, stablecoins allow institutions to move large corporate payments more efficiently and securely, addressing longstanding delays in global banking systems. Analysts note that such adoption could reshape cross-border corporate finance over the next year.

High-Value Payments Shift to Digital Tokens

Corporate treasuries are adopting stablecoins for liquidity management and operational transparency. With monthly B2B payments exceeding $6.4 billion, companies are leveraging stablecoins to minimize settlement risk and improve cash-flow management.

“Stablecoins offer both speed and reliability for large transfers,” said Van Aken. “As regulatory clarity and adoption expand, firms are likely to integrate digital tokens into core treasury operations.”

Although stablecoin payments still represent a small fraction of global financial flows, the rapid growth demonstrates potential for mainstream adoption, particularly in corporate and institutional finance.

Stablecoins Gain Traction in Corporate and Cross-Border Payments

Stablecoins are increasingly being used for high-value corporate and international transactions. The Genius Act, passed on July 18, requires tokens to be fully backed by liquid assets such as Treasury bills, giving companies and banks confidence in their stability.

Corporate treasuries are now processing payments averaging $250,000 with stablecoins, bypassing slow correspondent banking systems. Business-to-business transactions account for $6.4 billion per month, while peer-to-peer consumer payments remain at $1.6 billion, showing that corporate usage is the primary driver of growth.

Banks are adopting stablecoins to speed up cross-border payments, reducing settlement times from days to minutes and lowering operational costs. These trends indicate that digital tokens are becoming a practical tool for liquidity management and high-value transactions, not just a niche digital asset.

Key Data Points:

• Total stablecoin payments in August 2025: $10B

• Payments in February 2025: $6B

• Payments in August 2024: $4.8B

• B2B monthly payments: $6.4B

• Peer-to-peer monthly payments: $1.6B

• Average corporate transfer: $250,000

• Potential annualized volume: $122B

Also Read: Polygon Rio Hardfork Launched for Stablecoin Transactions

24-Hour Price Range and Technical Levels

Over the 24 hours ending at 08:00 UTC, BTC oscillated between $111,157 and $111,634, maintaining a fluctuation band of approximately $2,025, or 1.8%. Technical data from CoinDesk Research indicated resistance around $111,800–$111,900 and support at $109,800. The narrow trading corridor suggests that neither buyers nor sellers have established clear dominance, and market activity remained subdued without a major news driver.

Volume Trends and Intraday Behavior

Trading volume peaked at 14:00 UTC on Oct. 24, reaching 23,728 BTC — roughly 180% higher than the 24-hour average of 8,200 BTC. During this spike, BTC briefly dipped to $109,818 before stabilizing, showing strong interest at key support levels. By the end of the 24-hour window, the price slightly retreated to $111,545, with turnover decreasing from about 135 BTC per minute to 85 BTC per minute. The lower trading pace indicates market participants are taking a wait-and-see approach while assessing technical setups.

Key Price Levels to Watch

Analysts are closely monitoring the $112,000 level as a potential breakout point. A decisive close above this level could open the door to $115,000. On the downside, breaching $109,800 may bring $108,000 into focus as the next significant support, making it a critical zone for traders to manage risk.

Momentum Indicators and CoinDesk 5 Index (CD5)

The CoinDesk 5 Index, a measure of market momentum, moved from 1,920.75 to 1,961.57 intraday before settling at 1,940.94. This movement reflects a mixed short-term momentum near the 1,950 mark. Indicators suggest that market sentiment is cautious, with traders hesitant to commit large positions without confirmation of a trend.

Moving Averages and Trend Analysis

CoinDesk Research’s model places the 200-day moving average near $108,000 and the 100-day moving average around $115,000. These averages act as reference points for institutional and retail traders alike, indicating medium- to long-term trend strength. BTC trading within these boundaries signals consolidation and potential buildup for a larger move.

Bitcoin Trading Range and Institutional Moves

Bitcoin has been trading within a tight range of $111,000 to $111,650, with repeated tests of resistance at $111,900 and support at $109,800. Recent volume spikes, including a peak of 23,728 BTC, indicate that larger traders and institutional accounts are actively adjusting positions around these levels. A sustained move above $112,000 could lead to higher trading activity toward $115,000, while a drop below $109,800 may prompt renewed selling pressure.

Technical Summary

The 200-day moving average is near $108,000, providing long-term support, while the 100-day average at $115,000 marks a potential ceiling for upward moves. The CoinDesk 5 Index settled at 1,940.94, showing relatively balanced momentum across major cryptocurrencies. BTC remains in a consolidation phase, with short-term price movements contained and traders closely watching volume and technical levels for the next decisive shift.

Also Read: Bitcoin Falls Below $106K After Early October Record High

Key Highlights

Crypto.com has formally filed an application with the U.S. Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) to establish a national trust bank. The move would allow the Singapore-based exchange to operate a federally regulated entity in the United States focused on institutional crypto custody and related fiduciary services.

According to the company, the charter would give it nationwide authority to offer digital-asset custody and other fiduciary services to large clients—including corporations, fund managers, and advisers that require federally regulated custodians. The application fits into Crypto.com’s multiyear effort to present itself as a compliance-first operator in a sector still grappling with uneven oversight.

Crypto.com said its existing New Hampshire–chartered affiliate, Crypto.com Custody Trust Company, will keep handling institutional accounts as usual. The new OCC application is separate from that operation and will not affect current custody services. The regulator has not set a review deadline for the filing.

A national trust bank is a specialized institution permitted to safeguard assets and manage trusts but barred from taking retail deposits or issuing loans. These entities operate under the same fiduciary and record-keeping standards that govern traditional trust banks, though their business is limited to custody and administration.

Regulators have approved only a handful of similar charters. Anchorage Digital Bank secured one in 2021, becoming the first federally regulated crypto bank, while Paxos National Trust received preliminary approval later that year. Both cases required detailed operating agreements that spelled out capital, risk, and compliance obligations unique to digital-asset custody.

Several other major crypto companies have also filed applications for federal trust charters in 2025. Coinbase submitted paperwork to establish Coinbase National Trust Company in New York, while Circle Internet Financial applied in June to create First National Digital Currency Bank, a federally regulated entity to oversee reserves backing its USDC stablecoin.

Not all players see a need for an OCC charter. Gemini Trust Company, licensed by the New York State Department of Financial Services, continues to operate under a state trust framework that predates federal involvement in the sector.

The charter would not affect retail users or change how individuals trade or hold crypto on Crypto.com. Its primary impact would be on institutional clients, providing federally supervised custody and recordkeeping for large accounts, including asset storage, transaction reconciliation, and compliance with fiduciary standards.

Federal oversight could make Crypto.com a more attractive partner for banks and institutional investors that require custody services with regulated trust companies. A single federal regulator would also simplify supervision of its institutional operations, potentially improving compliance and reporting standards for tokenized assets and crypto-based financial products.

The OCC does not comment on pending applications. Historically, approvals for digital-asset trust banks have included customized operational conditions tailored to each applicant’s business model, ensuring regulatory requirements align with the company’s activities and risk profile.

Also Read: Trump Pardons Binance Founder Changpeng Zhao

Key Points:

• 1. President Trump granted a full pardon to Binance founder Changpeng Zhao.
• 2. Zhao had served four months in prison for failing to maintain an anti-money-laundering program.
• 3. Binance was implicated in moving funds linked to child exploitation, drug trafficking, and terrorism.
• 4. Zhao has ties to Trump’s World Liberty Financial, which launched the USD1 stablecoin.
• 5. A UAE investment fund plans to use $2 billion in USD1 to acquire a stake in Binance.
• 6. White House says Zhao’s prosecution had no allegations of fraud or identifiable victims.
• 7. Critics warn the pardon could weaken regulatory enforcement and oversight in the crypto sector.

WASHINGTON — President Donald Trump has granted a full pardon to Changpeng Zhao, the founder of Binance, months after the crypto billionaire completed his sentence for violating U.S. anti-money-laundering laws. The decision wipes Zhao’s criminal record clean and allows him to resume business activities previously restricted by his conviction.

Zhao, who built Binance into the world’s largest cryptocurrency exchange, pleaded guilty in late 2023 to failing to implement proper controls that prevented illegal transactions on the platform. Prosecutors said Binance had been used by criminal groups to move funds tied to narcotics, terrorism, and child exploitation.

“I failed here,” Zhao told the court at his sentencing. “I deeply regret my failure, and I am sorry.”

A Request Years in the Making

Zhao had asked Trump for clemency earlier this year, arguing that Binance had since adopted global compliance standards and cooperated with U.S. investigators. The request was quietly reviewed by the Justice Department before being approved this week.

The timing of the pardon drew immediate attention to Zhao’s growing proximity to World Liberty Financial, a digital-asset firm launched in 2024 by Trump and his sons, Eric and Donald Jr. Trump’s financial disclosure reports show he earned over $57 million from the venture last year.

World Liberty Financial introduced a stablecoin called USD1, promoted as being backed one-to-one by the U.S. dollar. The company has attracted foreign investors, including a UAE-based fund that recently announced plans to use $2 billion worth of USD1 to buy a stake in Binance.

Political and Financial Questions

The pardon has reignited debate in Washington about potential conflicts of interest between Trump’s business ventures and presidential decisions. Democratic lawmakers have called for transparency about any discussions involving the White House, Binance, or World Liberty Financial.

Senator Elizabeth Warren said in a statement that Congress should examine whether “personal financial relationships influenced the president’s actions.” Several House committee members are expected to request internal communications related to the pardon.

Legal experts note that while presidents have broad constitutional power to grant pardons, doing so for individuals with recent business links to their private ventures is unusual and politically sensitive.

White House Statement

Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt defended the decision, calling Zhao’s prosecution “politically motivated” and saying that there were “no identifiable victims” of his actions. Leavitt said Zhao had “accepted responsibility and helped set new standards for global crypto compliance.”

The statement also framed the pardon as part of a broader effort to “encourage responsible innovation in digital finance.”

Critics, however, view it as a sign that the Trump administration intends to loosen oversight of the cryptocurrency sector.

Reaction from the Industry

Crypto executives and investors responded with cautious optimism. Some saw the move as a symbolic reset for a sector long frustrated by U.S. enforcement actions. Others warned that the pardon could embolden platforms that have struggled to meet regulatory requirements.

A senior attorney at a major blockchain firm said the message was clear: “If Trump returns to the White House, crypto will be treated as a business opportunity, not a threat.”

Meanwhile, financial watchdogs argue that the pardon risks undermining years of progress toward transparency in digital-asset markets. One former Treasury official described it as “a step backward that could weaken international cooperation on anti-money-laundering enforcement.”

Zhao’s Future and Binance’s Position

Zhao, 48, remains one of the wealthiest figures in the cryptocurrency world. Although he stepped down as Binance’s chief executive following his conviction, he retains significant ownership in the company and influence within its global operations.

Whether he will return to an active leadership role remains unclear. In a brief statement after the pardon, Zhao said he was “grateful for the opportunity to contribute again” and planned to “focus on responsible innovation in finance.”

Binance continues to dominate crypto trading worldwide but remains under scrutiny from regulators in Europe, Asia, and the United States.

Crypto’s Political Role in Trump’s Circle

Trump’s pardon of Changpeng Zhao ties directly to his growing financial ventures in digital currency. His company, World Liberty Financial, depends on the same investor networks that helped Binance expand globally. The move suggests a closer alignment between Trump’s business interests and parts of the crypto industry that have pushed back against U.S. financial oversight.

Several figures connected to World Liberty Financial and Binance have publicly supported Trump’s return to the White House, describing his administration as more open to digital markets. The pardon is likely to deepen those ties, especially as the campaign promotes USD1, Trump’s dollar-pegged stablecoin, as a rival to government-backed digital currencies.

Critics inside financial regulatory circles say the decision sends a signal that compliance violations can be overlooked for allies with economic influence. Supporters counter that Zhao’s case showed uneven enforcement by the Biden administration and that Trump’s action restores balance to how crypto businesses are treated.

Also Read: Hong Kong Approves First Spot Solana ETF by ChinaAMC for HKEX Listing

The authorization makes Solana the third cryptocurrency to gain spot ETF status in Hong Kong after Bitcoin (BTC)and Ethereum (ETH). It is also the first Solana ETF to be listed anywhere in Asia.

Hua Xia Solana ETF Listing Details

The ETF, officially named the Hua Xia Solana ETF, will be listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (HKEX) on October 27, 2025. Each trading lot will consist of 100 shares, with a minimum investment requirement of around USD 100.

ChinaAMC will act as the fund manager. OSL Exchange will facilitate trading operations, OSL Digital Securities will serve as sub-custodian, and BOCI-Prudential Trustee Limited will operate as the primary custodian.

The fund’s structure mirrors that of ChinaAMC’s previously launched Bitcoin and Ethereum spot ETFs, both of which debuted earlier this year. These earlier listings helped establish the regulatory and operational framework now used for Solana’s inclusion.

SFC Expands Regulated Access to Crypto ETFs

The approval of the ChinaAMC Solana ETF extends Hong Kong’s strategy to build a compliant and transparent environment for digital asset investment. The city has positioned itself as a regional leader in regulated crypto trading, enabling asset managers to launch products that track spot market prices under full regulatory supervision.

For investors, the listing provides direct exposure to Solana, one of the fastest-growing blockchain networks known for its transaction throughput and developer activity. The Solana blockchain supports a wide range of decentralized applications, tokenized assets, and payment systems, making it a core part of the current altcoin market structure.

Solana ETFs Around the World

The Hua Xia Solana ETF will start trading in Hong Kong while other countries are still reviewing similar products. In the United States, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not yet approved spot ETFs for Solana (SOL), XRP, or HBAR.

Solana ETFs are already active in Canada, Brazil, and Kazakhstan. Trading in these markets has been steady, mostly from institutional investors.

Hong Kong’s ETF could see initial inflows of around USD 1.5 billion during its first year, based on market estimates. The fund allows investors to buy Solana through a regulated exchange for the first time in Asia.

Also Read: Trump Family Crypto Project Explained: World Liberty Financial, WLFI Token & USD1 Stablecoin

Zach Witkoff, son of Trump ally Steve Witkoff, is also listed as a co-founder and participates in key decisions. The platform’s leadership team includes decentralized finance (DeFi) specialists Chase Herro and Zak Folkman. This mix of family oversight and experienced DeFi developers has positioned World Liberty Financial as a notable project in the cryptocurrency sector, drawing interest from investors and market watchers.

World Liberty Financial Uses Ethereum and Aave Protocol

World Liberty Financial is built on the Ethereum blockchain, using the Aave protocol to enable automated digital lending and borrowing. This setup allows the platform to operate without banks, providing loans and deposits entirely on-chain for both individuals and institutions.

Transactions on Ethereum are recorded publicly, letting users verify activity directly on the blockchain. The platform’s USD1 stablecoin and WLFI token are designed to keep digital dollars circulating efficiently and support lending, borrowing, and trading.

Ethereum’s established infrastructure and large developer base help World Liberty Financial integrate with other decentralized finance services, supporting broader adoption and compatibility with existing crypto applications.

WLFI Token and USD1 Stablecoin

World Liberty Financial has issued a native token, WLFI, with a market capitalization of $3.56 billion as of October 2025. This ranks it as the 43rd largest cryptocurrency globally. WLFI is available on major exchanges, including Binance, Coinbase, and OKX, allowing users to trade, invest, or participate in the platform once lending features are activated.

The platform also introduced a stablecoin, USD1, pegged to the U.S. dollar. USD1 is issued on Ethereum and BNB Chain, enabling faster and cheaper transfers than traditional banking methods. Stablecoins like USD1 are widely used in DeFi to maintain predictable value for trading, lending, and borrowing.

USD1 has been listed on major U.S. exchanges, including Coinbase and Kraken, providing additional liquidity and legitimacy in the market. The combination of WLFI and USD1 allows the platform to function as both a speculative investment vehicle and a transactional tool for DeFi participants.

Trump Family’s Role and WLFI Holdings

President Donald Trump’s sons—Eric, Donald Jr., and Barron—remain actively involved in managing World Liberty Financial, alongside Zach Witkoff. The family holds a substantial portion of the WLFI tokens.

WLFI began trading in September 2025. Reports indicate that the token’s market activity increased the Trump family’s net worth by over $6 billion, reflecting both the token’s market capitalization and its trading volume.

The concentration of WLFI ownership among the founders gives them significant influence over token distribution and market decisions, a factor commonly observed in cryptocurrency projects during early-stage token allocation.

Regulatory Review of World Liberty Financial

World Liberty Financial, co-founded by President Donald Trump and his sons, has been under scrutiny by U.S. lawmakers. In May 2025, Senator Elizabeth Warren questioned a $2 billion investment from Abu Dhabi-based MGX into Binance, which used World Liberty Financial’s USD1 stablecoin.

Members of the House of Representatives have formally requested access to Suspicious Activity Reports (SARs) associated with Trump family crypto ventures, including World Liberty Financial. These requests are part of an official review to verify compliance with federal financial regulations.

President Trump has publicly stated that he has not monitored the profits from his family’s crypto projects. Despite this, his sons—Eric, Donald Jr., and Barron—remain actively involved in managing the platform and its token holdings.

Market Significance of World Liberty Financial

World Liberty Financial is a cryptocurrency platform co-founded by President Donald Trump and his sons, featuring the WLFI token and USD1 stablecoin. As of October 2025, the WLFI token has a market capitalization of $3.56 billion, ranking it among the top 50 cryptocurrencies globally.

The platform operates on Ethereum and BNB Chain, allowing users to lend, borrow, and transact using its digital assets. Its combination of a stablecoin and native token enables both trading and digital lending within a single system.

The project has drawn scrutiny from U.S. lawmakers, including requests for access to financial activity reports related to Trump family crypto holdings. Regulators are monitoring compliance with financial laws, especially given the high-profile founders and the significant token holdings by the Trump family.

World Liberty Financial’s scale and structure make it one of the more notable politically affiliated crypto ventures, and its development is being closely tracked by both investors and regulatory authorities.

Also Read: Trump Family Takes Over Crypto Firm: $550M Raised Under Scrutiny

The rapid decline comes amid heightened market volatility following geopolitical and economic developments. Last Friday, former President Donald Trump proposed a 100% tariff on certain Chinese imports, which sent global markets reeling. According to CoinGlass data cited by CNN, this triggered $19 billion in liquidated positions across cryptocurrency exchanges, creating sharp downward pressure on Bitcoin.

Trump later characterized the proposed tariffs as likely unsustainable during an interview on Fox Business. “It's probably not. You know, it could stand. But they forced me to do that,” he said. Market participants reacted strongly to the uncertainty, prompting sell-offs in digital assets.

Financial analysts warn that the latest Bitcoin decline could indicate a broader market correction rather than a temporary dip. Alex Kuptsikevich, chief market analyst at FxPro, told Barron’s, “This is a massive sell-off in search of a new bottom. We are not seeing a small correction in a thin market — this is a significant adjustment as traders reassess valuations after rapid gains.”

Ethereum, the second-largest cryptocurrency, also fell by about 6%, while Binance Coin, the fourth-largest, dropped nearly 9.5% over 24 hours. Collectively, the cryptocurrency market has lost more than $600 billion in value over the past week, according to CoinGecko data cited by Bloomberg.

Investors are weighing several factors that may influence short-term price trends. These include increasing interest rates, regulatory scrutiny from U.S. and global authorities, and ongoing uncertainty in U.S.-China trade relations. Analysts also note that Bitcoin’s record highs in early October were partially fueled by speculative trading and institutional investment, which can magnify volatility during market corrections.

Historically, Bitcoin has experienced similar swings after major all-time highs. In late 2021, the cryptocurrency surged above $69,000 before falling to around $42,000 in the following months, highlighting the market’s sensitivity to external events and investor sentiment.

Despite the recent losses, some analysts remain cautiously optimistic about Bitcoin’s long-term potential. The growing adoption of blockchain technology, increasing use of cryptocurrencies for payments and investments, and expansion of institutional involvement continue to support market fundamentals. However, traders are advised to approach positions carefully, as the market remains highly reactive to macroeconomic and geopolitical developments.

Also Read: Uniswap Now Supports Trading of Solana Tokens

Through the integration with the Jupiter API, Uniswap users now have access to more than one million Solana tokenswithout leaving the app. Traders can connect Solana-compatible wallets to swap these tokens alongside Ethereum assets and other supported networks, streamlining activity that previously required multiple platforms. In its announcement, Uniswap emphasized that the addition of Solana addresses a longstanding issue in decentralized finance: fragmented trading experiences across different blockchains.

Prior to this integration, Solana users primarily relied on native decentralized exchanges such as Jupiter, Orca, and Raydium. Managing assets across Ethereum and Solana often required moving funds through bridges or multiple interfaces, creating friction for traders seeking efficiency and speed. By incorporating Solana, Uniswap enables its six million active users to access a network with a monthly DEX trading volume exceeding $140 billion, effectively connecting two of the largest DeFi ecosystems.

Unlike its approach on Ethereum, Uniswap will not establish independent liquidity pools on Solana. Instead, it will act as a front-end aggregator, routing trades through Solana’s existing infrastructure. This method allows faster and lower-cost transactions while avoiding duplicate liquidity, reflecting a practical strategy to integrate cross-chain activity without creating redundant systems.

Uniswap has confirmed that the Solana rollout is only the first phase of broader cross-chain ambitions. The company is actively developing cross-chain swap functionality, bridging tools, and full wallet support, which would allow users to move assets across multiple blockchains without leaving the Uniswap interface. Analysts view this as a significant step toward more unified trading access within the DeFi sector, which has long been segmented across individual networks.

By bridging Ethereum and Solana, Uniswap is creating a platform where users can interact with two of the largest decentralized finance ecosystems from a single interface. The move is expected to simplify trading for professional and retail users alike, reduce technical barriers, and expand the accessibility of Solana’s liquidity. Industry observers note that this type of integration reflects a broader trend in decentralized finance, as leading platforms increasingly focus on interoperability rather than siloed ecosystems.

The integration also demonstrates how Uniswap is adapting its business model. By aggregating existing Solana liquidity rather than creating new pools, the platform avoids costly replication while expanding service offerings. For traders, this means access to Solana assets without the need to learn new interfaces or manage multiple accounts. For Uniswap, it provides a scalable way to broaden its reach into multi-chain activity while maintaining efficiency and cost-effectiveness.

With the Solana integration, Uniswap allows its users to trade assets across both Ethereum and Solana from a single interface. The platform uses Solana’s existing liquidity via the Jupiter API instead of creating new pools, providing faster and more cost-efficient trades. This is the first instance of a major Ethereum-based DEX supporting another blockchain at scale, giving users access to Solana’s $140 billion monthly DEX volume.

Also Read: Pig Butchering Crypto Scams: How Criminals Stole $15B from Global Investors

While the overall figure suggests a major success, the portfolio remains highly sensitive to market fluctuations, especially in memecoins and speculative tokens. Analysts note that a large portion of the gains were achieved during periods of market optimism, and recent volatility has affected the value of individual holdings. The concentration in high-risk assets means future earnings could fluctuate widely depending on market sentiment.

Profitable Tokens and Stablecoins

The Trump family’s crypto earnings are driven primarily by branded tokens and stablecoin sales. The TRUMP and MELANIA tokens reportedly contributed approximately $427 million in profits, signaling strong investor interest in celebrity-linked digital assets. Sales of the WLFI token added around $550 million, making it the largest single contributor to the family’s crypto income.

The USD1 stablecoin, which mirrors the U.S. dollar, has achieved total sales of about $2.7 billion, representing a substantial share of the family’s revenue from crypto. Stablecoins like USD1 provide relatively lower risk compared with memecoins, helping to balance the portfolio’s overall volatility.

As WLFI attracted new investors and expanded its reach, the family’s ownership stake declined from 75% at the end of 2024 to roughly 40% by mid-2025. This dilution reflects a strategic effort to bring in outside capital, but it also reduces the family’s direct control over the project. Some market observers view this as an effort to make WLFI more credible among institutional investors.

Donald Trump’s Personal Crypto Holdings Drop

Donald Trump’s personal wallet paints a different picture. His holdings, largely consisting of donated or gifted tokens, have fallen sharply in value. Arkham Intelligence reports the portfolio decreased from about $15 million in 2024 to just over $1.3 million in 2025.

Among his assets, TROG declined from $759,000 in early October to $624,750, while his own TRUMP token fell from $76,490 to $62,350. Many of these coins are memecoins, which are highly sensitive to market sentiment and have generally underperformed in 2025.

This drop illustrates the contrast between the family’s corporate-level earnings from crypto ventures and the personal losses that can occur in high-risk speculative markets. Even as mainstream cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum have recovered, memecoins in Trump’s wallet have struggled to maintain value, emphasizing the volatile nature of these assets.

Plans for Real Estate Tokenization

The Trump family is increasingly focusing on linking digital tokens to physical assets, particularly through the WLFI platform. Reports suggest Eric Trump is exploring ways to tokenize ownership stakes in Trump Organization real estate.

If implemented, this would allow investors to purchase fractional ownership in properties, effectively opening high-value real estate to smaller investors. The approach is designed to create income streams tied to tangible assets, potentially making the digital tokens more resilient against market volatility.

Industry experts note that tokenized real estate is a growing trend in blockchain finance, and integrating it with the WLFI ecosystem could position the Trump family as a unique player bridging traditional real estate and digital finance.

Portfolio Still Concentrated in High-Risk Tokens

Despite diversification efforts, more than 70% of the Trump family’s crypto holdings remain in memecoins and speculative tokens, which are highly sensitive to investor sentiment. These assets have performed poorly in 2025, offsetting gains from stablecoins and branded tokens.

The heavy concentration in volatile tokens poses a major risk. While WLFI’s tokenization and DeFi projects have potential, any continued market weakness could reduce the family’s overall crypto wealth. Conversely, renewed interest in speculative assets could boost their holdings substantially, highlighting the uncertain nature of crypto profits.

The Trump family is using cryptocurrency to explore linking digital tokens to real-world assets, including real estate and decentralized finance projects. This approach attempts to move beyond short-term speculation, aiming to create investable assets that generate ongoing revenue, though success will depend on market interest and adoption.

Also Read: Pig Butchering Crypto Scams: How Criminals Stole $15B from Global Investors

This investigative article explores pig butchering in detail: its mechanics, psychological tactics, real-world case studies, technological infrastructure, global reach, law enforcement response, and actionable advice for investors.

What Is a Pig Butchering Scam?

A pig butchering scam is a long-term cryptocurrency fraud in which scammers cultivate a relationship with a victim to eventually extract large sums of money. The term originates from the Chinese phrase “sha zhu pan”, meaning “fattening a pig before slaughter”. The “pig” represents the victim, and the “fattening” process involves trust-building, small staged returns, and emotional manipulation.

Unlike typical short-term scams, pig butchering is patient, methodical, and multi-layered. Victims are often approached on social media, dating apps, or messaging platforms by scammers posing as mentors, investors, or romantic partners. Once trust is established, the scammers guide the victim into fake cryptocurrency investment platforms, gradually encouraging larger deposits until the platform is abruptly shut down and funds are stolen.

How Pig Butchering Works

1. Targeting Potential Victims
   Scammers identify individuals who are new to cryptocurrency, socially active online, or seeking quick investment opportunities. Algorithms and social media mining tools often assist in finding susceptible users.

2. Building Trust
   Over weeks or months, the scammer cultivates a relationship. Techniques include:

   • Sharing staged success stories of crypto profits

   • Offering guidance as a mentor or investment expert

   • Engaging romantically to deepen emotional trust

3. Introducing Fake Investment Platforms
   Victims are encouraged to deposit funds into fraudulent cryptocurrency platforms. These platforms simulate real-time trading, displaying fake profits and even allowing small withdrawals to build credibility.

4. The Final “Slaughter”
   After the victim invests substantial funds, scammers:

   • Lock access to the platform

   • Block communication channels

   • Launder the funds through complex international wallets

The emotional impact on victims is significant, as betrayal by someone they trusted compounds the financial loss.

$15 Billion Prince Holding Group Crypto Scam

One of the largest examples of pig butchering fraud involved Chen Zhi, the founder and chairman of Cambodia’s Prince Holding Group. In 2025, U.S. authorities seized over $15 billion in Bitcoin tied to the operation. Investigations revealed a vast, industrial-scale scam network spanning multiple continents.

Inside the Scam

• Daily Revenue: The operation reportedly generated up to $30 million per day, exploiting both novice and experienced crypto investors.

• Trafficked Workers: Hundreds of individuals were forcibly brought to Cambodia to manage scam operations, living under strict surveillance in secured compounds.

• Cross-Border Money Laundering: Stolen cryptocurrency was moved through multiple international accounts, making detection and recovery difficult.

• Historic Seizure: The U.S. confiscation is the largest cryptocurrency forfeiture in the country’s history, signaling the scale of the operation.

The Prince Holding Group operation relied on trafficked workers to run fake crypto trading platforms while scammers cultivated trust with investors over months, ultimately funneling billions through international accounts.

Psychological Manipulation in Pig Butchering

The scam’s effectiveness is rooted in psychology:

• Trust Exploitation: Scammers pose as mentors or romantic partners to gain confidence.

• Greed and FOMO: Small fake profits create a sense of potential wealth, while scarcity tactics pressure victims to act quickly.

• Isolation: Victims are often discouraged from seeking advice from independent sources.

• Emotional Dependence: Romance or friendship angles make victims more likely to invest larger sums.

Unlike short scams, pig butchering victims often experience months of manipulation, making the eventual loss both financially and emotionally devastating.

High-Tech Methods Behind Pig Butchering Scams

Pig butchering operations use sophisticated technology to target investors and move funds across borders:

• Fake Trading Platforms: Scammers build platforms that mimic legitimate crypto exchanges, displaying real-time prices, fabricated profits, and withdrawal features to trick victims into depositing more cryptocurrency.

• Automated Messaging Systems: Teams use AI-assisted or scripted chat tools to maintain continuous communication with multiple victims, creating the impression of personal attention.

• Anonymity and Obfuscation Tools: VPNs, Tor networks, and cryptocurrency mixers are employed to hide the source and flow of stolen funds.

• International Wallet Networks: Cryptocurrency is routed through multiple accounts and jurisdictions, making law enforcement tracking and fund recovery extremely difficult.

• Operation Scale: Some networks operate like factories, with hundreds of workers assigned to platform management, communication, and laundering activities, enabling large-scale fraud around the clock.

This level of organization shows how pig butchering scams combine technology, human labor, and financial sophistication to deceive victims and move billions undetected.

Global Reach of Pig Butchering Scams

Pig butchering is not confined to one region. Key hotspots include:

• Southeast Asia: Cambodia, Vietnam, and the Philippines host hundreds of scam centers targeting global investors.

• Eastern Europe: Telegram, Discord, and private forums are used to reach international victims.

• North America and Europe: Victims are contacted through social media, dating apps, and online investment communities.

According to Chainalysis, crypto scams generated $9.9 billion in 2024, with pig butchering accounting for a substantial share.

Warning Signs of Pig Butchering Crypto Scams

Investors can reduce risk by recognizing common tactics used in pig butchering operations:

• Unsolicited Contact: Offers for crypto investments from strangers on social media, dating apps, or messaging platforms.

• Promises of Guaranteed Returns: Claims of high profits with zero risk, often paired with fabricated account statements or dashboards.

• Requests for Unregulated Transfers: Instructions to send cryptocurrency to private wallets outside regulated exchanges.

• Lack of Licensing or Compliance: Platforms that operate without registration, licensing, or oversight from financial authorities.

• Urgency and Pressure: Scammers create artificial deadlines to push investors into immediate deposits.

Identifying these warning signs is essential for avoiding financial loss and exposure to global pig butchering networks.

Authorities Hit Pig Butchering Networks

U.S. and international authorities are actively targeting pig butchering operations:

• High-Profile U.S. Investigations: The FBI, SEC, and DOJ spearheaded the $15 billion seizure of Bitcoin from Prince Holding Group, exposing a global fraud network.

• Cross-Border Coordination: Regulators in the U.K., EU, Singapore, and other Asian countries track illicit crypto flows, share intelligence, and assist in arrests and prosecutions.

• Criminal Designations and Sanctions: Individuals and entities involved in these scams are labeled transnational criminal organizations, freezing their assets and restricting financial access.

• Investor Warnings and Education: Agencies publish detailed case studies and alerts showing how pig butchering scams manipulate victims, helping investors recognize fraudulent platforms and tactics.

Despite these efforts, scammers exploit anonymous crypto transactions and complex international networks, making enforcement slow and recovery of stolen funds difficult.

How to Stay Safe from Pig Butchering Scams

Pig butchering scams thrive on trust, speed, and confusion — but a few practical steps can help protect your money:

• Stick to Licensed Exchanges: Trade or invest only through crypto platforms regulated by recognized financial authorities.

• Verify Before You Invest: Check a company’s registration, audit reports, and community feedback before transferring funds.

• Be Careful with Online Strangers: Avoid acting on investment advice from people you meet on dating apps, messaging platforms, or social media.

• Question Unrealistic Promises: Any offer that guarantees high returns or “risk-free profits” is almost always fraudulent.

• Report Suspicious Behavior: If you suspect a scam, report it immediately to financial regulators or law enforcement — early reporting helps prevent further losses.

Staying cautious, verifying information, and questioning offers that sound “too good to be true” are the strongest defenses against these schemes.

Where These Scams Are Headed Next

Pig butchering operations are becoming more complex and automated:

• AI-Driven Deception: Scammers now use AI-generated photos, voice clones, and deepfakes to pose as trusted individuals or financial advisors.

• Expanding Operations: As enforcement tightens in one country, scam networks shift to regions with weaker regulations and limited digital oversight.

• Regulatory Tightening: Governments are drafting new frameworks for cross-border crypto tracking, aiming to close loopholes that scammers exploit.

Without stronger global coordination and public awareness, the problem will continue to grow faster than the measures to stop it.

Pig butchering isn’t a clever online trick — it’s organized theft, built on patience, coercion, and false intimacy.
What begins as a friendly message often ends with a wiped-out savings account and a victim too ashamed to speak.

Scammers don’t rely on hacking tools or complex code; they rely on belief — belief that the person on the other side is real, that the profits are genuine, that this time, someone trustworthy is offering a break. Once that belief is built, the money follows.

Real protection doesn’t come from a new security feature or a blockchain update. It comes from doubt — the small, uncomfortable instinct to question a perfect offer, a too-smooth profile, or a profit graph that never dips.

Governments can chase addresses and freeze wallets, but by the time they act, the damage is already done. The only defense that scales faster than the scam is awareness shared in plain language, before anyone else loses what they’ve spent years earning.

Also Read: U.S. Government Seizes $15 Billion in Bitcoin from Cambodian Crypto Fraud Network

Founder Chen Zhi Charged with Wire Fraud and Money Laundering

Federal prosecutors filed an indictment against Chen Zhi, 37, founder and chairman of Prince Holding Group. The indictment, unsealed in Brooklyn federal court, accuses Chen of operating a criminal network in Cambodia that used forced labor and social media-based investment schemes to steal billions from individuals in the U.S. and abroad. Chen faces a maximum of 40 years in federal prison if convicted.

Attorney General Pamela Bondi and Deputy Attorney General Todd Blanche stated, “By dismantling this criminal network, the United States is protecting victims, recovering stolen funds, and holding accountable those who exploit vulnerable populations.”

FBI Director Kash Patel added, “This operation involved multi-continent criminal activity, including forced labor, cryptocurrency theft, and money laundering targeting millions of victims.”

U.S. and U.K. Impose Sanctions on Prince Holding Group

The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control coordinated with U.K. officials to impose sanctions on 146 entities linked to Prince Holding Group. The conglomerate is officially designated as a transnational criminal organization, restricting its global financial operations.

Prince Holding Group lists business activities in real estate, banking, finance, and consumer services. While the company has previously denied involvement in fraudulent schemes, it has not issued a statement regarding the latest allegations.

Cryptocurrency Fraud: “Pig Butchering” Scheme

Federal prosecutors describe the cryptocurrency scam as a “pig butchering” operation, in which victims are persuaded through social media and messaging apps to transfer cryptocurrency under false investment promises. The stolen funds were laundered and used to finance luxury travel, entertainment, and extravagant purchases.

Human Trafficking and Forced Labor Allegations

Federal prosecutors allege that Prince Holding Group forced hundreds of individuals to work in compounds across Cambodia to support its cryptocurrency fraud network. These compounds were secured with barbed wire and high walls, and employees were reportedly compelled to work under strict supervision.

The indictment states that executives paid bribes to local officials to avoid legal enforcement and leveraged political connections to continue operations without interruption.

According to Cyber Scam Monitor, more than 200 scam centers and online casinos operate across Cambodia, many tied to the Prince Holding Group network. Investigations indicate these facilities were used for both cryptocurrency fraud and money laundering activities, demonstrating the scale and organization of the operation.

$15B Bitcoin Seizure Exposes Investor Vulnerabilities

The U.S. government’s $15 billion bitcoin confiscation reveals the risks of sending digital assets to unlicensed foreign platforms. Fraudsters behind Prince Holding Group exploited international loopholes to target investors worldwide. Authorities urge crypto users to verify platform registration, confirm regulatory compliance, and avoid unverified overseas exchanges to prevent large-scale financial losses.

Also Read: Hackers Are Stealing Billions in Crypto—How to Protect Your Money

New York — New York City has formed its first Office of Digital Assets and Blockchain, a department created to manage communication between City Hall and the cryptocurrency industry. Mayor Eric Adams signed the executive order on October 14, making digital assets part of the city’s technology portfolio before leaving office.

The new office will handle inquiries from crypto companies, coordinate with federal and state regulators, and examine how blockchain can be used in city operations, including record-keeping and transparency programs.

Moises Rendon, an adviser to the Office of Technology and Innovation since April 2024, has been appointed as director. He will report to Chief Technology Officer Matt Fraser and form a council of business and policy leaders to review new use cases and regulatory developments.

Mayor Adams, known for promoting cryptocurrency during his term, said the new office is intended to “keep New York competitive in financial technology” and make the city’s approach to digital assets more organized.

Crypto Companies Still Face Heavy Licensing Demands

The creation of the office does not change the strict rules that govern digital asset businesses in New York. The New York Department of Financial Services (NYDFS) introduced the BitLicense framework in 2015, requiring companies that deal in cryptocurrencies to obtain a state license.

The system was designed to prevent fraud and protect investors but also increased compliance costs. Many firms left the state after the rule took effect. Fewer than 25 companies currently hold valid BitLicenses, according to public records.

The New York Attorney General’s Office has continued to enforce state laws against unlicensed trading platforms, further limiting the number of active operators.

Officials say the new office will not loosen those requirements but could make communication between the industry and regulators more direct. The department is expected to help companies understand the licensing process and connect them with the appropriate state agencies.

Adams Ends Term with Focus on Financial Technology

Mayor Adams’ current term ends on January 1, 2026, after he halted his re-election campaign in September following questions over campaign financing.

Mayor Adams signed the executive order before leaving office. The Digital Assets Office will operate under the city’s technology division and serve as a central point for communication with state and federal regulators.New York’s licensing requirements remain among the strictest in the country, but the office provides crypto companies with a single city contact to handle inquiries and regulatory questions.

Also Read: $446M in Altcoins Will Release This Week

Altcoins Releasing Large Supply Between Oct 13–20

Several altcoins are set for large one-time releases:

• FTN is unlocking 4.62% of its total supply, valued at approximately $40.2 million.

• CONX will release $32.9 million (3% of its supply).

• ARB is set to release 92.65 million tokens, worth about $30.7 million (1.7%).

• DRB will release over 618 million tokens, accounting for 17.6% of its supply ($18.3 million).

Other projects, including STRK, SEI, ZK, and APE, are also releasing significant amounts of tokens. While some releases represent a small fraction of total supply, others—like STBL, unlocking over 10% of its supply—could see considerable sell-offs if market demand does not absorb the tokens.

Solana Leads Linear Token Releases

This week, Solana (SOL) will release $97.75 million in tokens, a small portion of its circulating supply (0.09%). Other altcoins releasing gradually include WLD ($37M), TRUMP ($30.4M), and DOGE ($20.3M).

Even gradual releases can influence prices. Traders sometimes buy or sell ahead of these schedules, which can cause short-term price swings, especially in tokens with lower trading volume.

Bitcoin Nears Key Resistance; Altcoins May Benefit

Bitcoin’s price is approaching critical resistance levels this week. Analysts, including Dan Gambardello, note that when Bitcoin stalls near these points, investors often shift funds into altcoins.

Historical patterns support this: after the March 2020 COVID market crash and the recent $19 billion crypto liquidation, Bitcoin initially stabilized while altcoins outperformed in the following weeks. Traders are watching Bitcoin closely, as its movement could signal the start of the next altcoin rally.

Altcoins Enter Low-Risk Accumulation Zone

Multiple risk models indicate that altcoins are currently in a low-risk accumulation phase, making it an opportune time for investors to position themselves ahead of potential rallies. Altcoin risk scores are hovering around 20, far below the overbought levels of 80+ seen at previous market tops.

Ethereum, often the leader for altcoin rallies, shows a risk score of 47. As ETH stabilizes, it could spark the next wave of altcoin growth, following the pattern seen in 2021.

Bitcoin Hyper Presale Raises $23.4M, Layer 2 Project Launches

Bitcoin Hyper (HYPER) has raised $23.4 million during its presale. The project aims to improve Bitcoin’s network by reducing fees, increasing transaction speeds, and enabling smart contract functionality through a Layer 2 solution.

HYPER uses an optimized virtual machine to process transactions efficiently while remaining anchored to Bitcoin’s base layer for security. Early participants can stake HYPER tokens and earn 50% annual rewards, encouraging adoption and supporting network growth.

HYPER Token Details:

• Ticker: HYPER

• Presale Price: $0.0131

• Funds Raised: $23.39 million

• Use Case: Payments, staking, and Layer 2 features

Key Market Points This Week:

1. Altcoin supply impact: Large token releases may temporarily reduce prices for smaller coins.

2. Bitcoin resistance levels: BTC’s performance near key levels could influence altcoin flows.

3. Ethereum stability: ETH may lead the next altcoin rally if it maintains steady price action.

4. Emerging Layer 2 projects: Innovations like HYPER offer potential early opportunities for investors.

This week, Solana, FTN, ARB, and several other altcoins will release millions of tokens, which could briefly lower prices for coins with smaller markets. Bitcoin’s price is near resistance at key technical levels, and how it behaves could determine whether traders move funds into altcoins. Meanwhile, the Bitcoin Hyper (HYPER) presale highlights growing interest in Layer 2 solutions that aim to speed up transactions and reduce fees. Investors paying attention to these events may spot short-term trading opportunities in altcoins and early staking benefits in new Layer 2 networks.

Also Read: Rich Dad Poor Dad’ Author Robert Kiyosaki Predicts Crypto Crash Accurately

On October 10, U.S. President Donald Trump announced a 100% tariff on imports from China. This policy shift sparked a sudden crash in digital assets, with more than $19 billion in leveraged cryptocurrency positions liquidated in just 24 hours. Analysts describe this as one of the most dramatic sell-offs in the short history of crypto trading.

Following the market turmoil, Kiyosaki posted on X to remind followers that he had been warning about a market downturn earlier this year. He continues to advise against holding large sums of fiat money, arguing that inflation diminishes its value over time. Instead, he recommends investing in tangible assets such as gold, silver, and Bitcoin.

REMINDER: I predicted the biggest crash in world history was coming in my book Rich Dad’s Prophecy. That crash will happen this year.

Baby Boom Retirements are going to be wiped out. Many boomers will be homeless or living in their kids basement. Sad.

REMiNDER: I have…

— Robert Kiyosaki (@theRealKiyosaki) October 11, 2025

Kiyosaki has also spotlighted Ethereum as a promising investment. He believes ETH and silver are undervalued assets that combine long-term stability with practical applications. Drawing a comparison, he likened Ethereum’s utility in decentralized finance (DeFi) to silver’s industrial and store-of-value functions.

Ethereum, which had recently been trading above $4,700, fell sharply in the recent crash, dropping to $3,807.91 according to Kraken. The Ethereum network remains central to several DeFi platforms, including Maple Finance and Relay, maintaining its importance despite market volatility.

The author also urged investors to consider perspectives from both critics and supporters of Ethereum to fully understand its risks and opportunities before making decisions.

Meanwhile, Bitcoin has remained highly volatile, trading at $111,521.44 at the time of reporting, signaling continued uncertainty but persistent interest among digital currency holders.

Also Read: Bitcoin $126K vs Gold $4,070: 2025 Market Update

Republicans Suspend Negotiations

Talks on a bipartisan crypto market structure bill broke down shortly after the proposal was shared. Senate Banking Committee Republican Staff Director Catherine Fuchs informed colleagues that all meetings were “paused until an agreed date for markup is set,” according to internal communications.

Republican aides criticized the counter-offer for lacking formal legislative text and accused Democrats of stalling. “This isn’t a framework — it’s an enforcement wishlist,” one GOP staffer said.
Crypto attorney Jake Chervinsky warned that the Democratic proposal could “effectively ban DeFi in the United States” by allowing Treasury to restrict entire protocols without due process. He called the framework “unprecedented and unconstitutional,” saying it undermines the CLARITY Act, which passed the House in July with strong bipartisan support (294–134).

Industry Groups Warn of ‘Offshore Exodus’

The Blockchain Association called the proposal “a compliance nightmare,” arguing it would drive DeFi development overseas. CEO Summer Mersinger said the approach “treats software like a financial intermediary” and “makes lawful innovation nearly impossible.”
Similarly, Digital Chamber VP Zunera Mazhar criticized the plan for “trying to fight illicit finance with outdated tools,” saying policymakers should focus on “real chokepoints where money laundering occurs” instead of regulating open-source code.

Coinbase CEO Brian Armstrong joined the criticism, calling the plan “a bad proposal that would set innovation back and push the next generation of financial technology abroad.”

Clash with Existing Bipartisan Efforts

The counter-proposal directly conflicts with the Responsible Financial Innovation Act (RFIA), a bipartisan draft introduced in September that assigns spot market oversight to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC)and clarifies that DeFi developers cannot be prosecuted simply for publishing code.

RFIA, championed by Senate Banking Chair Tim Scott (R-SC) and Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand (D-NY), aimed to balance oversight between the CFTC and SEC while protecting U.S. innovation. Democrats’ new proposal, by contrast, centralizes authority within the Treasury Department and expands its enforcement powers.

Crypto Talks Break Down Over DeFi Rules

According to Politico, Senator Ruben Gallego’s office said Democrats had “delivered paper and substance as requested,” accusing Republicans of walking away prematurely. A spokesperson compared GOP demands to “setting a wedding date before the first date.”

Republicans, meanwhile, said they’ve sought formal feedback on drafts since June with no substantive input. A spokesperson for Chairman Tim Scott confirmed that Scott “repeatedly asked Democrats to commit to a markup date” necessary to advance the legislation.

Gallego leads a coalition of roughly a dozen pro-crypto Democrats — including Mark Warner, Cory Booker, and Angela Alsobrooks — who have tried to balance innovation with consumer protection. Their efforts, however, continue to face resistance from anti-crypto lawmakers such as Sen. Elizabeth Warren, who argues that digital assets pose “serious risks to financial stability and national security.”

Future of U.S. Crypto Regulation Remains Unclear

The collapse of Senate negotiations has left the direction of U.S. crypto policy unresolved as 2025 draws to a close. Without bipartisan consensus, Congress is unlikely to advance a comprehensive framework for digital assets this year.

Industry organizations warn that the continued gridlock hands more influence to the Treasury Department, allowing it to steer crypto oversight through enforcement actions and administrative rulemaking instead of well-defined legislation.

In contrast, the European Union’s MiCA regulations are already in force, and jurisdictions such as Singapore, Japan, and the UAE have established licensing regimes that offer legal certainty to blockchain firms.

Should the Treasury secure the authority to create and enforce a “restricted list” for DeFi protocols, the U.S. could adopt one of the world’s toughest postures toward decentralized finance. Analysts say that such a move would likely drive more developers, startups, and investors toward countries with clearer regulatory standards and stronger policy support for financial innovation.

Also Read: Bitcoin $126K vs Gold $4,070: 2025 Market Update

Gold has increased roughly 52% this year, compared with Bitcoin’s 32% gain. While Bitcoin’s rise was powered largely by institutional demand through ETFs, gold benefited from central bank purchases and safe-haven flows, with China and other BRICS nations actively adding to reserves.

Gold’s market capitalization now exceeds $27 trillion, over ten times Bitcoin’s $2.6 trillion. In the past three months, gold has gained nearly $4.2 trillion, roughly equivalent to the current total value of all cryptocurrencies combined.

Bitcoin ETF Inflows and Supply Constraints

Bitcoin has seen a wave of institutional activity. On Monday, spot Bitcoin ETFs received $1.2 billion in inflows, the second-largest single-day inflow in recent memory. ETFs provide a steady source of demand and increase liquidity, which can reduce volatility in large trades.

Meanwhile, Bitcoin balances on exchanges have fallen to multi-year lows, meaning fewer coins are available for immediate sale. This amplifies the price effect when ETF-driven buying occurs.

Market conditions also support Bitcoin. Softer U.S. economic data and higher odds of Federal Reserve rate cuts have encouraged investors to allocate capital to digital assets. October’s seasonal patterns historically favor cryptocurrency gains, further boosting confidence.

Gold’s Demand from Central Banks and Investors

Central banks, particularly in China and BRICS nations, continue to purchase around 1,000 tonnes of gold per year, maintaining a steady foundation for prices. Gold-backed ETFs have also seen renewed inflows, broadening the demand base beyond government holdings.

Economic and political uncertainty contributes to gold’s appeal. Expected Fed rate cuts, a weaker U.S. dollar, and geopolitical tensions, including the U.S. government shutdown, have funneled additional investment into the yellow metal.

Performance of Other Cryptocurrencies

While Bitcoin reached new highs, other cryptocurrencies showed mixed results. Ethereum declined 2% to $4,380, BNB fell 2% to $1,285, and Solana increased 1% to $224.

Privacy-focused coins outperformed. Zcash (ZEC) rose 38%, extending a two-week gain of 140%, driven by renewed access through Grayscale and support from prominent investors. ETFs for Bitcoin and Ethereum continued to record inflows, indicating sustained institutional interest.

On the adoption front, Jack Dorsey’s Block enabled merchants to accept Bitcoin payments and convert them to fiat within the Square ecosystem. Luxembourg’s Intergenerational Wealth Fund allocated 1% of its portfolio to Bitcoin ETFs, signaling growing institutional confidence.

ETF Changes and Corporate Bitcoin Purchases

Bitwise and 21Shares updated their Ethereum and Solana ETFs to allow staking and cut management fees to 0.2%. NYSE-listed DayDayCook purchased 10,000 BTC for its treasury, spending $124 million, marking one of the largest corporate Bitcoin acquisitions this quarter.

NFT and Web3 Developments

NFT markets were largely stable. CryptoPunks traded at 48.4 ETH, BAYC at 8.81 ETH, and Pudgy Penguins at 9.4 ETH. Doodles rose 6%, while emerging protocols like Check Strategy (CHKSTR) and Punk Strategy experienced high volatility, peaking at $5 million before settling lower.

Other significant Web3 updates:

• Jupiter launched JupUSD, a stablecoin on Solana.

• CCP Games announced EVE Frontier, a survival MMO built on Sui.

• Coinflow raised $25 million to expand stablecoin merchant payments.

• Plume acquired Dinero to integrate staking and institutional DeFi yields.

• Football dot Fun launched an NFL-focused product.

• Hyperswap scheduled a token generation event for October 20.

Investor Perspective: Comparing Bitcoin and Gold

Gold continues to serve as a stable asset for central banks and institutional portfolios, providing low-risk value preservation. Bitcoin is gaining traction through ETF inflows and corporate treasury acquisitions, gradually becoming a more accepted financial instrument in mainstream markets.

Despite Bitcoin’s market cap remaining far below gold’s $27 trillion, recent ETF and corporate activity shows growing adoption. Investors who diversify across both assets can combine gold’s stability with Bitcoin’s exposure to digital markets, balancing risk and potential growth.

Also Read: Polygon Rio Hardfork Launched for Stablecoin Transactions

Stateless validation allows validators to confirm blocks without maintaining the full blockchain history, which can include gigabytes of data. By eliminating the need to store the complete chain state, the network can process transactions faster and at lower cost.

The VEBloP system designates a single validator to produce blocks for a fixed period. This replaces the previous setup where multiple validators could produce blocks simultaneously, which sometimes resulted in chain reorganizations. Chain reorganizations occur when blocks of the same height are created at the same time, temporarily splitting the network and reversing transactions in orphaned blocks. In one recent case, a Monero reorganization reversed 118 transactions, illustrating the impact on transaction finality.

Polygon appointed John Egan, formerly Head of Crypto at Stripe, as Chief Product Officer. Egan will manage product and payment development on the network. He stated that the Rio hardfork reduces transaction reversals caused by chain reorganizations and enables autonomous on-chain activity.

According to Polygon developers, protocol upgrades similar to Rio have previously reduced failed or reversed transactions by more than 90 percent. With stateless validation and the VEBloP system, the network can confirm transactions more quickly while handling higher transaction volumes.

The Rio hardfork also introduces improved capabilities for stablecoin payments. Historical data shows that similar upgrades increase throughput and reduce block reorganization risks. The update benefits both retail and institutional users, allowing stablecoin transfers to execute with fewer errors.

Also Read: Crypto Industry Strengthens with Privacy Protocols, Stablecoins, and Institutional Investment

Over the past decade, cryptocurrencies have been largely associated with speculative trading and extreme price volatility. Today, that landscape is changing. Institutional investors, including banks, hedge funds, and corporate treasuries, are demanding systems that can handle confidential transactions without sacrificing auditability or compliance. Technologies like the Nightfall protocol have emerged to meet these requirements, allowing Ethereum-based transactions to remain private while providing verifiable records for auditors and regulators. This ensures that organizations can operate within legal frameworks while using blockchain networks for financial operations.

Stablecoins are also evolving to meet the needs of both investors and regulators. Traditional stablecoins relied on centralized reserves, creating concerns about transparency and reserve management. Newer stablecoins now feature on-chain reporting of collateral, governance structures that allow token holders to monitor decisions, and mechanisms that distribute rewards to network participants based on their contributions. These measures reduce operational risk, improve transparency, and make stablecoins a viable medium for investment and payments.

Institutional capital is reshaping cryptocurrency markets. Unlike earlier investment cycles driven primarily by short-term speculation, hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies now evaluate token economics, governance structures, and reserve management before committing funds. This approach has contributed to more stable markets, reduced extreme price swings, and increased investor confidence in digital assets.

The integration of cryptocurrency with traditional financial infrastructure is becoming more pronounced. Banks are exploring blockchain technology to improve settlement times and reduce costs. At the same time, cryptocurrency firms are adopting compliance standards that align with institutional expectations, including identity verification, anti-money-laundering protocols, and regular reporting. This convergence allows both sectors to operate under comparable standards, enhancing the reliability of digital finance.

Global adoption is also rising. Consumers and businesses are increasingly using stablecoins for payments, cross-border transfers, and access to digital dollars outside traditional banking systems. The transparency provided by on-chain governance, combined with privacy protections and regulatory oversight, ensures that these transactions are secure and auditable. In addition, these innovations create opportunities for financial inclusion in regions with limited banking infrastructure.

Security remains a priority. As cryptocurrencies gain institutional adoption, the potential impact of cyberattacks grows. Exchanges, wallets, and smart contracts are implementing stronger protections against hacking, while governance mechanisms and audit procedures are being improved to prevent misuse or mismanagement of assets. Regular audits, third-party security assessments, and protocol-level safeguards are becoming standard across major blockchain networks.

Regulatory clarity is improving, though differences remain across jurisdictions. Some countries have established detailed rules for stablecoins, including reserve verification, reporting obligations, and governance transparency. Others are developing frameworks for institutional participation and digital asset custody. Cryptocurrency firms operating internationally must navigate these regulatory variations while ensuring compliance in all markets, which has led to the emergence of specialized legal and compliance teams within blockchain companies.

The market impact of these changes is visible in trading behavior. Stablecoins with transparent governance and verifiable reserves have experienced lower volatility and wider adoption for payments and treasury management. Institutional participation has increased trading volumes of major cryptocurrencies on regulated exchanges, while speculative retail trading has decreased as professional investors take a larger share of the market. These trends contribute to market stabilization and a more predictable environment for all participants.

Blockchain networks are also adopting technological improvements to support institutional needs. Privacy-preserving protocols, automated compliance checks, and smart contract standards are becoming widespread. These innovations allow institutions to integrate cryptocurrencies into their financial operations while reducing operational risk and ensuring accountability. In particular, protocols that combine confidential transactions with verifiability are attracting significant attention from corporate and government entities seeking to leverage blockchain without compromising regulatory requirements.

Stablecoin adoption demonstrates the practical benefits of these innovations. Second-generation stablecoins provide a transparent and auditable framework for managing digital assets. Network participants can track reserves, verify governance decisions, and receive rewards based on their contributions. This system encourages trust and engagement from both retail users and professional investors. Furthermore, these coins are increasingly being used for cross-border payments, reducing reliance on traditional financial intermediaries and lowering transaction costs.

The evolving infrastructure is also attracting institutional partnerships. Major banks and investment firms are collaborating with blockchain projects to deploy compliant digital asset solutions for payments, treasury management, and investment portfolios. These partnerships often involve integrating privacy protocols, multi-signature custody solutions, and real-time auditing tools to satisfy regulatory standards. Such collaborations indicate that cryptocurrency is no longer just a speculative asset; it is becoming a functional component of institutional finance.

Despite progress, challenges remain. Cybersecurity threats continue to pose risks, especially to exchanges, wallets, and decentralized finance protocols. Legal and regulatory frameworks are still inconsistent across regions, requiring firms to maintain sophisticated compliance programs. Additionally, widespread adoption depends on education and outreach, ensuring that users understand the functionality, risks, and protections inherent in modern blockchain networks.

The current trajectory demonstrates that cryptocurrencies are moving from a speculative market into a structured and functional financial ecosystem. Privacy-focused protocols and transparent stablecoins provide the infrastructure necessary for secure transactions and investor protection. Institutional investment contributes to market stability and long-term growth. Regulatory alignment improves accountability and reduces operational risk. Collectively, these factors are creating a cryptocurrency environment where digital assets can be used reliably for payments, investment, and treasury operations.

The recent adoption of protocols like Nightfall and the rise of second-generation stablecoins are having a tangible impact on the cryptocurrency market. Banks and hedge funds are now executing confidential blockchain transactions while meeting compliance requirements, and stablecoins with verifiable reserves are being integrated into corporate treasury operations. Exchanges and institutional investors report reduced volatility in trading due to these systems, while regulators note improved transparency in audit reporting. These developments indicate that cryptocurrencies are no longer purely speculative assets but are increasingly being used for cross-border payments, corporate liquidity management, and institutional investment, marking a clear shift toward a regulated, operationally stable market.

Also Read: Bitcoin Reaches Record High Above $125,000, Market Value Nears $2.5 Trillion

The previous record of $124,480, reached in August, had stood for nearly two months. Bitcoin’s value has risen by more than 50 percent since April, when it traded below $80,000, following stronger inflows from institutional investors and steady demand through newly listed crypto exchange-traded funds.

Price data show consistent accumulation since early summer, supported by higher volumes across major exchanges. Trading activity has accelerated since the end of September, coinciding with a shift toward risk assets in global markets.

A research note from JPMorgan on October 1 linked the increase in demand to what it called a “debasement hedge,” as investors sought protection from heavy government borrowing, persistent fiscal deficits, and a weaker dollar. The note said both gold and Bitcoin have attracted capital under similar conditions.

Recent product launches have also strengthened confidence in digital assets. Spot Bitcoin ETFs introduced this year have expanded access to regulated investment channels, while several corporations have begun integrating crypto holdings into their treasury management strategies.

At its current market value, Bitcoin is comparable in size to major U.S. technology firms such as Amazon and Alphabet, placing it among the largest financial assets globally. The cryptocurrency is now trading in a narrow range near $123,000, with volumes indicating continued investor participation as the fourth quarter begins.

Also Read: Bitcoin Could Reach $135,000 Soon, Says Standard Chartered

The charter would allow Coinbase to operate as a limited-purpose trust company—subject to the same federal oversight as banks but without engaging in lending or taking deposits. The company said the license would expand its ability to offer payment and custody services while maintaining its focus on crypto assets.

Direct Control Over Fiat Transactions

Coinbase’s current fiat operations rely on partner banks to process deposits, withdrawals, and settlements linked to crypto trading. The trust charter would give the exchange the authority to manage those flows internally, offering more flexibility in how it handles customer funds.

Coinbase said the trust charter will allow it to offer regulated payment and custody services while continuing to operate as a digital asset platform.

Clear regulation and direct oversight allow us to innovate responsibly and securely, Coinbase said in a statement.

Former Coinbase engineer Luke Youngblood, who helped develop the exchange’s staking systems, said a trust charter could simplify Coinbase’s fiat infrastructure.

It would mean Coinbase manages its own fiat rails instead of routing through partner banks, Youngblood said, noting the company’s platform performance has “improved substantially” since 2022.

Rival Crypto Firms Also Seek Federal Trust Charters

Coinbase’s application is part of a growing push by major cryptocurrency companies to obtain federal trust licenses. Circle, the issuer of the USDC stablecoin, filed its charter request in July to operate as a federally regulated trust company, giving it direct authority over U.S. dollar transactions. Ripple Labs followed shortly after, aiming to strengthen compliance and custody capabilities for its payment and stablecoin services.

The licenses are seen as a strategic tool to simplify operations across the United States, avoiding the patchwork of state money transmitter regulations that can slow transactions and increase compliance costs. For institutional clients, a federally regulated charter signals that the company meets rigorous standards for custody, reporting, and operational security—criteria that many banks and investors require before partnering with a crypto firm.

Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse described the charter as a “benchmark for credibility in digital payments and stablecoins,” highlighting the role federal oversight plays in legitimizing crypto operations for traditional finance stakeholders. Analysts say that these trust charters could become a competitive differentiator, giving firms direct control over fiat flows while reducing reliance on partner banks.

Coinbase Expands in Europe, Increases Bitcoin Holdings

Coinbase has extended its international operations while adding to its cryptocurrency reserves. The exchange received approval under the EU’s Markets in Crypto-Assets (MiCA) framework through Luxembourg’s financial regulator, allowing it to provide trading, custody, and fiat services across all 27 EU member states in compliance with EU regulations.

In the second quarter of 2025, Coinbase purchased 2,509 Bitcoin, worth around $222 million, bringing its total corporate holdings to 11,776 BTC. This places the company just ahead of Tesla among publicly listed firms with the largest Bitcoin reserves.

The combination of European regulatory approval and significant on-balance-sheet Bitcoin holdings positions Coinbase to operate with greater regulatory clarity while maintaining a strong presence in both domestic and international markets.

Coinbase’s Trust Charter Could Set U.S. Precedent

Coinbase has applied for a National Trust Company Charter from the OCC, aiming to operate parts of its business under federal supervision. If approved, the license would allow the exchange to handle fiat transactions directly and comply with federal regulatory standards, reducing reliance on partner banks.

The charter would create a framework for digital asset firms to provide regulated financial services, potentially shaping how U.S. regulators structure oversight of crypto exchanges and stablecoin operations in the future.

Also Read: Bitcoin Could Reach $135,000 Soon, Says Standard Chartered

Post-Halving Price Resilience

Historically, Bitcoin often declines about 18 months after a halving. The April 2024 halving did not follow this pattern. Standard Chartered’s Geoff Kendrick, Global Head of Digital Assets Research, noted that current market conditions, including U.S. government risks and treasury term premiums, are affecting BTC differently than in previous cycles.

Investor Predictions Climb

On Myriad, a prediction platform by Decrypt’s parent company DASTAN, 49% of users now expect Bitcoin to stay above $120,000 by October 15, up from 20% just two days earlier. This increase reflects growing confidence in BTC’s short-term price stability.

ETF Inflows Support Growth

Institutional participation continues to rise. Net Bitcoin ETF inflows have reached $58 billion, including $23 billion in 2025. Kendrick forecasts at least $20 billion more by year-end, backing his long-term prediction of $200,000 for BTC by December 2025.

Key Takeaways for Traders

• Bitcoin is defying historical post-halving declines.

• Seasonal Q4 trends (“Uptober”) continue to support gains.

• Strong institutional ETF inflows may stabilize prices.

• U.S. government policy and treasury market movements could influence BTC in the coming weeks.

Bitcoin’s price has stayed above $120,000 due to seasonal Q4 gains, strong institutional ETF inflows, and market sensitivity to U.S. government and treasury conditions.

Also Read: Solana, Dogecoin, XRP Soar After $260M Crypto Short Positions Liquidated

Key Takeaways

• Solana, Dogecoin, Ethereum, Cardano, and XRP led gains, rising 3–4% over the weekend.
• $260 million in short positions were liquidated, contributing to $345 million in total liquidations.
• Narrative-driven altcoins, Layer 2 solutions, AI projects, and staking derivatives are expected to attract investor attention in Q4.
• Fear and Greed Index moved from “fear” to neutral, signaling improved market sentiment.
• Total crypto market capitalization reached $2.23 trillion, up 2.35% in 24 hours.

Cryptocurrency markets bounced back over the weekend, recovering a portion of last week’s declines as investor confidence returned. Leading the charge were Solana, Dogecoin, Cardano, Ethereum, and XRP, each posting gains of 3% to 4%—the strongest moves among the top ten cryptocurrencies by market capitalization.

A significant driver of the rebound was the liquidation of nearly $260 million in short positions, contributing to a total of $345 million in crypto liquidations over the past 24 hours. Short-covering—when traders are forced to buy back positions as prices move against them—was particularly influential in lifting altcoins, which often track Bitcoin’s price movements.

Shivam Thakral, CEO of BuyUcoin, noted that Bitcoin’s recent price recovery triggered this short-covering activity, which in turn amplified gains across the altcoin market. “We expect the market to stabilize in the next few days before investors begin rotating capital into altcoins later this week,” he explained.

Looking toward the fourth quarter, Thakral highlighted specific sectors likely to attract investor interest. Narrative-driven altcoins, including Layer 2 scaling solutions, AI-related projects, and staking derivatives, are expected to see heightened activity. Conversely, coins lacking clear adoption, development plans, or market relevance may experience limited growth.

Market sentiment has also improved. The Fear and Greed Index—a widely used indicator of investor mood—rose from a “fear” reading last Friday to a neutral position by Monday, reflecting a broader sense of optimism following the weekend surge.

Overall, the total cryptocurrency market capitalization now sits around $2.23 trillion, marking a 2.35% increase over the past 24 hours. Analysts suggest that while the market shows renewed strength, investors remain cautious, keeping an eye on Bitcoin’s movements and the performance of high-potential altcoins.

Also Read: Sharps Technology Partners With Jupiter Exchange for Solana DeFi

According to the ED, Kundra received 285 Bitcoin from Amit Bhardwaj, a late crypto entrepreneur involved in a large-scale fraud. The agency claims Kundra did not provide details of the digital wallet containing the cryptocurrency, despite multiple opportunities to disclose it since 2018.

Investigators also allege that some of these Bitcoin assets were transferred to Shilpa Shetty at values far below the market rate, which the ED says obscured the origin of the funds. The case stems from earlier complaints filed against Variable Tech Private Limited and its promoters, including Bhardwaj.

Bhardwaj had initially provided the Bitcoin to Kundra for a proposed mining operation in Ukraine. Although the project was never implemented, Kundra is accused of retaining control over the cryptocurrency.

Kundra has previously faced legal scrutiny, including an arrest related to adult content production and other financial matters. Shilpa Shetty is an internationally recognized Bollywood actress who rose to fame after winning the U.K. reality show Celebrity Big Brother in 2007.

The ED is examining all transactions linked to Kundra and assessing the flow of funds to determine potential violations of India’s money-laundering laws.

Also Read: BlackRock Files Bitcoin Premium Income ETF With Covered-Call Strategy

ETF Designed for Yield-Focused Investors

The new ETF will sell options on Bitcoin holdings to produce income. This approach is intended for investors seeking consistent returns without taking on the full swings of cryptocurrency prices. The strategy could appeal to institutional investors, family offices, and other market participants who want regulated Bitcoin exposure with lower risk compared to direct crypto investments.

BlackRock Focuses on Bitcoin and Ethereum

Industry experts note that BlackRock is concentrating its cryptocurrency strategy on Bitcoin and Ethereum, rather than diversifying across smaller coins. Bloomberg ETF analyst Eric Balchunas observed that this approach “signifies they are going to build around BTC and ETH, and lay off the rest, at least for now,” highlighting BlackRock’s targeted investment focus.

The move also positions BlackRock to compete aggressively with existing Bitcoin covered-call ETFs, many of which may struggle to match the scale and credibility of BlackRock’s offering.

Institutional Investment Flows Into BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock’s cryptocurrency ETFs are attracting substantial investment from institutional investors, including major asset managers and pension funds. The firm’s success with the iShares Bitcoin Trust (iBIT), which manages $87 billion in assets, demonstrates widespread adoption of regulated crypto products.

X user Crypto Ex-Insider noted that BlackRock’s crypto products are designed to meet institutional compliance and risk standards, making them attractive to large financial organizations.

Leon Waidman, head of research at Onchain Foundation, highlighted BlackRock’s rapid growth:

BlackRock built a quarter-billion-dollar business almost overnight. Many fintech firms do not achieve that in a decade. This shows that regulated cryptocurrency products can generate significant revenue for established financial institutions.

The combination of high asset volumes, regulatory compliance, and income-focused product structures positions BlackRock as a leader in institutional cryptocurrency investment.

iBIT Leads U.S. Bitcoin ETF Market

Launched in early 2024, iShares Bitcoin Trust (iBIT) manages $87 billion in assets, controlling nearly 60% of the U.S. Bitcoin ETF market. iBIT generates over $218 million in annual revenue from Bitcoin products, plus $42 million from Ethereum funds.

Despite being smaller than BlackRock’s S&P 500 ETF (IVV) in assets, iBIT surpasses IVV in revenue, reflecting strong institutional demand for regulated cryptocurrency investments.

Covered-Call Strategy Reduces Volatility

The proposed Bitcoin Premium Income ETF uses a covered-call approach, selling options on Bitcoin to provide steady income distributions. This strategy reduces exposure to sudden market swings while maintaining participation in Bitcoin’s price movement.

By combining yield with regulated cryptocurrency exposure, BlackRock aims to expand its presence in the institutional crypto market and reinforce its position as a leading provider of Bitcoin and Ethereum investment products.

Also Read: Michael Saylor Predicts $13M Bitcoin — BlackRock’s Bitcoin ETF Could Explode 12,770%

Stablecoins like PYUSD are widely used in decentralized finance (DeFi), but scaling them requires consistent liquidity. Traditionally, issuers rely on third-party market makers, which can charge fees exceeding 10%. Spark uses its own $8 billion reserves to supply liquidity at roughly 7–8%, reducing costs and enabling faster adoption.

The move affects businesses that accept PYUSD. E-commerce and SaaS companies can process international payments immediately and convert them to local currencies without delays. Travel and gaming platforms targeting US, UK, or EU customers can reduce transaction errors because buyers no longer need to manually enter card or wallet details. Transactions are secured through tokenization and biometric authentication.

David Weber, Head of PYUSD Ecosystem at PayPal, said that deeper liquidity allows PYUSD to be used in lending, payments, and other DeFi applications while remaining fully compliant with regulations.

The partnership arrives as stablecoin supply has grown from $235 billion to $263 billion over the past three months. MacPherson said that clearer regulatory guidelines in the US and Europe have encouraged companies like PayPal to participate in DeFi, bridging traditional finance with blockchain technology.

Spark has experience managing large-scale operations. It previously deployed $630 million in Bitcoin-backed loans to Coinbase. Currently, the firm swaps tens of millions of USDC for PYUSD daily, backed by high-quality collateral to maintain stability.

With PYUSD now live on Ethereum, the collaboration provides a practical model for scaling stablecoins. By combining a regulated platform with a large liquidity provider, PYUSD can offer international users faster payments, lower transaction errors, and reliable settlement while following regulatory requirements.

Also Read: Coinbase Adds Fee-Free Access to PayPal’s PYUSD Stablecoin — Could It Challenge USDC and Tether?

The project centers on the x402 protocol, which turns the unused HTTP error code “402 Payment Required” into a functional payment system. Instead of blocking automated requests with an error, websites will now be able to request and receive payments directly from machines.

Coinbase CEO Brian Armstrong described the move as a step that allows AI to “transact value, not just exchange information,” marking a fundamental shift in how automated systems interact with the web.

Why a New Payment Protocol Is Needed

Traditional payment methods—credit cards, bank transfers, or subscription models—were designed for people, not machines. They involve manual clicks, confirmations, and billing cycles that do not fit the fast, automated nature of AI systems.

Currently, websites generate over one billion “402 Payment Required” responses every day when bots attempt to access restricted content. Because no protocol exists for bots to respond with a payment, these requests are rejected.

The x402 protocol provides a solution by creating a shared language for transactions between servers and machines. This standard opens the door for per-request billing, enabling machines to pay small amounts instantly rather than relying on monthly subscription models.

How the x402 Payment Process Works

The x402 protocol introduces a four-step process that integrates payments directly into web requests:

1. A bot or AI system requests access to protected content or services.

2. The server responds with payment details, such as the required amount and recipient.

3. The AI agent resends the request, attaching an authorization header that includes proof of payment.

4. The transaction is verified, and the requested content or service is delivered instantly.

Cloudflare has also suggested a deferred settlement system, allowing crawlers and data bots to access thousands of pages in a day and pay later in one batch. This flexibility accommodates both real-time blockchain settlements and traditional banking payments, keeping the system compatible with existing infrastructure.

Stablecoins at the Core of the System

The timing of x402’s launch comes as stablecoins are seeing record growth in global finance, particularly for automated payments:

• 70% of all stablecoin transfers are already generated by bots and automated systems.

• The market grew from $4 billion in 2020 to over $280 billion by 2025.

• Settlement volumes hit $1.39 trillion in the first half of 2025 alone.

• Some stablecoin issuers now rank among the largest holders of U.S. Treasuries worldwide.

Stablecoins are especially suited for machine payments because they offer instant settlement, low transaction costs, and programmable features. Unlike traditional methods, which struggle with microtransactions, stablecoins can handle tiny, frequent, and automated transfers.

To demonstrate the protocol, Cloudflare has launched the x402 Playground, where developers can test automated payments using USDC on Coinbase’s Base blockchain.

New Business Models for AI and Web Services

The x402 system creates opportunities for new revenue streams and business models:

• AI assistants could purchase products, services, or data across multiple websites automatically.

• Trading bots could buy real-time financial data per request rather than subscribing to monthly plans.

• Cloud services could charge per compute cycle, storage file, or API call.

Industry adoption is already underway:

• Amazon Web Services is testing x402 for cloud billing, in a market projected to reach $1.9 trillion by 2030.

• Pinata, a decentralized storage provider, is using it for pay-per-file storage access.

• Heurist, an AI research platform, has integrated x402 for on-demand research payments.

• Catena Labs, co-founded by Circle’s Sean Neville, raised $18 million to build a regulated AI-native financial institution powered by stablecoin payments.

Regulatory Review of Stablecoin Growth

The rapid increase in stablecoin usage is under review by regulators and banking organizations. Some industry groups warn that if stablecoins continue to grow, up to $6.6 trillion in deposits could move from traditional banks, creating potential risks for financial stability.

According to Coinbase Research, most stablecoin transactions occur outside the United States. The report states that this international activity supports the global use of the U.S. dollar while having minimal effect on domestic bank deposits.

How x402 Could Change Online Payments

The x402 Foundation allows machines to handle payments automatically when accessing paid web content or services. The protocol converts the HTTP 402 error code into a standard that enables automated systems to authorize and complete transactions without human input.

This standard may lead platforms to adopt per-request or usage-based payment models instead of traditional subscription systems. For example, cloud services could charge for exact compute time used, and data providers could bill for individual dataset access.

Cloudflare and Coinbase have made the protocol available for testing. Amazon Web Services is conducting trials of automated billing for compute usage, allowing clients to pay for the exact processing time they consume. Pinata, a Web3 storage platform, charges per file uploaded using x402, while Heurist, an AI research service, applies the protocol to handle payments for individual dataset requests.

Also Read: Amazon Launches AI Seller Assistant to Streamline Inventory, Compliance & Ads

Under the deal, Sharps will delegate a portion of its Solana tokens to Jupiter’s validator nodes and invest in JupSOL, Jupiter’s liquid staking token. This approach allows Sharps to earn staking rewards while enhancing liquidity within Solana’s DeFi ecosystem.

Earlier this year, Sharps acquired more than two million SOL tokens, totaling over $400 million, via private equity financing. Allocating these tokens to Jupiter’s staking infrastructure is intended to optimize returns and increase participation in Solana’s decentralized finance market.

James Zhang, strategic advisor to Sharps, highlighted that the company aims to support key infrastructure projects within Solana. Jupiter co-founder Siong said that Sharps’ engagement with the Solana community made the partnership a logical step, and the collaboration will expand access to Jupiter’s DeFi services.

After Sharps Technology announced its collaboration with Jupiter Exchange, trading data shows that STSS shares climbed from approximately $3.30 to $7.60 over the past week, representing a 131% increase. This sharp rise reflects investor response to the company’s strategy of deploying over two million SOL tokens into Solana’s validator network and liquid staking via JupSOL.

In pre-market trading on Tuesday, STSS shares were down 3.92% at $7.60, following a week of heightened volatility as investors adjusted positions after the rapid price surge.

Individuals or institutions interested in investing in blockchain and cryptocurrency-related assets can consider exchange-traded funds such as the ProShares Bitcoin Strategy ETF (NYSE: BITO) and the ARK Fintech Innovation ETF (NYSE: ARKF). These funds offer diversified holdings in Bitcoin futures, fintech companies, and digital asset technologies.

Also Read: Crypto Analysts Predict Solana Could Reach $300 within 12 Months

This filing is significant because it provides one of the rare comprehensive views into BitGo’s operations and financial performance. As a custodian specializing in institutional-grade digital asset security, BitGo has long operated in the background of the cryptocurrency ecosystem, serving exchanges, hedge funds, and banks. Going public not only increases transparency but also positions BitGo to access capital for technological development, acquisitions, and expansion of services.

H1 2025 Revenue Nearly Quadruples

BitGo reported $4.19 billion in revenue for the first six months of 2025, a staggering increase compared with $1.12 billion in the same period last year. This nearly fourfold growth demonstrates the accelerated adoption of cryptocurrency custody services among institutional investors.

Revenue growth was driven by several factors: increased transaction volume on the platform, onboarding of new exchange and hedge fund clients, and higher demand for secure storage solutions in volatile crypto markets. The filing highlights that while Bitcoin and a few major altcoins dominate the platform’s holdings, overall activity across multiple digital assets contributed to robust fee generation and revenue diversification.

The full-year 2024 revenue totaled $3.08 billion, indicating that BitGo is growing revenue at a pace significantly faster than the previous year.

Profit Margins Narrow Despite Growth

Despite record revenue, BitGo’s net income fell to $12.6 million in H1 2025, down from $30.9 million in the same period of 2024. Rising operational costs, including enhanced cybersecurity measures, regulatory compliance expenses, and technology infrastructure upgrades, were key contributors to the reduced profitability.

The filing also noted increased spending on talent acquisition, particularly in engineering and compliance teams, reflecting the company’s push to strengthen institutional-grade service offerings. Analysts interpret this as a strategic move: while margins are compressed in the short term, these investments are expected to support long-term revenue growth and platform resilience.

For additional perspective, BitGo reported $156.6 million in net income for the full year 2024, with $54.1 millionattributable to common stockholders. The sharp narrowing in H1 2025 illustrates the impact of scaling operations rapidly while investing heavily in security and compliance infrastructure.

$90B in Assets Managed on Platform

As of June 30, 2025, BitGo manages over $90 billion in digital assets for more than 1.14 million users, underscoring its role as one of the largest institutional cryptocurrency custodians. This represents a substantial increase from prior periods, reflecting both organic growth and adoption from larger institutional clients seeking regulated custody solutions.

BitGo’s platform provides cold storage and multi-signature wallet services, a combination that enhances security and reduces the risk of unauthorized access. Institutional clients, particularly exchanges and hedge funds, rely on BitGo to secure assets against cyber threats, regulatory scrutiny, and operational failures. The company’s rapid growth in assets under management demonstrates trust in its infrastructure and risk management protocols.

Cryptocurrency Holdings Remain Concentrated

BitGo’s S-1 filing reveals that platform holdings are concentrated among a few major cryptocurrencies. Bitcoin accounts for 48.5%, followed by Sui at 20.1%, Solana at 5.7%, XRP at 3.9%, and Ethereum at 3.0%.

This concentration highlights both the dominance of leading cryptocurrencies and the company’s exposure to price volatility in these assets. While the platform supports a wider range of digital tokens, the bulk of activity and client holdings is concentrated in this small set of high-cap assets.

The concentration also affects revenue streams. Custody fees, trading facilitation, and other service charges are closely tied to the transaction volumes of these key tokens, making platform performance sensitive to market fluctuations in Bitcoin, Ethereum, and the other major coins.

Dual-Class Structure Gives CEO Control

The IPO introduces a dual-class share structure designed to preserve leadership control. Class B shares, primarily held by co-founder and CEO Mike Belshe, carry 15 votes per share, whereas Class A shares provide one vote per share.

This governance arrangement ensures that Belshe maintains decision-making authority after the IPO, allowing the company to continue its strategic direction without interference from public shareholders. Under NYSE rules, this structure classifies BitGo as a “controlled company,” a common approach for technology firms seeking to balance capital access with management continuity.

IPO Proceeds Target Technology and Expansion

BitGo intends to use IPO proceeds for multiple strategic initiatives:

1. Technology Upgrades: Investing in infrastructure to enhance platform security, speed, and scalability.

2. Strategic Acquisitions: Exploring acquisitions that can expand product offerings or client base.

3. Employee Stock Compensation: Incentivizing and retaining talent in engineering, compliance, and operations.

4. Financial Flexibility: Strengthening the balance sheet to allow for market opportunism and operational resilience.

The filing underscores that the IPO is not solely about raising capital but also about enhancing visibility in the crypto market, bolstering credibility among institutional investors, and reinforcing BitGo’s position as a leading custodian.

BitGo’s Place in the Crypto Industry

BitGo’s IPO comes amid a wave of public interest in cryptocurrency companies, reflecting growing institutional participation in digital assets. By offering a regulated, secure custody solution, BitGo differentiates itself from smaller players and exchanges that may lack comprehensive compliance or risk management protocols.

The IPO positions BitGo as one of the largest publicly-listed crypto custodians globally. Its scale, combined with concentrated holdings of major cryptocurrencies, underscores the company’s pivotal role in the infrastructure of the digital asset ecosystem. As institutional adoption grows, BitGo’s market presence and platform reliability are likely to remain key factors in attracting clients seeking trusted custody services.

BitGo Key Metrics and Financial Data

Also Read: BitGo Partners with Voltage to Deliver Faster, Cheaper Bitcoin Payments via Lightning Network

Several factors are fueling the excitement. Investors are closely watching a potential approval of Solana exchange-traded funds (ETFs) in the U.S., which would make it easier for everyday investors to buy SOL through their brokerage accounts. Meanwhile, big investment firms are buying Solana in large amounts, tightening supply and adding upward pressure on its price. On the technology side, Solana’s blockchain is seeing increased activity in decentralized finance (DeFi), showing that more developers and traders are using the network for real transactions, not just speculation.

ETF Approval Could Be a Game Changer

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is set to decide on Solana ETF applications in October 2025. If approved, this would mark a major shift.

ETFs allow regular investors to buy Solana through their stockbrokers, just like they do with Apple or Tesla shares. That means millions of people who are hesitant to use crypto exchanges or wallets could now get exposure to Solana with a few clicks.

When Bitcoin ETFs launched in January 2024, they attracted over $4 billion in just one week. Bitcoin’s price then rallied more than 60% in the months following. If Solana ETFs generate even 20–30% of that interest, analysts estimate it could send SOL above $300 within weeks of approval.

But not all is guaranteed. The SEC has historically been cautious with crypto ETFs beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum. Any delays or unexpected rejection could slow Solana’s rally.

Institutional Buyers Are Accumulating Solana

Behind the scenes, specialized investment firms are raising large sums of money to buy and hold Solana.

For example, Forward Industries raised $1.6 billion in July to build a Solana-focused treasury. Other funds have committed hundreds of millions more. Their strategy is simple: buy and hold Solana as a core asset, reducing the circulating supply and creating upward pressure on prices.

For everyday investors, this is a sign that Wall Street-style players are betting big on Solana’s long-term value.However, if Solana’s price stalls, these firms could slow or stop their buying, limiting further gains.

Why Solana’s Network Is Gaining Users

Unlike Bitcoin, which is mostly used as a store of value, Solana’s blockchain is actively used for applications.

• Transaction Speed and Cost: Solana can process over 65,000 transactions per second at fees under $0.01. By comparison, Ethereum handles about 30 transactions per second, with fees often between $2–$10.

• DeFi Growth: Trading volumes on Solana-based decentralized exchanges (DEXs) have recently surpassed Ethereum’s, a first in crypto history. This reflects Solana’s growing role in decentralized finance.

• NFT and Gaming Projects: Beyond finance, Solana has become a hub for NFT collections, blockchain-based games, and tokenized assets.

However, much of the recent surge has been driven by meme coins — playful tokens with little long-term value. These coins can generate huge trading volumes but also lead to sharp crashes, raising concerns about sustainability.

Ethereum vs. Solana: 

Ethereum remains the leader in many ways:

• Total Value Locked (TVL): Ethereum has about $65 billion in assets tied up in its apps, while Solana has around $12 billion.

• Developers: Ethereum boasts the largest developer community in crypto, giving it long-term resilience.

• Security: Ethereum’s longer history makes it more battle-tested against hacks and bugs.

Solana’s edge lies in efficiency and affordability, making it attractive for traders, smaller projects, and high-frequency applications. Many see Solana as a “faster, cheaper alternative” rather than a full replacement for Ethereum.

Risks That Could Slow Solana’s Climb

While the excitement is real, Solana is not risk-free. Some key concerns include:

1. Network Reliability: In 2022, Solana suffered multiple outages that froze transactions. Although stability has improved, confidence still lingers as a concern.

2. Speculative Activity: Heavy dependence on meme coins means trading could drop quickly if the hype fades.

3. Regulatory Uncertainty: While ETF approval seems likely, new regulations on crypto could shift market dynamics.

4. Competition: Ethereum is upgrading, and rivals like Avalanche and Sui are also chasing the “fast blockchain” market.

Could Solana Reach $300 — Or Even More?

To reach $300, Solana needs a 30% gain from current levels. That’s not far-fetched. In late 2021, during its peak bull run, Solana traded at $260, proving that such levels are possible.

If ETFs launch successfully and institutional buying continues, analysts say $300 could arrive within months. Longer-term forecasts suggest that if Solana maintains momentum against Ethereum, it could even test $500–$1,000 by 2027.

Still, without sustained demand beyond meme coins, growth could stall, leaving Solana stuck under $250 for longer.

What Investors Should Know About Solana

• ETFs Could Make Buying Easier: If the SEC approves Solana ETFs in October, buying SOL could become as simple as buying a stock, opening the market to millions of new investors.

• Big Investors Are Betting on Solana: Companies like Forward Industries have raised billions to buy and hold SOL. Large purchases like this reduce available supply and can influence the price.

• Fast and Affordable Network: Solana processes thousands of transactions per second at very low cost, which attracts developers and traders. But much of the current activity comes from short-term or trendy coins, which can be unpredictable.

• Risks Remain: Past network outages and potential regulatory changes could affect Solana’s stability and price.

• Price Outlook Depends on Usage: Analysts predict SOL could reach $300 within the next year if ETFs are approved and institutional buying continues. Long-term growth depends on whether the network gains sustained, practical use beyond speculation.

Also Read: Dogecoin or Solana: Which Crypto Could Make You a Millionaire?

Other major cryptocurrencies, including Ethereum, Solana, XRP, and Dogecoin, also posted gains as traders monitored key price levels that could determine near-term market momentum.

Market Snapshot

• Bitcoin (BTC): $117,201.67

• Ethereum (ETH): $4,581.02

• Solana (SOL): $246.71

• XRP: $3.13

• Dogecoin (DOGE): $0.2804

• Shiba Inu (SHIB): $0.00001334

The synchronized movement among large-cap cryptocurrencies highlights the close link between central bank policy decisions and digital asset performance.

Bitcoin Trades Above $117,000, Eyes $118,000

Bitcoin’s climb above $117,000 brings it close to the $118,000 level, which capped gains after Fed Chair Jerome Powell’s dovish remarks at Jackson Hole in August.

Traders say a sustained move above $118,000 could open the path to $120,000, while failure to hold momentum may see a pullback to $113,000–$115,000, key support zones for short-term stability.

High liquidation levels in the past 24 hours — over 107,000 traders liquidated, erasing $400.85 million — add to volatility, as short positions are forced to cover. Analysts warn that profit-taking could intensify if Bitcoin fails to clear resistance.

Ethereum Holds $4,580, Faces Short-Term Pullback

Ethereum rose above $4,580, but technical indicators signal caution. A TD Sequential signal on daily charts suggests a possible short-term pullback.

Key support lies at $4,570, with additional support at $4,500, levels tested during last week’s consolidation. On the upside, a move past $4,600 could push Ethereum toward $4,750, last tested in early summer.

Ethereum continues to attract institutional interest, particularly through spot ETFs and its role in DeFi applications and smart contracts, making its price action influential for the wider altcoin market.

Solana Near $250 Level

Solana traded at $246.71, approaching the $250 resistance, a level that has capped rallies since November 2021. Every attempt above this mark over the past three years was rejected, making it a critical hurdle.

A decisive close above $250 could lift prices toward $265–$270, while failure may send Solana back to support at $235, followed by deeper support near $220.

Solana has gained over 40% in the past three months, driven by developer activity and adoption of Solana-based decentralized applications, which could fuel a stronger breakout than seen in previous years.

XRP Tops $3.13, Breaks Short-Term Ceiling

XRP traded at $3.13, surpassing the $3.10 level that had constrained gains in recent sessions. Analysts say momentum remains strong, with the next target at $3.25, which was last reached in early 2022.

Support is found at $2.95, where buying stabilized the market. XRP’s rise is reinforced by progress in Ripple’s U.S. legal case and increased usage in cross-border payments, attracting both retail and institutional investors.

Dogecoin Trades Above $0.28

Dogecoin held $0.2804, consolidating after recent gains. Traders note that a sustained move above $0.285 could open the path toward $0.30, last tested earlier this year.

Support is at $0.275, where buyers have stepped in during recent dips. DOGE’s movement remains closely tied to Bitcoin trends, with broader market strength likely determining its next leg higher. Rising trading volumes on major exchanges indicate continued retail interest despite volatility.

ETF Flows Show Institutional Caution

Despite rising crypto prices, spot ETFs tracking Bitcoin and Ethereum saw withdrawals on Wednesday:

• Bitcoin spot ETFs: $51.3 million outflow

• Ethereum spot ETFs: $1.9 million outflow

These funds are mainly used by institutional investors. Analysts interpret the outflows as caution among large investors, who may wait to see if Bitcoin can maintain gains above $118,000 before committing fresh capital.

Crypto and Equities Lifted by Fed Rate Cut

The Federal Reserve’s 25-basis point rate cut on Wednesday boosted risk appetite across markets.

U.S. equities responded positively:

• S&P 500: +0.7%

• Nasdaq Composite: +1.1%

Traders say the rally in stocks supported crypto gains, with Bitcoin reclaiming $117,000 and altcoins following suit.

Analysts Split on Bitcoin’s Near-Term Direction

Traders are divided on Bitcoin’s next move:

• Bullish scenario: Holding $117,000–$118,000 could push Bitcoin to $120,000, supported by strong liquidity and altcoin momentum.

• Cautious scenario: Resistance near $118,000 may trigger profit-taking, pulling the price toward $113,000–$115,000. High liquidation levels increase short-term volatility.

Key Levels for Traders

Bitcoin’s near-term direction may set the pace for altcoins:

• Bitcoin: $113,000–$115,000 support; $118,000–$120,000 resistance

• Ethereum: $4,570–$4,580 support; $4,600–$4,750 upside

• Solana: $235–$246 support; $250–$270 resistance

• XRP: $2.95 support; $3.25 resistance

• Dogecoin: $0.275 support; $0.30 upside

Institutional participation, ETF flows, and macroeconomic signals will continue shaping price movements in the coming days.

Market Summary

The Federal Reserve’s first rate cut of 2025 has shifted investor sentiment, encouraging renewed risk-taking across financial markets, including cryptocurrencies. Bitcoin led the rally, while major altcoins showed synchronized gains, reflecting broader market momentum.

Institutional investors remain cautious, with ETF withdrawals signaling measured participation, while high volatility in derivatives indicates continued short-term price swings. Traders are now closely watching whether the market can maintain momentum in the coming sessions, as central bank policies and investor behavior will continue to shape crypto trends.

Also Read: Fed Cuts Interest Rates for First Time in 2025, Signals More Easing

Until now, PayPal customers could only buy and hold cryptocurrencies through the app. The new feature lifts that restriction, letting users send bitcoin and ethereum to other accounts or wallets in the same way they transfer cash.

PayPal said crypto transfers between PayPal and Venmo accounts will not carry extra fees. The update will also allow coins to be moved in and out of third-party wallets, giving users the option to send assets to exchanges or keep them in private storage.

PayPal entered the cryptocurrency market in 2020 and added new features over time, including the launch of its U.S. dollar-backed stablecoin, PYUSD, in 2023. The company is now betting that direct transfers of bitcoin and ethereum will drive broader use, particularly among Venmo’s younger customers who already use the app for peer-to-peer payments.

The timing of PayPal’s crypto expansion comes as regulators in Washington intensify scrutiny of digital assets. Federal agencies have brought enforcement actions against several exchanges this year, and lawmakers are still debating how to regulate stablecoins and decentralized finance. By offering transfers inside a platform already covered by banking and payments rules, PayPal is signaling that mainstream firms may provide a more compliant alternative to offshore crypto operators.

The decision also places PayPal in more direct competition with fintech peers such as Coinbase, Cash App, and Robinhood, all of which court retail users with crypto features. Analysts note that PayPal’s global footprint and existing customer base give it an edge, since hundreds of millions of account holders already use its network for everyday payments. For Venmo, which skews younger, the feature could strengthen its role as an entry point to digital assets.

Reaction in markets has been muted so far, with bitcoin and ether prices little changed after the announcement. Still, traders say the longer-term effect could be meaningful if PayPal’s user base begins moving crypto more frequently, increasing liquidity and normalizing tokens as part of payment flows. PayPal shares ticked higher in early trading, reflecting cautious optimism from investors who see digital assets as a way to diversify the company’s revenue sources.

Also Read: PayPal Launches Crypto Checkout for Businesses, Supports Over 100 Tokens

The decision comes as Polkadot, a blockchain founded by Ethereum co-creator Gavin Wood, seeks to regain momentum after lagging behind larger competitors in the decentralized finance (DeFi) space. While Bitcoin’s fixed supply is widely credited with supporting its value, DOT has historically followed an inflationary model that added new tokens each year. Analysts note that the supply cap could help stabilize the token and reduce selling pressure, though broader adoption of Polkadot’s ecosystem remains a critical factor.

DOT traded at $4.19 on Monday, reflecting a 6% drop in the past 24 hours. The decline mirrors a broader market slowdown that affected Bitcoin, Ethereum, and XRP. Since reaching an all-time high of $4.46 in November 2021, DOT has fallen approximately 93%, highlighting the challenges the blockchain faces in attracting liquidity and investor interest.

Polkadot’s platform is built around parachains—subnetworks that run on the main blockchain while sharing its security and consensus mechanisms. Despite this innovation, the ecosystem currently holds around $423 million in DeFi investor funds, a fraction of Ethereum’s $132 billion. Supply capping is viewed by market observers as a step toward making DOT more appealing to investors, but long-term growth will depend on wider adoption of parachains and decentralized applications (dApps).

In addition to the supply cap, the Polkadot team has announced plans to launch a stablecoin and reduce network security expenses to optimize operations. These initiatives aim to encourage developer participation and increase network efficiency, signaling a strategic push to make the platform more competitive in the smart-contract space.

While major cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum continue to reach new price milestones, the Polkadot DAO’s decision positions DOT as a token with a fixed maximum supply, potentially attracting investors seeking scarcity-driven value. Observers note that the next critical test for DOT will be its ability to expand usage within its ecosystem while balancing supply limitations with staking rewards and network incentives.

Also Read: IRS Expands Cryptocurrency Surveillance: Key Updates for Traders and Exchanges

Since 2017, the IRS has utilized John Doe summonses to obtain account information from platforms including Coinbase, Kraken, Circle, and Poloniex. These summonses allow the agency to request records for an “ascertainable class of persons” without proving tax violations for each individual. According to attorneys specializing in crypto taxation, this strategy enables the IRS to uncover patterns of noncompliance across entire exchanges rather than focusing on isolated cases.

Crypto Asset Seizures and Audit Trends

The IRS’s enforcement efforts have already resulted in billions of dollars in cryptocurrency seizures. In fiscal year 2021, the agency reported $3.5 billion in crypto-related asset seizures, representing over 90% of total IRS confiscations. This surge in enforcement underscores the growing scrutiny on digital currency holders and the increasing stakes for noncompliance.

The IRS’s strategy combines third-party exchange data with blockchain analytics, allowing agents to trace transactions across multiple wallets in real-time. The Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA) reported that by June 2023, the IRS had opened 216 formal examinations and issued nearly 15,000 “soft letters” to crypto users identified through exchange data.

“Cryptocurrency is no longer a lightly regulated niche,” said David Klasing, a CPA and tax attorney specializing in digital assets. “The IRS has developed sophisticated tools to detect underreporting and is systematically expanding its reach to ensure compliance across the sector.”

New Reporting Rules and Compliance Challenges

Beginning in 2025, the IRS will require 1099-DA forms, reporting gross proceeds from crypto sales, with cost-basis reporting for covered securities starting in 2026. Experts caution that discrepancies across multiple exchanges, wallets, and decentralized protocols could still trigger notices or audits even for compliant traders.

Nick Waytula, head of tax at Crypto Tax Calculator, noted, “These new reporting obligations raise the bar for both exchanges and individual investors. While the system aims to reduce misreporting, incomplete records or aggregation errors can still result in penalties or audits.”

Legal challenges to the IRS’s authority have largely been unsuccessful. In July, the Supreme Court declined to hear a case challenging the IRS’s John Doe summonses for Coinbase trading records, effectively confirming the agency’s broad investigative powers over crypto transactions. Coinbase and privacy advocates had argued that such access constituted an unconstitutional intrusion, but courts have consistently ruled that third-party records can be obtained without violating privacy rights.

Impact on Exchanges and Investors

The expanded IRS oversight is reshaping compliance requirements for both crypto exchanges and investors. Platforms are now expected to implement robust reporting, recordkeeping, and anti-money laundering protocols. Dmitri Alexeev, CPA and tax partner at Aprio, said, “The IRS’s approach reflects an increased focus on platform accountability. Exchanges must improve internal controls, reporting systems, and analytics to mitigate regulatory risk.”

Individual investors, meanwhile, are advised to maintain detailed transaction records and be prepared for potential audits. Misreporting—even if accidental—could trigger penalties or, in extreme cases, criminal referrals. Analysts emphasize that as crypto adoption grows, IRS scrutiny is likely to become a permanent fixture, making compliance a critical factor in market participation.

IRS Oversight Tightens for Crypto Exchanges

Even after the Trump administration removed the DeFi broker reporting rule, centralized cryptocurrency exchanges must continue submitting detailed transaction data to the IRS. This includes trade records, deposits, withdrawals, and transfers, giving the agency a full view of investor activity.

Legal experts note that the IRS now combines this exchange data with on-chain transaction tracking to detect discrepancies. In recent audits, taxpayers have received notices when their reported gains did not match exchange records, even when no fraud occurred.

David Klasing, a CPA specializing in crypto taxation, emphasized: “Investors must maintain precise records of each trade, including cost basis and transaction dates. Missing or mismatched information can trigger audits or penalties.”

Industry insiders say the IRS’s approach is already influencing how exchanges operate. Platforms are tightening KYC procedures, improving transaction tracking, and preparing for the upcoming 1099-DA reporting system, which will include gross proceeds and basis information for each investor starting in 2025–2026. For crypto traders, staying compliant is no longer optional; it directly affects their risk of audit and exposure to fines.

Also Read: Analyst Predicts Bitcoin Will Triple to $333K by 2030

U.S. Debt Nears $40 Trillion

America’s national debt is projected to surpass $40 trillion in the coming years, raising concerns about the long-term strength of the U.S. dollar. Decades of deficit spending and aggressive monetary policy have expanded the money supply at unprecedented levels. Critics argue that this “debt spiral” makes fiat currencies increasingly vulnerable to inflation and devaluation.

In contrast, Bitcoin’s supply is capped at 21 million coins, with a predictable issuance schedule enforced by its blockchain protocol. This scarcity is attracting investors who view it as a hedge against dollar debasement. As more dollars chase a limited number of coins, the case for Bitcoin as “digital gold” grows stronger.

Wall Street Moves Into Bitcoin

Spot Bitcoin ETFs, approved in the U.S. earlier this year, have drawn billions of dollars in new investments. BlackRock, Fidelity, and Ark Invest are among the firms now offering products that let pensions, hedge funds, and retail investors buy Bitcoin through regular brokerage accounts.

The launches have pushed Bitcoin deeper into mainstream finance. Daily trading volumes have risen, and the funds give investors a regulated way to hold the cryptocurrency without relying on exchanges. Market strategists say steady inflows from these ETFs could make Bitcoin less volatile over time and cement its role as an asset class.

Global Adoption Expands

Bitcoin’s use extends beyond U.S. markets. El Salvador recognized it as legal tender in 2021, and the Central African Republic followed in 2022. Lawmakers in Argentina and Brazil have also debated legislation on digital assets, though without formal adoption so far.

In high-inflation economies such as Argentina, Turkey, and Nigeria, trading volumes on peer-to-peer platforms have surged. Data from Chainalysis shows that Sub-Saharan Africa now accounts for one of the fastest-growing regions for cryptocurrency transactions.

Remittances are another driver. In countries with strict capital controls, Bitcoin offers a way for workers abroad to send money home without relying on banks or local currency shortages. Analysts say this grassroots usage highlights Bitcoin’s growing role in cross-border finance, even if risks around volatility and regulation remain.

Returns Could Outpace Stocks

If Bitcoin were to reach $333,000 by 2030, it would translate into an average annual gain of about 25% over the next six years. That compares with the S&P 500’s historical annual return of roughly 10%.

The pace would still fall short of Bitcoin’s recent performance. According to CoinGecko, Bitcoin delivered an annualized return of 61% over the past five years. Analysts say such explosive gains are unlikely to repeat as the market matures.

Instead, forecasts now point to more moderate growth. “We’re moving from hyper-growth into a phase of sustained appreciation,” said Michael Saylor, chairman of MicroStrategy, in a recent interview. “Bitcoin is no longer a fringe asset — it’s becoming part of institutional portfolios.”

Price Stability Still Elusive

Even with long-term bullish forecasts, Bitcoin’s track record of sharp swings remains a concern. The cryptocurrency’s price is sensitive to Federal Reserve policy shifts, global liquidity cycles, and investor sentiment. External shocks — from regulatory crackdowns to security breaches or geopolitical crises — can spark sudden sell-offs.

A clear example came during the 2022 bear market, when Bitcoin plunged more than 70% before staging a recovery in 2023–2024. Analysts warn that such volatility is unlikely to disappear, meaning investors must weigh short-term turbulence against the broader upward trend.

Bitcoin Gains Ground as Gold Alternative

Advocates increasingly compare Bitcoin to gold, pointing to its limited supply, portability, and ease of transfer. Unlike gold, Bitcoin can be divided into small fractions and sent across borders in minutes, making it more practical in a digital economy.

This comparison is gaining traction as debt-heavy governments fuel skepticism toward fiat currencies. Analysts argue that Bitcoin’s positioning as a modern store of value, combined with institutional adoption, could help push its price closer to the $333,000 mark by 2030.

Also Read: Tether to Introduce USAT Stablecoin in U.S. Led by Bo Hines

Key Points

• Tether officially enters the U.S.: USAT gives the company a direct role in America’s financial system.
• Top-tier leadership: Bo Hines, former White House crypto advisor, is steering U.S. operations.
• Designed for high-value payments: USAT targets banks and large-scale transactions, not regular users.
• Stronger transparency and compliance: Tether aims to meet U.S. regulations and address audit concerns.
• Could redefine U.S. stablecoins: USAT may set a new standard for regulated digital currency in the American market.

Tether revealed on Friday that it will introduce a new U.S.-based stablecoin called USAT by the end of the year. The initiative will be led by Bo Hines, former executive director of the White House crypto council, who joined Tether in August as strategic advisor for U.S. operations. Speaking at an event in New York City attended by industry leaders such as venture capitalist Kyle Samani and Chainalysis CEO Jonathan Levin, Hines said the company aims to establish USAT as a trusted tool for institutional payments and interbank transactions within the United States.

The U.S. initiative marks a significant shift for Tether, which had largely remained outside the American financial system. The move comes after Congress passed the Genius Act, landmark legislation providing a clearer regulatory framework for stablecoins. According to CEO Paolo Ardoino, the USAT stablecoin will focus on institutional payments and interbank settlements, positioning the company to facilitate large-scale financial transactions rather than retail usage.

Historically, Tether has taken a cautious approach toward regulatory engagement. The company opted not to enter the European Union following the introduction of the Markets in Cryptoassets Regulation (MiCA) in 2023. In addition, Tether has faced long-standing challenges with auditing. Instead of traditional audits, the company currently uses “attestations” to verify reserves, a method that lacks the credibility of audits conducted under public company standards. Ardoino has expressed interest in partnering with one of the Big Four accounting firms, which previously declined due to reputational concerns.

Hines described Tether’s U.S. expansion as ambitious, noting that the company plans to establish USAT as a key stablecoin for institutional transactions and interbank settlements. The initiative is designed to strengthen Tether’s presence in the American financial system while addressing regulatory requirements and fostering confidence among banks and oversight agencies.

Through USAT, Tether intends to expand its footprint in the U.S. while establishing a stablecoin that meets regulatory standards for institutional use. The launch could represent a significant step for the company, integrating it more fully into the American financial system and positioning it as a compliant option for banks and large-scale financial institutions.

Also Read: Tether Appoints Former White House Crypto Adviser Bo Hines for U.S. Market Expansion

The network hashrate measures the combined computational power used by miners to validate transactions and secure the blockchain. It has climbed from under 800 exahashes per second (EH/s) in January 2025 to above 1 ZH/s in September, reflecting rapid deployment of new mining hardware.

Roughly 30% of the hashrate now comes from U.S.-listed mining companies, data shows, underscoring the increasing concentration of industrial-scale operations in North America.

Bitcoin’s daily hashrate has touched 1 ZH/s several times this year, but the seven-day moving average — a metric used to smooth out short-term swings — shows this is the first period where the level has been maintained.

The growth represents a thousandfold increase in network capacity since 2016, when Bitcoin first reached 1 EH/s. Rising hashrate strengthens network security by making it more expensive to alter the blockchain. At the same time, competition among miners increases, intensifying the need for lower-cost electricity and more efficient hardware to remain profitable.

Crossing the zetahash threshold reflects the industrial scale of modern Bitcoin mining. Publicly listed companies in the U.S. now contribute about 30% of the total network power, while large-scale operations in regions such as Kazakhstan and the Middle East continue to expand capacity.

Also Read: KuCoin Signs Adam Scott as First Global Brand Ambassador

A Strategic First for KuCoin

Since launching in 2017, KuCoin has built a reputation as a global crypto hub, offering trading in more than 1,000 digital assets to over 41 million users in 200 countries. Known for its broad asset selection, the exchange also provides futures trading, institutional services, and a Web3 wallet.

The exchange has consistently highlighted security and compliance as its competitive strengths. It holds SOC 2 Type II and ISO 27001:2022 certifications and has been recognized by Forbes as one of the “Best Crypto Apps & Exchanges” as well as a “Top 50 Global Unicorn” by Hurun.

CEO BC Wong said the partnership with Scott represents a new way to build credibility with international users.

This is our first major collaboration in sports, and Adam Scott was a natural fit,” Wong said. “His professionalism, resilience, and consistency on the golf course mirror the qualities we want KuCoin to represent.

Why Adam Scott?

Scott, 44, is one of golf’s most recognizable figures and a player known for longevity at the highest level. He turned professional in 2000, reached World No. 1 in 2014, and has won more than 30 tournaments worldwide. His biggest career highlight came at the 2013 Masters Tournament, where he became the first Australian to claim the Green Jacket.

Beyond individual trophies, Scott has built a reputation for consistency. He has competed in 97 consecutive major championships, one of the longest streaks in modern golf. Off the course, he runs a foundation that supports youth development and educational initiatives, underlining his image as a reliable and principled figure in sport.

Scott said he sees the partnership as more than a business deal:

It’s an honor to work with KuCoin as their first Global Brand Ambassador,” he said. “I believe digital assets will play a growing role in finance, and I’m interested in how they can empower people around the world. I look forward to contributing to that conversation.

KuCoin’s First Step Into Sports Sponsorship

KuCoin’s move follows a wider trend of crypto companies engaging with sports audiences. While some exchanges have invested in high-profile sponsorships in soccer, Formula 1, and basketball, KuCoin has chosen to focus on golf—a sport often associated with precision, patience, and trustworthiness.

By choosing an athlete like Scott, KuCoin is signaling a preference for credibility and global appeal over flashier sponsorships. The decision could help the exchange attract a demographic that values long-term stability, a message increasingly important as regulators tighten oversight on digital assets worldwide.

KuCoin Eyes Growth Beyond U.S. Exchanges

The partnership comes as crypto exchanges compete for users worldwide. KuCoin has added services for both institutional and retail traders while expanding its footprint in Asia-Pacific, Latin America, and Africa.

Adam Scott’s international career makes him a useful figure in that effort. With more than 20 years competing on global tours, he brings recognition in markets where KuCoin is seeking to build its user base.

Future Plans for the Partnership

KuCoin has not detailed how Adam Scott will contribute beyond serving as its Global Brand Ambassador. The exchange indicated there may be initiatives involving education or community engagement, but specifics have not been released.

This partnership is KuCoin’s first venture into sports marketing. The company has said it sees the collaboration as a way to reach new audiences while continuing its operations in Asia-Pacific, Latin America, and Africa.

Key Facts

• Adam Scott: First Australian Masters champion (2013), over 30 career wins, World No. 1 in 2014, 97 consecutive majors played.

• KuCoin: Founded 2017, 41M+ users, services in 200+ countries, 1,000+ assets listed, certified for security and compliance.

• The Partnership: KuCoin’s first sports collaboration; Scott to serve as Global Brand Ambassador, promoting trust and resilience in crypto adoption.

Also Read: Dogecoin Could Outperform Shiba Inu in 2025 With ETF Push

ETF Filings Put Dogecoin Ahead

Dogecoin could soon benefit from the launch of an ETF in the United States. On Sept. 8, Rex-Osprey was reported to be preparing a derivatives-based Dogecoin ETF that could list within days. While it won’t track the coin’s spot price directly, it offers investors an easier way to gain exposure through traditional brokerages and retirement accounts.

At the same time, Dogecoin has multiple spot ETF applications under review at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Bitwise updated its filing in June, and 21Shares submitted paperwork in April. These applications show that major asset managers are actively pushing for broader access to Dogecoin, which could generate significant inflows if approved.

By contrast, Shiba Inu has no comparable ETF filings from mainstream asset managers, leaving it at a disadvantage in terms of distribution and investor access.

Lessons from Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs

The crypto industry has already shown how ETFs can reshape demand. Spot Bitcoin ETFs attracted nearly $37 billion in inflows in their first year, proving that institutional and retail investors are willing to commit serious capital once access is simplified.

Ethereum ETFs grew more slowly but still demonstrated that regulatory approval can create a steady channel for new investment. Dogecoin ETFs are unlikely to match Bitcoin or Ethereum in scale, but even modest inflows could give it a relative advantage over Shiba Inu in 2025.

Structural Edge Over Shiba Inu

If Dogecoin secures ETF approval, it would gain a distribution channel that Shiba Inu does not have. Access through brokerages and retirement accounts makes it easier for a wider pool of investors to participate. That edge could tilt performance in Dogecoin’s favor over the next year.

Efforts are also under way in the U.S. to establish broader standards for crypto ETF listings, which could streamline future approvals. If Dogecoin gains the first-mover position, it may continue attracting new inflows while Shiba Inu struggles to catch up.

Not a Long-Term Investment Case

Despite this short-term advantage, Dogecoin still lacks the fundamentals of a long-term asset. It produces no cash flows, relies heavily on sentiment, and has limited utility beyond speculation. Shiba Inu faces the same issues, with the added problem of not having ETF access.

Dogecoin’s larger market capitalization also cuts both ways: while it makes ETF inflows easier to absorb, it also means more capital is required to move the price meaningfully.

If the SEC approves even one of the pending Dogecoin ETFs, it would give the coin a clear advantage over Shiba Inu by opening the door to retirement funds, brokerage accounts, and large-scale capital flows. That pipeline of mainstream access does not exist for Shiba Inu, which makes 2025 a year where Dogecoin is more likely to attract new money and outperform its rival.

Also Read: Bitcoin Could Reach $200K as Fed Plans Interest Rate Cut

Why the Fed Matters for Crypto

The Federal Reserve plays a crucial role in determining the availability of liquidity in financial markets. When the Fed lowers interest rates, borrowing becomes cheaper, encouraging investors to take on higher-risk assets such as stocks, real estate, and cryptocurrencies. Conversely, higher rates can tighten liquidity, pushing investors toward safer assets like bonds and cash.

Cryptocurrencies, especially Bitcoin and Ethereum, are particularly sensitive to these shifts. Unlike traditional assets, which often generate dividends or interest, digital currencies do not produce income, making them more reliant on investor sentiment and macroeconomic conditions.

Past Rate Cuts and Cryptocurrency Trends

When central banks reduce interest rates, investors often shift capital toward higher-risk assets, including cryptocurrencies. Historical patterns suggest that periods following rate reductions can trigger accelerated demand for Bitcoin and other digital currencies, as lower borrowing costs make speculative investments more attractive.

During such periods, Bitcoin has shown the potential for rapid price movements, reflecting its sensitivity to changes in liquidity and broader market sentiment. Ethereum and other major cryptocurrencies tend to move in tandem, though volatility is often higher among smaller digital assets. Market behavior during previous rate adjustments provides insight into how current monetary policy shifts could influence prices, but it also underscores the uncertainty inherent in digital asset markets.

Market Scenarios and Potential Outcomes

Investors are currently considering several possible scenarios for cryptocurrency markets ahead of the Fed’s rate decision. A modest rate cut could reinforce existing market expectations, producing moderate gains in Bitcoin and Ethereum without creating substantial volatility.

In contrast, a larger-than-anticipated reduction could have a more pronounced effect, potentially driving rapid price increases for high-risk assets. However, such movements would also carry the risk of sharp corrections if market participants react to the policy change with uncertainty.

Overall, while positive momentum is possible, the cryptocurrency market remains highly sensitive to monetary policy, and investors should anticipate both potential gains and downside risks during this period.

Investor Activity and Market Trends

Cryptocurrency markets are showing increased trading activity as investors adjust positions ahead of the Fed’s upcoming rate decision. Digital assets such as Bitcoin and Ethereum have experienced steady, incremental price movements, reflecting a cautious but growing interest among market participants.

Market behavior suggests that traders are closely monitoring monetary policy signals, with modest gains indicating measured optimism. While short-term price fluctuations are expected, the overall trend points to heightened engagement and readiness to respond to policy developments.

Possible Market Outcomes and Risks

Even with positive expectations around a potential rate cut, crypto markets are far from predictable. If the Federal Reserve keeps rates unchanged, investors could pull back from riskier assets, triggering sharper declines in Bitcoin, Ethereum, and other tech-linked digital currencies. This scenario often unfolds when markets anticipate stimulus that doesn’t materialize—leaving traders to reassess their positions and reduce exposure.

On the other hand, a modest reduction in rates might encourage gradual buying. Traders could see small upward movements in Bitcoin and Ethereum, building cautious momentum without dramatic price swings. A larger-than-expected cut, however, could create more intense reactions: sudden jumps in asset prices, speculative trading, and periods of high volatility. In these moments, investor behavior often oscillates between excitement and caution, as market participants try to balance potential gains against the risk of rapid corrections.

The takeaway is clear: regardless of the Fed’s decision, cryptocurrency investors are likely to face heightened volatility. Those who plan their trades with both upside potential and downside protection in mind are better positioned to navigate these swings.

Liquidity Dynamics and Market Mechanics

Cryptocurrency markets differ from traditional stock or bond markets in that liquidity is highly dependent on capital flows and investor sentiment. A surge in liquidity—prompted by rate cuts or other monetary stimuli—can result in sharp price appreciation for digital assets. Conversely, tightening conditions may quickly deflate speculative bubbles.

For example, during the 2024 rate cut, an influx of new capital and renewed investor confidence drove Bitcoin’s price upward within days. Analysts point out that a similar pattern could emerge if the Fed delivers an unexpected move this month, though they caution that markets have matured and may not react identically.

Ethereum and Altcoins

While Bitcoin often dominates headlines, Ethereum and other altcoins are also highly sensitive to monetary policy shifts. Ethereum, in particular, has demonstrated strong correlation with Bitcoin during past rallies, but with higher volatility due to its smaller market capitalization.

Dawson predicts a potential 60% increase in Ethereum’s value to $7,000 by year-end if liquidity conditions remain favorable. Investors may also look to other altcoins that historically follow broader market trends, although these assets carry even higher risk.

Timing Is Everything

As the September 17 Fed meeting approaches, investors face a critical juncture. Historical data, analyst projections, and current market activity all suggest the potential for significant gains in cryptocurrencies. However, the market’s sensitivity to both anticipated and unexpected policy moves means caution is warranted.

For traders and investors, the coming weeks may provide opportunities to capitalize on liquidity shifts, but risk management remains essential. Whether Bitcoin will reach $200,000 or Ethereum will surge toward $7,000 depends not only on Fed decisions but also on how markets interpret and react to those moves.

Key Takeaways:

• Bitcoin could surge toward $200,000 if the Fed cuts rates, with Ethereum also poised for gains.

• Analysts warn of high volatility and potential downside risks if the Fed maintains current rates.

• Market liquidity and investor sentiment are crucial drivers for crypto performance.

• Historical trends suggest rate cuts often spur digital asset rallies, but past performance does not guarantee future results.

Also Read: Trump Family Launches WLFI Crypto Token, Stirring Market Buzz

The launch has been met with a combination of enthusiasm and caution. Within hours of debuting on major exchanges, the WLFI token’s market capitalization reportedly climbed past $5 billion, briefly placing it among the top 30 cryptocurrencies worldwide. While some investors see this as a promising new avenue to participate in the Trump family’s digital finance ambitions, experts warn that the token comes with unique risks that differentiate it from traditional equity investments and established cryptocurrencies.

Understanding WLFI: Governance Token, Not Equity

One of the most important considerations for investors is understanding what WLFI represents—and what it does not.

Despite the token’s association with a high-profile political figure, WLFI does not confer ownership in World Liberty Financial. Unlike buying stock in a corporation, purchasing WLFI tokens does not entitle holders to dividends or decision-making power over the company’s operations.

“These are governance tokens,” said Sarah Linden, a cryptocurrency analyst at Capital Insights. “Holders may be able to vote on blockchain-related proposals or changes to the token ecosystem, but they don’t gain any equity stake. It’s important for investors to understand that distinction before putting money in.”

WLFI’s governance features do give token holders a say in the network’s future blockchain developments. But corporate control—such as strategic decisions, revenue allocation, or executive hires—remains outside the purview of WLFI holders.

For investors seeking actual equity, analysts point to other Trump-affiliated ventures. American Bitcoin Corp. (NASDAQ: ABTC) offers ownership in a Bitcoin mining company, while Trump Media & Technology Group (NASDAQ: DJT) is publicly traded and exploring Bitcoin treasury operations.

Initial Trading Shows High Volatility for WLFI

WLFI’s launch price hovered around $0.45, but within days, the token lost nearly 60% of its value, trading near $0.20 as of last week. The rapid swings reflect a broader pattern common among low-priced cryptocurrencies, particularly those launched with high-profile backing.

“Tokens under $1 are extremely volatile,” said Linden. “Initial hype can drive rapid gains, but there’s also a risk of a sudden correction. Investors must be prepared for both outcomes.”

WLFI’s price trajectory closely mirrors that of the Trump meme coin, which launched earlier this year to fanfare and speculation but collapsed shortly after, leaving many late investors with losses.

WLFI’s Oversupply Limits Price Growth Potential

WLFI has a staggering 100 billion tokens in circulation, an unusually high figure even by crypto standards. In comparison, Bitcoin is capped at 21 million coins.

Circulating supply has a direct impact on a cryptocurrency’s potential price growth. Market capitalization is calculated as price × supply, which means that tokens with massive supply can appear valuable on paper while individual token prices remain low.

“WLFI’s massive supply gives the illusion of a high market cap,” explained Jonathan Meyers, a blockchain researcher at CryptoQuant. “But large supply can suppress individual token value unless there is significant market demand.”

To address this, World Liberty Financial has initiated a token burn program, permanently removing some coins from circulation. While burns can theoretically increase scarcity and support prices, experts caution that burns alone cannot counteract volatility or guarantee growth.

WLFI Token Faces Ownership, Volatility, and Supply Challenges

Given the unique characteristics of WLFI, analysts highlight three key warnings:

• No Equity Ownership – WLFI tokens do not make holders shareholders of World Liberty Financial. Profits from company operations do not flow to token holders.

• High Volatility – Low-priced tokens, particularly those associated with high-profile names, can experience rapid price swings driven by speculation.

• Oversupply – The enormous circulating supply limits the token’s price appreciation, even as market capitalization appears substantial.

Governance Under Question

The WLFI launch attracted attention from global investors, including Justin Sun, founder of TRON, who reportedly invested at least $75 million in WLFI tokens. Days after his purchase, Sun revealed that a portion of his holdings had been frozen, sparking concerns about centralized control within the network.

“Freezing tokens undermines confidence in the system,” Sun stated publicly. “Investors need assurances that the governance model operates fairly and transparently.”

Additionally, reports surfaced that a UAE sovereign wealth fund invested $100 million in WLFI, highlighting the project’s international appeal and raising questions about regulatory oversight and geopolitical implications.

WLFI Faces Scrutiny Over Political Ties

The involvement of a sitting president in a cryptocurrency venture naturally draws scrutiny. Critics argue that Trump’s ownership in WLFI could influence market behavior and present conflicts of interest.

White House officials have emphasized that Trump’s assets are managed through a family trust overseen by his children, designed to mitigate conflicts of interest. Still, the rapid growth of the WLFI venture, combined with high-profile investments and media attention, has led some observers to question whether the trust structure sufficiently isolates the president from financial influence.

“Any token tied to a political figure introduces layers of risk beyond market volatility,” said Linden. “Investors are navigating both financial uncertainty and the political optics of the venture.”

DeFi and Stablecoin Plans

World Liberty Financial is not stopping at governance tokens. The company has announced plans to launch a stablecoinand explore additional decentralized finance (DeFi) applications. The stablecoin, reportedly pegged to the U.S. dollar, aims to provide a more predictable digital asset within the WLFI ecosystem.

Analysts note that launching a DeFi platform is ambitious but risky. Success requires adoption, trust, and regulatory compliance—areas where WLFI may face challenges given its high-profile political backing.

“DeFi expansion could offer utility beyond speculation,” said Meyers. “But execution matters. Without adoption and liquidity, even a well-marketed token may struggle to sustain value.”

WLFI vs. Traditional Cryptocurrencies

Investors often compare WLFI to both traditional cryptocurrencies and prior Trump-themed tokens. Unlike the Trump meme coin, which had no backing beyond hype, WLFI is tied to an actual business venture.

However, the token’s massive supply and lack of equity ownership make it fundamentally different from more traditional investment options like Bitcoin (BTC) or XRP, both of which offer liquidity and established market infrastructure.

“WLFI sits in a unique space: part speculative crypto, part brand-driven asset,” said Linden. “Investors need to understand that this is not a conventional stock or a typical cryptocurrency with long-term stability.”

Early Trading Response

The launch generated heavy trading volumes in the first days. Social media buzz and mainstream media coverage drove interest, while online forums debated the token’s merits. Early traders saw both profits and losses within hours, highlighting the extreme risk-reward profile of the token.

Institutional investors have been cautious. While a few high-profile players like Sun and the UAE sovereign fund participated, major crypto funds have yet to publicly disclose significant WLFI positions. Analysts interpret this as a sign that mainstream adoption remains uncertain.

Investor Considerations

For those considering WLFI, analysts emphasize due diligence. Key steps include:

• Understanding governance versus equity.

• Preparing for high volatility and rapid swings in token value.

• Considering token supply limitations on potential upside.

• Monitoring regulatory developments, particularly in the U.S. and UAE.

“WLFI is not for the faint of heart,” said Linden. “Speculative investors may find excitement, but long-term returns are far from guaranteed.”

WLFI Token’s Market and Political Risks Remain Unclear

The launch of World Liberty Financial’s WLFI token has captured attention across cryptocurrency markets, drawing billions in investor interest due to its Trump family backing. Early trading has been marked by sharp price swings, with the token losing nearly 60% of its initial value within days, highlighting the volatility of low-priced, high-profile digital assets.

Analysts point to structural constraints as key risks. The token’s 100 billion-coin supply limits individual price appreciation, while governance tokens offer holders influence over blockchain operations—but not equity in the company. High-profile investors such as Justin Sun and a UAE sovereign wealth fund have taken positions, yet their involvement has also raised questions about centralized control and regulatory oversight.

As WLFI plans to expand into stablecoins and decentralized finance, the token’s long-term trajectory remains uncertain. Market observers note that its performance will be closely watched as a test case for politically connected crypto ventures, balancing speculative investor interest against the challenges of adoption, governance, and regulatory scrutiny.

Also Read: Trump-Backed WLFI Token Launch Faces Investor Risk Warnings

“Myriad is building the rails for prediction markets to move beyond niche use and become a core segment of DeFi,” said Loxley Fernandes, the protocol’s co-founder and CEO. He described the platform’s growth as proof that turning speculation into structured, tradeable products is a natural next step for financial markets.

Launched in March 2025 by DASTAN, parent company of Decrypt and Rug Radio, Myriad opened USDC-based markets earlier this year. In July, it expanded to the Ethereum Layer-2 Linea network, advancing its evolution into a multichain protocol designed to power new forms of prediction-driven DeFi products.

So far, Myriad users have installed the platform’s browser extension more than 60,000 times and placed over 5.4 million predictions across categories such as sports, politics, culture, and crypto. Markets have covered everything from corporate valuations like Nvidia’s market cap to unusual bets, such as bird migration counts over Texas.

Beyond consumer adoption, Myriad is also building a B2B protocol for external applications. Its roadmap includes integrations with EigenLayer and EigenCloud, as well as the launch of ERC-PRED, a new token standard for prediction-based assets.

With some analysts projecting that prediction markets could one day rival traditional equities in scale, Myriad aims to anchor them firmly within DeFi. Fernandes compared the ambition to the impact of Robinhood on stock trading: lowering entry barriers and making complex instruments accessible with just a few taps.

Also Read: U.S. Publishes GDP Data on Blockchains in First-Ever Release

The announcement coincided with Thursday’s release of second-quarter GDP, which showed the economy expanding at an annualized 3.3%, a sharp rebound from the first-quarter decline.

GDP Figures Posted Across Nine Blockchains

Instead of releasing only through government websites and press bulletins, the Commerce Department distributed cryptographic hashes of the GDP report across nine blockchains, including Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Solana.

A cryptographic hash is a unique digital fingerprint of the data. Anyone worldwide can verify that the official numbers match the hash, ensuring the figures cannot be altered or released in advance.

Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick said the system provides “instant authentication” for investors and analysts. U.S. crypto exchanges are covering the transaction fees to post the data.

White House Backs Blockchain for Official Data Releases

The rollout reflects President Donald Trump’s broader embrace of digital assets since returning to office in January. Once a critic of cryptocurrencies, Trump has reversed course, pledging to make the United States the global leader in blockchain adoption.

His administration has already launched a U.S. Bitcoin reserve, supported pro-crypto legislation, and appointed industry-friendly regulators who have settled long-running disputes with major exchanges. Publishing GDP on blockchains is the latest signal of how central digital assets have become to his economic agenda.

“This is not just about statistics — it’s about showing the world that America leads in innovation,” a senior White House official told reporters.

Economists Question Reliability of Blockchain Data

On Wall Street, traders were focused on the stronger-than-expected GDP growth but acknowledged the blockchain release could change how markets respond to data in the future.

“Speed and trust matter in trading,” said a hedge fund analyst in New York. “If blockchain releases give investors quicker confirmation, it could influence strategies around big economic announcements.”

Economists, however, cautioned that while blockchain makes tampering nearly impossible, it doesn’t solve deeper challenges around interpreting economic data. “Hashes prove authenticity, not accuracy,” said Susan Grant, a former Federal Reserve economist. “The hard work is still in analyzing what GDP growth means for jobs, inflation, and policy.”

Labor and Price Data Could Be Next on Blockchain

Officials hinted that GDP may be only the beginning. The Bureau of Labor Statistics and the Treasury Department are studying whether to publish inflation reports, payroll data, and even Treasury auction results using the same system.

Globally, no other major economy has distributed headline economic data this way. The European Union has piloted blockchain bond issuance, and China has tested distributed ledgers for trade statistics, but neither has attached a top-tier macroeconomic release like GDP to public blockchains.

Commerce Uses Blockchain to Verify GDP Data

The Commerce Department said anchoring GDP figures to public blockchains is designed to give investors a verifiable record that cannot be altered after release. Officials stressed the initiative is not a replacement for traditional publication but an additional layer to guard against disputes over data accuracy.

The pilot rollout covers nine major blockchains, including Bitcoin, Ethereum and Solana. A cryptographic hash of each GDP report is published simultaneously, allowing anyone to confirm that the figures released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis match the official dataset.

By making the process public, the administration aims to reduce accusations of data manipulation—particularly after recent controversy over revisions to jobs and growth figures. Analysts note this move could become a template for how other sensitive economic indicators, such as inflation or unemployment, might be secured in the future.

Also Read: U.S. Commerce Secretary Plans to Put GDP Data on Blockchain

The SEC’s complaint, filed in May, claims that Unicoin overstated the value of real estate holdings in Argentina, Antigua, Thailand, and the Bahamas, which were purportedly backing its token. Regulators also allege that CEO Alex Konanykhin and other executives misrepresented the company’s financial position while marketing “Unicoin Rights Certificates,” and that some sales involved investors who were not accredited.

Unicoin counters that all property deals were supported by binding contracts, and that the SEC misinterpreted contractual commitments as completed transactions. The company emphasizes that marketing materials included risk warnings alongside growth projections, and that it voluntarily filed disclosures, published audited financial statements, and limited participation to accredited investors.

Konanykhin criticized the SEC’s approach, claiming it was politically motivated. He referenced former SEC Chair Gary Gensler, alleging that the agency deliberately blocked Unicoin’s planned NYSE listing to undermine crypto initiatives. According to Konanykhin, the SEC issued a wave of subpoenas in May 2024 targeting investors, brokers, auditors, and vendors, disrupting the company’s operations. He also stated that prior investigations by the SEC found no violations, and described the current lawsuit as a “fabrication of charges.”

The dispute centers on several high-profile deals. In 2023, Unicoin announced a $335 million agreement to acquire a luxury resort in Thailand, with payment planned in Unicoins at 140% of the appraised property value. The SEC claims these deals were overstated, but Unicoin argues that ownership transfer was always intended to occur post-ICO, which was delayed due to regulatory actions.

Legal experts caution that Unicoin faces a challenging path. Katherine Reilly, partner at Pryor Cashman and former federal prosecutor, noted that the case aligns with traditional securities fraud allegations, including misrepresentation of asset backing and company finances. While the current U.S. administration has signaled support for crypto entrepreneurship, Reilly said, judges in the Southern District of New York may still prioritize strict enforcement of securities law.

Unicoin insists that the lawsuit has blocked investor gains and delayed corporate growth, estimating that the company could be worth $25 billion today if not for regulatory interventions. Konanykhin also claimed that the SEC’s action has inflicted financial harm on 8,000 investors, and vowed to pursue a vigorous legal defense.

The court ruling on Unicoin’s motion to dismiss will decide whether the SEC can hold crypto firms accountable for the claims they make about real-world assets backing their tokens. A loss for Unicoin would likely trigger closer scrutiny of token sales and stricter enforcement of disclosure rules, affecting other crypto companies planning asset-backed offerings. A win, however, would give firms a clearer path to raise funds and issue tokens while staying within legal boundaries. Analysts and investors are watching closely, as the decision could influence how cryptocurrency-backed securities are structured and marketed across the United States.

Also Read: Trump-Backed WLFI Token Launch Faces Investor Risk Warnings

WLFI, built on Ethereum, will enter exchanges after a year-long run as a governance-only asset. Only a portion of its 100 billion tokens will become tradable at launch. Roughly 22.5% of the supply is held by Trump’s family, according to project filings, though those tokens are locked. Even so, analysts caution that the family’s holdings will be valued at whatever market price the token commands, potentially inflating fully diluted valuations.

Compass Point compared the rollout to Trump’s earlier TRUMP memecoin, which hit a peak valuation of $44 billiondespite 80% of supply being insider-controlled. That token has since lost nearly 90% of its value, leaving retail buyers with significant losses. Analysts fear a repeat if WLFI lists on major platforms like Coinbase at an “excessive” valuation while circulating supply remains low.

Early market signals suggest volatility. On decentralized exchange Hyperliquid, WLFI synthetic contracts opened at $0.43but quickly fell to $0.25, implying a market cap near $25 billion. Access has been restricted to accredited investors, and current holders must complete a multi-step process on the project’s website before they can trade.

The July proposal that approved WLFI’s transition to tradability left the timeline for further token unlocks vague. Team, founder, and advisor allocations remain locked under longer schedules, though future releases will depend on additional votes by token holders.

WLFI’s debut will test whether a politically branded token can sustain demand beyond its insider base. The token enters the market with most of its supply still locked, a structure that previously fueled sharp price swings in Trump’s earlier memecoin. Analysts say the opening days of trading will reveal whether WLFI stabilizes or repeats the boom-and-crash pattern seen in January.

Also Read: Trump Promotes New WLFI Crypto Token After Disappointing Initial Sales

The plan was outlined during a cabinet meeting with President Donald Trump, who welcomed the move as part of his broader effort to brand himself as America’s “crypto president.”

???????? JUST IN: The US Government will begin publishing economic data on the blockchain, aiming to boost transparency and trust in official numbers. #Trump #Blockchain #EconomicData #Transparency pic.twitter.com/bSs4iqJ8jV

— Roundtable Network (@RTB_io) August 26, 2025

Officials say the technical framework is still in development, but the shift is intended to create records that are secure, instantly available, and resistant to tampering.

Blockchain to Replace Delayed Economic Releases

At present, GDP numbers are distributed through timed press briefings and published PDFs. The process can take hours to reach global markets and is vulnerable to leaks or misreporting. Lutnick’s plan would move that release onto blockchain, creating a permanent record available at the moment of publication.

Economists say this could reduce disputes over accuracy and prevent manipulation. “If done right, this takes away the question of whether the numbers were altered or selectively leaked,” one market strategist said.

Still, questions remain about whether government-scale reporting can be reliably handled by blockchain infrastructure and how access will be managed for traders, analysts, and the public.

Trump Backs Blockchain Data Plan

During the cabinet discussion, President Trump welcomed Lutnick’s proposal and repeated his view that the United States should lead in digital assets. Trump has frequently referred to himself as the “crypto president” and has urged his administration to apply blockchain technology beyond private markets.

The White House previously authorized the creation of a U.S. Bitcoin reserve earlier this year, a policy Lutnick helped design. The GDP blockchain initiative extends that same approach into government reporting, making economic statistics one of the first federal functions to use the technology.

Lutnick Defended Crypto in Senate Hearings

Before joining the Commerce Department, Lutnick built a reputation as one of Wall Street’s most vocal crypto supporters. As chief executive of Cantor Fitzgerald, he compared Bitcoin to gold and publicly dismissed concerns that stablecoins such as Tether lacked sufficient backing.

His positions were tested during Senate confirmation hearings earlier this year, where lawmakers pressed him on crypto’s role in money laundering and market risks. Lutnick argued instead that digital assets should be regulated inside existing financial frameworks, saying they “belong in the system, not outside it.”

That stance contrasted with several past Commerce officials who had treated cryptocurrencies as a regulatory threat rather than a market instrument.

Tied to U.S. Bitcoin Reserve Policy

The blockchain reporting initiative follows the administration’s decision earlier this year to create a U.S. Bitcoin reserve, a policy aimed at securing a national stockpile of digital assets. Lutnick worked with White House technology adviser David Sacks on that effort, which was presented as a way to protect U.S. financial interests in the event of global currency disruptions.

Officials familiar with the project said the same team is now involved in designing the blockchain system for economic reporting. By linking GDP publication to blockchain, the Commerce Department is applying the same framework first used for digital asset storage to the release of government data.

More Economic Reports Could Be Added

Lutnick said GDP will be the first statistic published on the blockchain, but his team is already reviewing other major reports. Among them are the monthly jobs report, consumer price inflation, and trade balance data.

People working on the project said the aim is simple: once a report is finalized, it would be released on the blockchain at the exact same moment to everyone — government agencies, investors, and the public. That would close loopholes that have allowed data leaks or split-second advantages for certain traders ahead of official releases.

If the system works, officials believe it could change how markets react to U.S. economic news, since no group would have early access to numbers that often move billions of dollars within minutes.

Also Read: Shiba Inu (SHIB): 4 Reasons It Could Make Millionaires Before 2026

Shiba Inu’s market capitalization has climbed to $7.3 billion, though it remains significantly smaller than Dogecoin’s $32.6 billion. The token has declined over 40% this year due to rising interest rates, reduced network activity, and lower whale buying. Still, analysts identify four key drivers that could support Shiba Inu’s growth and potentially create substantial gains for investors before 2026.

1. Shibarium Layer 2 Network Expansion

Shiba Inu was initially issued on Ethereum, which allows smart contracts and decentralized apps (dApps). In 2023, the Shiba Inu team launched Shibarium, a Layer 2 blockchain designed to reduce Ethereum’s transaction fees and speed up processing by bundling transactions off-chain.

Shibarium’s growth depends on developer engagement. To stimulate adoption, Shiba Inu introduced enhanced developer tools, sponsored gas fees, and updated its staking system in 2025. If these measures encourage more applications on Shibarium, the token could see higher network activity and stabilized or rising prices.

2. Shiba Inu Powers Its Own Metaverse Economy

Shiba Inu is venturing into virtual worlds with “SHIB: The Metaverse”, which includes over 100,000 plots of digital land and uses SHIB as the primary currency. While still in early development, this project could attract new developers to Shibarium, expand Shiba Inu’s ecosystem, and increase demand for the token in virtual transactions.

3. Whale Activity Could Impact Supply and Price

Shiba Inu’s total supply is 1 quadrillion tokens, with 589.5 trillion currently in circulation. Its deflationary model allows tokens to be burned, permanently removing them from circulation.

The largest holders, or whales, control a significant portion: the top 10 wallets hold about 62% of circulating SHIB, and the top 100 wallets control roughly 77%. Should these whales increase purchases or burn large amounts of tokens, it could reduce supply sharply and drive prices higher, especially if Shibarium sees increased adoption.

4. Lower Rates Could Increase SHIB Trading

Rising interest rates have recently limited investor appetite for high-risk assets such as Shiba Inu. Analysts anticipate at least one or two rate cuts in the near future. Historically, lower interest rates redirect investment toward speculative cryptocurrencies, which could lead to higher trading volumes and renewed market activity for SHIB among both retail and institutional investors.

Key Insights for Shiba Inu Investors

Shiba Inu remains a speculative cryptocurrency compared with more established digital assets like Bitcoin and Ethereum. Its price is influenced by social sentiment, network activity, and macroeconomic trends. Investors who are comfortable with market volatility may find opportunities through Shibarium’s Layer 2 network, the SHIB metaverse, changes in whale-controlled token supply, and fluctuations in interest rates. Monitoring these factors closely and timing decisions carefully could allow SHIB to deliver significant gains before 2026.

Also Read: Dogecoin or Solana: Which Crypto Could Make You a Millionaire?

Dogecoin: Strong Community, Limited Network Utility

Launched in 2013 as a lighthearted parody of the cryptocurrency boom, Dogecoin has grown into one of the most recognizable digital tokens worldwide. Its Shiba Inu mascot became a cultural icon, and endorsements from high-profile figures like Elon Musk propelled it further into mainstream awareness. At its peak, Dogecoin’s market capitalization reached tens of billions of dollars, demonstrating how community-driven hype can translate into real market value.

However, the coin faces structural challenges:

• Inflationary supply: Unlike Bitcoin, Dogecoin has no maximum supply. New coins are continuously minted, which limits scarcity-driven price growth.

• Technical constraints: The network still relies on energy-intensive proof-of-work mining and processes a relatively low number of transactions per second.

• Speculative reliance: Much of Dogecoin’s value stems from community sentiment rather than tangible utility on its blockchain.

Despite these hurdles, Dogecoin’s future is not fixed. Developers have discussed potential upgrades, including a shift to proof-of-stake and layer-2 solutions that could increase transaction speed and enable smart contracts. Should these plans come to fruition, Dogecoin could move beyond its meme origins into a functional digital asset. For now, its core strength remains its brand recognition and dedicated community of supporters.

Solana: High-Speed Blockchain with Developer Appeal

Launched in 2020, Solana has gained recognition for its technical innovations and scalability. By combining a proof-of-stake consensus with a unique proof-of-history system, Solana can timestamp and process transactions far faster than many competing blockchains, positioning itself as a platform for high-performance decentralized applications.

Key strengths include:

• Transaction throughput: Solana routinely processes thousands of transactions per second and has reached over 100,000 TPS in stress tests.

• Low transaction costs: Fees are fractions of a cent, making the network attractive for both developers and users.

• Developer ecosystem: Solana is hosting a growing range of decentralized applications, from DeFi protocols and NFT marketplaces to blockchain-based games.

Challenges remain. Solana has experienced network outages in the past, and its initial token supply was substantial. Nevertheless, improvements in network stability and a token burn mechanism that gradually reduces circulating supply strengthen its long-term outlook. By focusing on infrastructure, Solana aims to serve as a foundation for new blockchain applications and emerging industries.

Which Crypto Could Make Investors Millionaires?

Dogecoin and Solana follow very different investment paths, reflecting the broader spectrum of cryptocurrency strategies.

Dogecoin’s value is driven largely by its community and cultural presence. Its popularity can surge with social media trends, celebrity endorsements, or adoption by mainstream brands for payments. While these factors can trigger rapid price spikes, the gains are often unpredictable and heavily sentiment-driven.

Solana, on the other hand, offers measurable network utility. Its high-speed blockchain, low transaction costs, and growing ecosystem of decentralized applications position it as a platform with sustainable long-term growth. For investors focused on practical adoption and network performance, Solana presents a more grounded opportunity to build wealth over time.

Also Read: Dogecoin vs. Cardano: Which Crypto Could Still Make You Rich in 2025?

MicroStrategy Leads Bitcoin Treasuries

In August 2020, MicroStrategy (NASDAQ: MSTR) made history by allocating $250 million of its balance sheet to Bitcoin. The company later expanded its holdings to over $5 billion through a combination of convertible debt and equity sales. The move paid off: MicroStrategy’s stock jumped 173% over 12 months, surpassing Bitcoin’s own gains and inspiring other firms to explore cryptocurrency reserves.

Following this lead, Semler Scientific launched its Bitcoin treasury program in 2024, acquiring millions in BTC via open-market purchases. Meanwhile, companies exploring Ethereum targeted its utility in decentralized finance rather than scarcity as the primary driver. These precedents have laid the groundwork for corporate interest in XRP.

Early XRP Treasury Programs

Several firms are now testing XRP as a corporate treasury asset.

• VivoPower, a London-based energy company, announced in May 2025 a $121 million XRP allocation alongside plans to develop internal DeFi projects leveraging the token.

• Nature’s Miracle Holding launched a $20 million XRP treasury program in July 2025, funded through a registered equity facility.

• Industry filings suggest at least ten additional firms are preparing XRP treasury initiatives, with allocations reportedly up to $500 million.

These early moves signal that corporate treasuries are increasingly willing to diversify beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum, exploring digital assets with practical utility for payments and liquidity management.

XRP’s Strategic Role

Unlike Bitcoin’s scarcity-driven value or Ethereum’s DeFi functionality, XRP is designed for fast, low-cost cross-border transactions. Ripple Labs has partnered with more than 50 banks and payment providers worldwide, allowing international settlements in seconds instead of days.

Corporate treasury managers are attracted to this operational functionality. XRP can serve both as a store of value and as a tool for liquidity management, including internal settlements and cross-border payments. Analysts note that this dual-use case positions XRP uniquely among major cryptocurrencies.

Regulatory uncertainty, particularly the ongoing SEC litigation against Ripple, remains a key consideration. Companies are adopting cautiously, but early movers could gain strategic advantages if corporate demand coincides with broader institutional adoption.

Funding Corporate Crypto Purchases

Corporations typically acquire cryptocurrencies through debt issuance, equity raises, or convertible bonds. This leverage allows firms to control significant holdings with limited initial capital, but it introduces risks:

• Debt and equity dilution can impact shareholders if market movements turn unfavorable.

• Operational and governance risks arise from treasury decisions, including timing and liquidity management.

• Volatility amplification compared to direct ownership of the underlying cryptocurrency.

Investing in crypto treasury stocks is essentially a leveraged bet on the underlying token, layered with corporate risk.

Weighing XRP Investments

Corporate treasuries offer potential for outsized returns, particularly in bullish markets. Firms using convertible bonds or equity financing can see stock performance outpace the token itself during price surges.

However, missteps—such as poorly timed purchases, over-leveraging, or operational errors—can magnify losses. Direct investment in XRP removes these layers of corporate risk while allowing investors to benefit from price appreciation and institutional accumulation trends. Analysts suggest that long-term holders may be better served acquiring XRP directly rather than relying on small corporate treasury execution.

Corporate XRP Holdings

Early corporate allocations are beginning to influence XRP’s market dynamics. Concentrated holdings by VivoPower, Nature’s Miracle, and others could tighten available supply and create upward price pressure, mirroring MicroStrategy’s effect on Bitcoin in 2020–2022.

Operational adoption may expand in parallel. As companies integrate XRP into treasury functions, banks and payment providers could accelerate testing for cross-border settlements, increasing transactional demand. Regulatory clarity will remain a key factor, with ongoing SEC litigation tempering larger allocations in the U.S.

Market observers highlight that XRP’s long-term growth depends on both adoption in real-world transactions and successful navigation of regulatory and operational hurdles. Firms entering early may position XRP as a mainstream corporate reserve alongside Bitcoin and Ethereum.

XRP’s Corporate Potential

The corporate treasury model that reshaped Bitcoin and Ethereum is now extending to XRP. Early adopters are exploring the token for both investment and operational purposes, signaling a new phase of institutional experimentation in crypto.

Direct ownership remains the clearest route for investors to capture potential upside while avoiding corporate leverage and management risks. As more firms roll out XRP treasury programs, the market will gain insight into how the token performs under sustained institutional demand, determining whether XRP can solidify its place on corporate balance sheets.

Also Read: Ethereum vs XRP: Best Cryptocurrency for Long-Term Growth and Investment

The iShares Bitcoin Trust ETF (NASDAQ: IBIT) offers a solution by combining Bitcoin exposure with the regulatory structure, liquidity, and accessibility of a traditional exchange-traded fund (ETF). This analysis explores IBIT’s structure, risks, potential performance, and strategies for investors considering a five-year horizon.

How the iShares Bitcoin Trust ETF Works

IBIT is designed to mirror Bitcoin’s price movements, allowing investors to participate in its growth without managing digital wallets or private keys. BlackRock manages the ETF, while custodial services are provided by Coinbase, ensuring regulated oversight and operational security.

Key Features:

• Price Tracking: The ETF closely tracks Bitcoin’s market price. Minor discrepancies may occur due to operational factors and management fees.

• Management Fee: A 0.25% annual fee compensates BlackRock for administration, slightly reducing net returns over time.

• Fractional Ownership: Shares are available at around $64 each, making Bitcoin exposure accessible without purchasing a full coin.

• Liquidity and Trading Ease: IBIT trades like a stock on Nasdaq, enabling standard brokerage access without specialized crypto platforms.

Purpose of IBIT:

The ETF bridges the unregulated, complex crypto market and traditional investing, providing regulatory oversight, simplified custody, and accessibility for retail and institutional investors seeking Bitcoin exposure.

Comparing IBIT ETF with Direct Bitcoin Ownership

Investors often weigh the benefits of purchasing Bitcoin directly versus investing via IBIT. The comparison highlights trade-offs:

Insight: IBIT prioritizes simplicity, regulatory oversight, and accessibility while foregoing direct blockchain participation.

Bitcoin: Five-Year Growth and Risk Analysis

Forecasting IBIT’s trajectory requires understanding Bitcoin’s fundamental drivers and risks:

1. Scarcity and Inflation Hedge
Bitcoin is capped at 21 million coins, providing scarcity similar to digital gold and potential protection against fiat inflation.

2. Institutional Adoption
Corporations, hedge funds, and other large-scale investors are integrating Bitcoin into portfolios. ETFs like IBIT streamline this exposure without requiring direct custody.

3. Integration into DeFi and Web3
Bitcoin is increasingly used in decentralized finance platforms, NFT marketplaces, and blockchain ecosystems, which could expand utility and support long-term valuation.

4. Technological and Regulatory Risks
Bitcoin faces potential threats from quantum computing, competing cryptocurrencies, and regulatory scrutiny. Its first-mover advantage and broad adoption offer resilience, but investors must remain aware of risks.

5. Volatility
Price swings of 20–50% are common in the short term, meaning IBIT investors should anticipate fluctuations.

IBIT ETF: Five-Year Performance Scenarios

Bullish Scenario

• Institutional adoption accelerates, driving demand for Bitcoin.

• ETF inflows increase, boosting IBIT liquidity and market recognition.

• Bitcoin’s integration into DeFi and Web3 ecosystems strengthens valuation.

• Result: IBIT closely tracks Bitcoin’s upside, delivering substantial gains.

Bearish Scenario

• Regulatory clampdowns or security incidents reduce confidence.

• New cryptocurrencies erode Bitcoin’s market dominance.

• Management costs and operational risks slightly hinder ETF performance.

• Result: IBIT underperforms direct Bitcoin investment.

Moderate Scenario

• Bitcoin experiences steady growth with cyclical volatility.

• IBIT mirrors these movements with minor deviations.

• Result: Investors see moderate, consistent returns over five years.

Investment Strategies for IBIT ETF

Portfolio Allocation

• Limit IBIT exposure to around 2% of total portfolio value to balance risk and opportunity.

Dollar-Cost Averaging

• Gradual, consistent purchases mitigate risk from market peaks and short-term volatility.

Diversification

• Combine IBIT with other crypto assets, equities, and bonds to optimize risk-adjusted returns.

Long-Term Perspective

• Treat IBIT as digital gold; accept short-term swings while focusing on potential five-year growth.

Expert Opinions and Market Sentiment

• Optimists: Michael Saylor and Cathie Wood anticipate massive long-term price appreciation.

• Skeptics: Warren Buffett warns against speculative investments lacking intrinsic value.

• Institutional View: ETFs like IBIT are increasingly attractive for regulated exposure to Bitcoin, bridging crypto and traditional finance.

Benefits of Investing via IBIT ETF

• Regulated Environment: SEC oversight ensures transparency and investor protection.

• Technical Convenience: No need to manage wallets, private keys, or security protocols.

• Fractional Investment: Access Bitcoin exposure at $64 per share.

• Tax Advantages: ETF structures simplify reporting compared to manual cryptocurrency tracking.

• Market Access: Allows participation via standard brokerage accounts without crypto exchanges.

Risks Investors Must Consider

• Management Fees: 0.25% annually reduces net returns over time.

• Counterparty Risk: Dependence on BlackRock and Coinbase introduces operational risk.

• Market Volatility: IBIT remains exposed to Bitcoin’s wild price fluctuations.

• Blockchain Limitations: ETF ownership does not confer participation in staking, forks, or other on-chain events.

• Regulatory Changes: Global policy shifts could impact both Bitcoin and IBIT performance.

IBIT ETF: Strategic Takeaways for the Next Five Years

Over the next five years, IBIT is expected to mirror Bitcoin’s price movements, providing regulated, liquid, and convenient exposure without the operational burdens of direct ownership.

Key Insights:

• Offers regulated Bitcoin exposure with operational simplicity.

• Mirrors Bitcoin’s performance while accounting for fees and volatility.

• Recommended portfolio allocation is no more than 2% to manage risk.

• Long-term, diversified strategies are essential for capitalizing on potential growth.

IBIT represents a strategic bridge between traditional portfolios and the expanding digital asset market. While it does not eliminate risk, it allows investors to engage with Bitcoin’s evolution efficiently and professionally over the next five years.

IBIT ETF: Five-Year Performance Risks and Opportunities

Over the next five years, the iShares Bitcoin Trust ETF (IBIT) is projected to closely follow Bitcoin’s price, reflecting both growth potential and significant volatility. For investors, success depends on understanding the ETF’s structural features, market drivers, and inherent risks.

Opportunities:

• Institutional Demand: Continued corporate and hedge fund adoption can drive ETF inflows, enhancing liquidity and tracking efficiency.

• Integration with DeFi and Web3: Bitcoin’s expanding role in decentralized finance and blockchain platforms could support long-term valuation growth.

• Accessible Exposure: Fractional shares at approximately $64 allow participation without purchasing a full Bitcoin, opening the ETF to a broader investor base.

• Regulatory Oversight: BlackRock management and Coinbase custody provide SEC-regulated exposure, reducing operational and security risks.

Risks:

• Price Volatility: IBIT mirrors Bitcoin’s swings, which can reach 20–50% over short periods, creating potential drawdowns for unprepared investors.

• Counterparty and Operational Risk: Dependence on BlackRock and Coinbase introduces operational dependencies, even though both are highly reputable.

• Management Fees: The 0.25% annual fee, though modest, can meaningfully affect compounded returns over multiple years.

• Limited Blockchain Participation: IBIT holders cannot engage in staking, hard forks, or other on-chain activities, restricting certain strategic options.

• Regulatory Uncertainty: Policy changes at the federal or international level could impact Bitcoin or the ETF structure, potentially affecting liquidity and performance.

Strategic Takeaways:

• Maintain a measured allocation, ideally around 2% of total portfolio value.

• Apply dollar-cost averaging to reduce the risk of timing the market poorly.

• Treat IBIT as a long-term strategic exposure rather than a speculative investment.

• Use IBIT to bridge traditional portfolios with digital assets, capturing Bitcoin’s growth while avoiding technical and security burdens.

IBIT is a structured, regulated, and technically simplified vehicle for accessing Bitcoin. While it is not risk-free, investors who carefully manage allocation, understand volatility, and account for fees can leverage IBIT as a strategic complement to diversified portfolios, gaining controlled exposure to Bitcoin’s evolving market over the next five years.

Also Read: Top 3 Spot Bitcoin ETFs to Buy With $100 and Hold Long-Term

The new token, expected to debut later this year, will be issued by Bridge, a Stripe-owned entity, and fully backed by dollar-equivalent reserves in accordance with the GENIUS Act, a federal law signed last month that sets new compliance standards for stablecoin issuers.

At launch, mUSD will be available within the MetaMask wallet on both Ethereum and Linea, Consensys’ layer-2 blockchain. By the end of the year, MetaMask plans to extend its use to the company’s Mastercard-powered debit card, enabling customers to spend crypto-linked funds directly in retail transactions.

Key launch details:

• mUSD will be issued by Bridge (a Stripe subsidiary), not by MetaMask directly.

• The stablecoin will be available on Ethereum and Linea from the outset.

• Debit card integration is scheduled before the end of 2025.

• Reserves will be held in dollar-equivalent assets under GENIUS Act compliance.

Ajay Mittal, Vice President of Product Strategy at MetaMask, said the stablecoin is designed to act as a “liquidity layer” across both MetaMask’s ecosystem and the broader decentralized finance (DeFi) sector. He noted that tighter integration within the wallet gives mUSD an advantage over competing stablecoins that often require external services or fragmented platforms.

Unlike rival issuers such as PayPal and Coinbase, MetaMask confirmed that mUSD will not initially offer users direct yields on deposits, as prohibited under the new law. However, Mittal suggested the token could feature in incentive programs or partnerships in the future.

Stablecoins have become a cornerstone of the cryptocurrency economy, facilitating payments, trading, and on-chain settlements. The U.S. market has seen rapid regulatory and commercial developments in recent months. PayPal, Coinbase, and Circle have all pushed aggressively into the sector, while banks and payment processors remain cautious amid lobbying battles in Washington.

MetaMask said mUSD will be embedded directly within its wallet, enabling users to convert cryptocurrencies into a dollar-pegged token and use it across Ethereum, Linea, and the forthcoming MetaMask debit card. According to the company, the integration is intended to cut conversion fees and simplify crypto-to-fiat transactions inside the platform.

Also Read: Tether Appoints Former White House Crypto Adviser Bo Hines for U.S. Market Expansion

In his new role, Hines will advise Tether on U.S. market strategy and digital asset initiatives, working closely with regulators, policymakers, and industry groups. His responsibilities will include providing insights into legislative developments, shaping Tether’s compliance and engagement strategies, and advising on stablecoin initiatives. “Bo’s understanding of the legislative process, coupled with his practical approach to blockchain adoption, makes him an invaluable partner as Tether scales its U.S. operations,” said Tether CEO Paolo Ardoino.

Hines brings extensive experience from his tenure as executive director of the Presidential Council of Advisers for Digital Assets, where he contributed to the development of the GENIUS Act—a regulatory framework designed specifically for stablecoins. He also helped shape broader cryptocurrency policies aimed at fostering innovation while ensuring consumer protection and financial stability. After stepping down from his White House role in August, Hines decided to re-enter the private sector to continue influencing the industry from a commercial perspective.

“Serving in public office offered me a front-row view of the transformative potential of stablecoins,” Hines said. “These digital assets have the ability to modernize payment systems, reduce transaction costs, and expand financial access for communities that have traditionally been underserved by conventional banking.”

Stablecoins, digital tokens pegged to assets such as the U.S. dollar, have emerged as one of the most widely used categories of cryptocurrency. They are prized for their stability compared with more volatile cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin or Ethereum, making them a preferred medium for payments, remittances, and decentralized finance (DeFi) applications. As regulatory guidance becomes clearer, investor confidence in stablecoins is growing, encouraging firms like Tether to expand their U.S. operations.

Tether is already one of the largest stablecoin issuers globally, with its USDT token widely used across exchanges, trading platforms, and payment networks. By appointing Hines, Tether gains a strategic advantage in navigating complex U.S. regulatory landscapes, engaging with lawmakers, and anticipating future policy changes. His experience is expected to help the firm implement best practices in compliance while advocating for policies that support the growth of the digital asset ecosystem.

Tether’s decision to bring Hines on board comes as U.S. regulators increasingly scrutinize stablecoins and other digital assets. Industry insiders say having advisers who have navigated government policy firsthand can be crucial for firms aiming to operate smoothly while staying compliant. Hines’ direct experience with the GENIUS Act and broader crypto policy gives Tether a rare advantage: someone who understands not only the letter of proposed rules but also how regulators interpret them in practice.

Beyond regulatory guidance, Hines is expected to help Tether identify concrete business opportunities in the U.S. market. This includes advising on partnerships with banks and payment processors, exploring avenues for institutional adoption, and guiding technical teams on compliance-ready infrastructure. People familiar with the matter say that such hands-on insights are in high demand, as stablecoins increasingly move from niche trading tools to components of mainstream financial transactions.

Tether’s USDT has already become one of the most widely used stablecoins globally, and the U.S. remains a key growth market. With Hines’ guidance, Tether is looking to expand its reach in payment systems, merchant services, and cross-border settlements, while navigating a regulatory landscape that continues to evolve rapidly. Analysts note that these efforts could also influence broader discussions on how digital assets are integrated into traditional finance, potentially setting standards for other stablecoin issuers in the U.S.

Also Read: Tether Is the Biggest Stablecoin—But Should You Use It or Avoid It?

Unlike earlier rallies driven largely by retail trading, this year’s advance has been fueled by policy changes in Washington, growing allocations from institutional investors, and expectations of lower interest rates. Those same factors will determine whether the latest record proves durable or gives way to another correction.

The Policy and Market Changes Behind $124,000

Earlier Bitcoin booms were dominated by small investors chasing rapid gains. In 2017, retail enthusiasm and a flood of initial coin offerings drove the price to $20,000 before it collapsed. In 2021, the run to $69,000 was fueled by pandemic-era liquidity, online trading platforms, and the explosive growth of NFTs.

This time is different. The latest surge has been built on institutional demand. Spot Bitcoin exchange-traded funds, approved in the U.S. earlier this year, are drawing steady inflows from pension funds, family offices, and investment managers. The numbers are clear: billions of dollars have been added to these funds in just a few months, showing that Bitcoin is no longer seen only as a speculative gamble but as a legitimate portfolio asset.

Another shift came with the decision to allow cryptocurrency exposure in 401(k) retirement accounts. Even if adoption is slow, the move opens a potential channel for trillions of dollars in long-term savings. Unlike day traders who can move in and out quickly, retirement plans create consistent, sticky demand that may help support prices over time.

Retail traders are still present, of course, but their role is secondary. Instead of leading the market higher, they are joining a rally already pushed forward by larger institutions. This creates a very different market structure — one that is less dependent on hype but also more sensitive to broader economic forces.

Money, Rates, and Inflation

Bitcoin’s rise this year has not happened in isolation. It has moved closely with expectations about the U.S. economy and Federal Reserve policy.

Through the first half of 2025, inflation numbers cooled, raising hopes that the Fed could cut interest rates by September. Lower rates usually make investors more willing to buy risky assets, and Bitcoin has benefited from that optimism.

But the relationship also makes Bitcoin more vulnerable. When inflation data in mid-August suggested rising price pressures, markets quickly reconsidered how aggressive the Fed could be. Bitcoin, which had just touched $124,000, slipped back toward $120,000 almost immediately. The move underscored how tightly linked it has become to the same indicators that drive stocks and bonds.

This is a striking change. For years, Bitcoin’s supporters argued that it moved independently of traditional assets and could act as a hedge against financial instability. That argument looks weaker today. With large funds now holding Bitcoin, it often trades more like a high-risk tech stock than an uncorrelated asset. In good times, this brings upside; in periods of stress, it can mean sharp drops.

Where Traders See Bitcoin Going

Prediction markets give a snapshot of how participants are pricing Bitcoin’s next moves. On Kalshi, the platform that lets users wager on economic and financial outcomes, the odds currently stand at:

• 75% chance Bitcoin touches $130,000 before the end of the year.

• 53% chance it crosses $140,000.

• 37% chance of hitting $150,000.

• Just 10% chance of $200,000 in 2025.

The breakdown shows confidence in near-term gains but a sharp drop-off as the numbers climb. In other words, traders see $130K or $140K as plausible targets, but $150K is far less certain and $200K has faded from serious discussion.

Rather than the headline-grabbing forecasts of past cycles, the current mood is more measured. Market participants are weighing probabilities in light of regulation, liquidity, and institutional demand — a sign that Bitcoin trading is being treated less like a lottery ticket and more like a maturing financial market.

Bitcoin’s Rally in Context

Past surges offer a warning. In 2017, Bitcoin peaked and then fell more than 80 percent. In 2021, the drop was smaller but still cut prices in half. Each cycle punished late buyers and confirmed that Bitcoin’s sharp swings never disappeared.

The difference in 2025 is the presence of large, long-term holders. Pension funds, ETFs, and retirement accounts now own a meaningful share of the market. That may slow the speed of selloffs, but it does not remove the risk. Even in strong rallies, Bitcoin has a history of sudden 20–30 percent declines within weeks.

Comparing these cycles also shows how Bitcoin’s role has shifted. In 2017, it was a speculative curiosity. By 2021, it symbolized the excess of pandemic-era trading. Now, its path is shaped by decisions at the Federal Reserve, shifts in global capital, and retirement savings rules. This deeper integration could make Bitcoin less prone to collapse, but it also exposes it to the same pressures that weigh on traditional assets.

Risks to the Rally

The biggest near-term risk is inflation. If price growth stays firm, the Federal Reserve could hold off on expected rate cuts. That would keep borrowing costs high, strengthen the dollar, and reduce demand for speculative assets such as Bitcoin.

Policy is another pressure point. ETF approval has expanded access, but rules on exchanges and custody are still unsettled. A sudden move by U.S. regulators—or a crackdown in a major market abroad—could curb liquidity overnight.

Bitcoin’s link to equities has also grown. Sharp declines in tech stocks now tend to spill over into digital assets. Rather than acting as “digital gold,” Bitcoin often moves as a high-beta play on risk sentiment. That correlation brings upside in bullish markets but exposes holders when stocks turn lower.

Global Angle

Bitcoin’s rally is not only an American story.

In Asia, regulators in Hong Kong and Singapore are moving fast to establish themselves as digital-asset hubs, hoping to capture capital that once went to loosely regulated offshore markets. Their approach contrasts with China’s continuing ban, creating a split market across the region.

Europe is moving toward integration. The EU’s Markets in Crypto-Assets law, now being phased in, gives banks and funds a rulebook they have been waiting for. If it works as intended, it could pull institutional money off the sidelines.

Elsewhere, adoption is often less about investment strategy and more about necessity. In Argentina, Nigeria, and Turkey, where inflation is high and local currencies weak, Bitcoin is being used for remittances and savings. These flows are modest compared to Wall Street volumes but show how economic stress can drive practical demand.

Pressure Points for the Next Move

Whether Bitcoin can climb from $124,000 toward $150,000 will come down to three forces that traders watch daily: Federal Reserve policy, ETF inflows, and equity market sentiment. Rate cuts from the Fed would ease funding costs and support risk-taking, while any hesitation could sap momentum. ETF demand has been steady so far, but volumes will need to stay strong to justify another leg higher. And because Bitcoin now trades in lockstep with tech stocks, a sharp equity selloff would almost certainly spill over.

Short-term pullbacks are likely, but the difference in 2025 is the market base beneath them. Retirement funds, asset managers, and corporate treasuries are now part of the holder mix. That deeper pool doesn’t erase volatility but makes the market harder to unwind. Instead of vanishing after each crash, Bitcoin is starting to look like an asset that survives its own cycles.

Bitcoin at $124,000 Marks a Turning Point

Bitcoin’s rise to $124,000 has pushed it further into the financial mainstream. Its price is now shaped as much by Federal Reserve policy, ETF flows, and regulatory changes as by speculation from traders.

Whether the rally extends to $150,000 will depend on how those factors play out through the rest of 2025. For now, Bitcoin’s movements have become a gauge of broader market sentiment — a shift that signals how deeply the asset has become tied to global finance.

Also Read: Crypto and Private Equity Now Eligible for 401(k) Investments

Investors face a critical question: Should they choose XRP, a token focused on banking efficiency, or Ethereum, the backbone of decentralized finance and smart contracts?

XRP: Banking Innovation with Limited Token Demand

XRP was created by Ripple to solve inefficiencies in cross-border payments. Traditional banking systems are slow, costly, and rely on multiple intermediaries. Transactions can take days, and fees add up quickly, particularly for international transfers. Ripple’s blockchain, powered by XRP, promises faster settlements and lower transaction costs.

On-Demand Liquidity (ODL) and Bank Adoption

Ripple’s flagship solution, On-Demand Liquidity, allows financial institutions to transfer funds globally without pre-funding accounts. XRP serves as a bridge asset, improving liquidity. In theory, widespread ODL adoption could increase XRP demand and price.

Challenges:

• Most large banks do not face liquidity constraints that require holding XRP.

• Banks can use Ripple’s technology without ever holding the token, capturing efficiency benefits while avoiding exposure to a volatile asset.

• Ripple’s move into stablecoin payments via the Rail acquisition could reduce reliance on XRP, as stablecoins may replace XRP for bridging payments.

Market Fact: Despite Ripple partnerships with over 300 institutions, XRP’s direct usage as a bridge asset remains limited, highlighting the gap between blockchain adoption and token demand.

Ethereum: Driving the Stablecoin and DeFi Economy

Ethereum is fundamentally different from XRP. Its blockchain underpins the majority of stablecoin transactions, including USDC and DAI, which are increasingly used in payments, lending, and decentralized finance (DeFi). Every transaction on Ethereum requires Ether (ETH) to pay gas fees, part of which is burned—permanently reducing the total supply of ETH.

Key Benefits of Ethereum:

1. Stablecoin Integration: Growth in stablecoin usage directly increases ETH network activity, driving demand.

2. Deflationary Mechanics: Ethereum’s EIP-1559 mechanism burns a portion of gas fees, making ETH scarcer as network usage rises.

3. Smart Contract Versatility: Ethereum supports DeFi protocols, NFTs, tokenized assets, and decentralized apps, offering multiple avenues for adoption.

4. Institutional Interest: Major corporations and financial institutions are exploring Ethereum for digital bonds, payment settlements, and supply chain tracking.

Market Fact: As of mid-2025, Ethereum hosts over 200,000 active smart contracts and accounts for nearly 80% of stablecoin transaction volume, demonstrating its dominance in blockchain-based finance.

Comparing XRP and Ethereum for Long-Term Growth

Stablecoins and DeFi Give Ethereum a Clear Advantage

Stablecoins are increasingly shaping the crypto economy. As of mid-2025, Ethereum hosts over 80% of USDC transactions, totaling more than $1 trillion in volume annually. Each transaction requires ETH to pay gas fees, a portion of which is burned under Ethereum’s EIP-1559 protocol, reducing circulating supply and creating upward price pressure. XRP lacks a comparable mechanism; transaction burns on its network have minimal effect on the token’s value.

Ethereum’s smart contract ecosystem supports more than 200,000 active contracts, powering decentralized lending platforms like Aave and Compound, NFT marketplaces such as OpenSea, and tokenized financial products. This widespread usage attracts both retail investors and institutional players exploring blockchain-based solutions for asset management, payments, and tokenized securities.

By contrast, XRP’s adoption is largely limited to cross-border payment corridors. While Ripple’s On-Demand Liquidity helps banks settle payments more efficiently, most financial institutions can access the technology without holding XRP, and the rise of stablecoins further reduces the need for XRP in global transactions.

In short, Ethereum benefits directly from the growth of stablecoins and DeFi activity, with network usage fueling both scarcity and demand for ETH. XRP’s role, while technologically useful, does not provide the same token-driven growth potential.

Ethereum Positioned for Long-Term Growth Over XRP

XRP is primarily designed to streamline cross-border payments, but adoption of its token remains limited. Major banks such as Santander and Standard Chartered use Ripple’s settlement technology without actually holding XRP, which reduces the token’s direct demand. Ripple’s push into stablecoin payments via Rail further lowers XRP’s necessity, as institutions can now execute global transactions without touching XRP.

Ethereum, on the other hand, is deeply integrated into multiple high-growth areas of crypto. Over 70% of USDC stablecoin transactions run on the Ethereum blockchain, creating consistent demand for ETH to pay gas fees. The EIP-1559 upgrade burns a portion of these fees, reducing circulating supply and giving ETH a built-in deflationary mechanism that XRP lacks. Beyond stablecoins, Ethereum supports over 200,000 active smart contracts, including decentralized lending platforms, tokenized stocks, and NFT marketplaces. This broad ecosystem attracts both retail users and institutional participants, from crypto hedge funds to companies exploring blockchain-based financial products.

Given these factors, Ethereum offers investors measurable advantages: sustained transaction-driven demand, deflationary tokenomics, and a diverse ecosystem that positions it at the center of crypto’s next wave of innovation. XRP may remain useful for specific banking applications, but Ethereum’s combination of adoption, utility, and token economics makes it the more compelling choice for investors seeking tangible long-term returns.

Also Read: Shiba Inu Drops 6.9% After U.S. Treasury Bitcoin Update

The pullback comes after statements from U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, which tempered expectations that the federal government would actively purchase Bitcoin to expand its strategic reserve.

Treasury Will Not Buy Additional Bitcoin

On Fox Business, Secretary Bessent clarified that the U.S. government will not be acquiring new Bitcoin. Instead, the federal reserve of Bitcoin will be constructed from coins already seized in legal actions, and the government intends to halt sales of these holdings. 

Bessent said:

We've also started to get into the 21st century, a Bitcoin strategic reserve. We're not going to be buying that, but we're going to use confiscated assets and continue to build that up. We're going to stop selling that.

While the policy ensures that confiscated Bitcoin remains off the market, traders who anticipated fresh purchases expected a short-term boost in demand, which did not materialize. This led to selling pressure on Bitcoin and, by extension, on altcoins like Shiba Inu.

Altcoins, Including Shiba Inu, Drop After Bitcoin Falls

Shiba Inu, a meme-inspired cryptocurrency, is particularly sensitive to Bitcoin’s price movements. As the largest cryptocurrency by market capitalization, Bitcoin often sets the tone for the broader market.

When Bitcoin declined in response to Treasury news, traders sold high-risk altcoins, including SHIB, to reduce exposure. This reaction demonstrates the interconnectedness of crypto assets and the strong influence of market expectations on speculative coins.

Shiba Inu’s Value Lacks Real-World Utility

Unlike Bitcoin or Ethereum, Shiba Inu lacks a significant underlying utility. Its value is primarily driven by community hype, social media trends, and speculative trading.

Experts caution that investing in SHIB carries higher risk, and its price can fluctuate sharply without clear market fundamentals. For investors seeking more stability, established cryptocurrencies or projects with real-world applicationsmay be more suitable.

How Treasury Policy and Bitcoin Prices Affect Shiba Inu

• Policy impact: U.S. Treasury announcements can directly affect investor sentiment and altcoin prices.

• Volatility: Meme coins like SHIB are extremely volatile, making timing and risk management crucial.

• Diversification: Focusing on coins with proven use cases or established networks can help mitigate risk.

• Market psychology: Crypto markets often react to news and expectations, sometimes independently of broader economic trends.

Shiba Inu Market Highlights

• Shiba Inu fell 6.9% following Bitcoin’s decline after U.S. Treasury confirmed no new Bitcoin purchases.

• Treasury policy: The government will retain confiscated Bitcoin for its strategic reserve and halt sales, but will not buy additional coins.

• Altcoin sensitivity: Shiba Inu and other altcoins dropped in tandem with Bitcoin, reflecting market volatility tied to policy announcements.

• Investment note: SHIB remains highly speculative; investors may consider focusing on cryptocurrencies with established networks or tangible use cases.

Also Read: Crypto and Private Equity Now Eligible for 401(k) Investments

The policy has drawn attention from both Wall Street and Main Street. While alternative assets offer the promise of higher returns, they also carry significant risks, including volatility, illiquidity, and regulatory uncertainty.

Marcus Sturdivant Sr., managing member of financial advisory firm The ABC Squared, said clients have been exploring non-traditional investments for years. “Some see this as a chance to accelerate wealth growth, but the reality is that timing and liquidity constraints can create serious challenges, particularly for those approaching retirement,” he noted.

Department of Labor Updates 401(k) Rules

The Department of Labor is revising its guidance under ERISA to allow 401(k) plans to include cryptocurrencies and private equity. Previously, most retirement plans restricted investments to mutual funds, index funds, and bonds because of their stability and regulatory clarity.

The change opens the door for assets that were once limited to institutional investors or high-net-worth individuals. A spokesperson from the DOL confirmed that plan sponsors can now offer alternative funds without facing the same legal scrutiny that previously prevented them from doing so.

Early reactions show that younger investors are the most interested in the new options. At a Chicago-based advisory firm, about 12% of clients under 35 have inquired about adding digital assets to their retirement accounts since the order was announced. By contrast, interest from older participants has been minimal, reflecting concerns about volatility and long lock-up periods in private equity funds.

Private Equity: Promises and Pitfalls

Private equity involves investing in privately held companies, either directly or through pooled funds. Historically, this asset class has offered higher long-term returns than publicly traded stocks but at the cost of liquidity and transparency.

Potential Benefits:

• Long-Term Growth: Studies show private equity can outperform the S&P 500 over multi-year horizons.

• Diversification: Adding private equity exposes investors to different sectors, reducing reliance on public equity markets.

Risks:

• Illiquidity: Private equity investments often require a 5- to 10-year commitment, which can prevent access to funds when needed.

• Fees: Management and performance fees can total up to 20% of profits, potentially reducing net gains.

• Limited Transparency: Financial reporting from private companies is less frequent, making it harder to evaluate performance.

A 55-year-old investor, for example, could face difficulty accessing funds if a private equity commitment is made late in their career. This could limit flexibility for retirement withdrawals or estate planning.

Cryptocurrencies in 401(k)s: High Risk, High Reward

Digital currencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum have surged in popularity, but they remain volatile and unpredictable.

Advantages:

• Growth Potential: Cryptocurrencies have experienced rapid appreciation, sometimes outperforming traditional assets over short periods.

• Portfolio Diversification: Crypto can behave independently from traditional equities and bonds, offering a potential hedge.

Risks:

• Volatility: Prices can swing 30–50% in weeks, making timing and exposure critical.

• Regulatory Uncertainty: Federal oversight is evolving, and tax treatment is not uniform.

• Security Concerns: Custodial failures, hacking, and digital wallet issues can threaten investments.

Sturdivant emphasized the importance of fund structure. “Whether you hold individual coins or a fund backed by stablecoins changes the risk profile significantly. Stablecoins reduce volatility but limit growth, while traditional crypto can swing wildly,” he said.

Alternative Assets in 401(k)s: Who Is Investing

After the executive order, some retirement savers began adding crypto and private equity to their 401(k)s, but adoption remains low. A 2025 survey from the Investment Company Institute found that under 5% of plan participants held any alternative assets.

Younger investors in their 20s and 30s are more likely to experiment with cryptocurrencies. One participant in New York reported moving 10% of her 401(k) into Bitcoin and Ethereum in early 2025. Over six months, her crypto portion fluctuated between gains of 8% and losses of 12%.

Private equity participation is mostly limited to higher-income investors. One San Francisco-based software executive committed 8% of his 401(k) to a private equity fund in 2020. He received quarterly statements showing moderate gains until the fund delayed company exits in 2023, leaving his account largely unchanged.

Financial advisors note that these cases are not typical. Most 401(k) balances remain in traditional mutual funds, index funds, and bonds. The limited number of alternative asset holders highlights the practical constraints of liquidity, reporting, and long-term lock-up periods.

Regulatory and Tax Considerations

Alternative assets in retirement accounts carry unique regulatory and tax implications:

• ERISA Compliance: Plan sponsors must ensure fiduciary duties are met when offering complex investments.

• Tax Treatment: Gains from crypto or private equity may differ from traditional investments, affecting withdrawals and retirement income.

• Estate Planning: Illiquid investments may complicate inheritance plans for beneficiaries.

Financial advisors recommend reviewing these factors before making any investment decisions.

Expert Advice for Investors

1. Understand the Product: Learn the mechanics of private equity funds and cryptocurrency holdings.

2. Assess Risk Tolerance: Determine how much risk you can absorb without jeopardizing retirement.

3. Diversify Carefully: Avoid putting large percentages of your 401(k) into highly volatile assets.

4. Monitor Investments: Alternative assets require regular oversight to respond to market and regulatory changes.

5. Consult Professionals: Advisors with expertise in alternative assets can provide tailored guidance.

401(k) Challenges with Crypto and Private Equity

The executive order allowing 401(k) plans to include cryptocurrencies and private equity is reshaping retirement investing. Marcus Sturdivant Sr., managing member of The ABC Squared, said early adopters are weighing private equity’s historically higher returns against long lock-up periods, which can last up to ten years. “Participants in their 50s may find these investments inaccessible when they need the funds most,” he explained.

Cryptocurrencies bring their own complications. Bitcoin alone experienced swings exceeding 60% in 2022, demonstrating the volatility these assets could introduce into retirement portfolios. Analysts also warn that future regulatory adjustments—tax changes, reporting requirements, or new oversight—could impact account values in ways not seen with traditional funds.

According to industry data, fewer than 5% of 401(k) participants currently hold alternative assets, reflecting caution and implementation challenges. Experts emphasize the importance of understanding fund structures, lock-up periods, and allocation limits before committing any portion of a retirement account to these high-risk investments.

The policy shift expands investor choice but does not guarantee higher returns. The critical question for retirees and those nearing retirement is whether private equity and crypto can be integrated without undermining the stability that has made 401(k) plans a cornerstone of U.S. retirement planning.

Also Read: How to Use Your 401(k) or IRA for Real Estate Investments Without Breaking the Rules

German Chancellor Olaf Scholz reportedly emphasized to Trump that any negotiations must fully include Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy, especially regarding areas under Russian occupation in Donetsk and Luhansk. French Foreign Minister Catherine Colonna stressed that no agreement should recognize Russian annexation of Crimea or violate international law.

U.S. officials noted that these calls are intended to avoid misunderstandings with allies and ensure that Washington maintains a united Western front. The Alaska summit, the first direct face-to-face meeting between Trump and Putin on U.S. soil, carries both symbolic significance and tangible geopolitical consequences, as the war in Ukraine continues into its fourth year.

Kyiv Demands Direct Role in Talks

Kyiv has made clear that it must participate directly in any negotiations affecting Ukrainian territory. President Zelenskiy has stated that any territorial concessions would require constitutional approval and likely a public referendum, making unilateral decisions by foreign powers practically impossible.

Ukrainian diplomats have requested regular updates from the U.S. regarding potential proposals on Donetsk and Luhansk, emphasizing that bypassing Kyiv could compromise Ukraine’s defense planning and sovereignty.

A senior Ukrainian official told local media, “No agreement affecting our land will happen without our explicit approval. Any discussion about our territories without Kyiv is unacceptable.” This insistence highlights Ukraine’s determination to remain central to all diplomatic outcomes.

Sanctions Divide U.S. and Europe

Economic pressure on Moscow remains a contentious issue. U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent criticized European governments for resisting “secondary sanctions,” which would penalize countries continuing to purchase Russian energy.

“President Trump is meeting with President Putin, and the Europeans are in the wings carping about what he should do. They need to join us in these sanctions,” Bessent said in a Wednesday interview. “The President is creating leverage, and European cooperation is essential.”

European officials, while concerned about Russian energy sales, are wary of secondary sanctions because of potential economic retaliation and energy market disruptions. The EU has focused on enforcing existing sanctions and reducing dependence on Russian oil without destabilizing domestic energy supplies. Analysts warn that disagreement on sanctions could undermine Western cohesion during and after the Alaska summit.

Russia Expected to Press Territorial Claims

Russian diplomats attending the summit are expected to push for formal recognition of Crimea and other territories under Moscow control. Russian state media has highlighted Trump’s willingness to engage directly with Putin, framing the summit as an opportunity to strengthen bilateral dialogue.

U.S. and European officials have stressed that any unilateral concessions could weaken Kyiv’s negotiating position. A senior EU diplomat stated, “Europe will not accept formal recognition of annexed regions without Ukraine’s direct involvement. The stakes are too high.” The summit will test whether Washington can maintain pressure on Moscow while exploring diplomatic solutions.

Energy Imports from India and China Complicate Strategy

Energy trade with Russia by India and China adds additional complexity. Trump recently doubled U.S. tariffs on Indian goods from 25% to 50%, citing continued Russian oil purchases. China, a far larger buyer of Russian energy, has not faced matching U.S. measures, reflecting broader trade and geopolitical calculations.

European officials have expressed concern about the potential impact of punitive measures on global energy markets and domestic economic stability. Coordinating a consistent transatlantic approach to Russian energy imports remains a key challenge for Trump and his administration.

Historical Context: Past Trump–Putin Summits

The Alaska summit follows a series of previous high-level engagements between Trump and Putin. Their 2018 Helsinki summit drew widespread controversy, with Trump appearing to side with Putin over U.S. intelligence on election interference. During his first term, Trump also held multiple calls and informal meetings during crises such as the 2019 Kerch Strait incident and the 2020 Navalny poisoning.

Experts note that these past interactions inform both Trump’s approach and European skepticism. Unlike prior meetings, the Alaska summit occurs during an active war, significantly raising the stakes for military, diplomatic, and legal outcomes.

Impact of Trump-Putin Meeting on U.S. Politics and Congress

Trump’s handling of the summit is likely to influence domestic politics. Supporters may view direct engagement with Putin as a pragmatic attempt to end the war, while critics argue that bypassing Kyiv or European allies could undermine U.S. credibility.

Democrats have indicated they will scrutinize any concessions to Russia as a campaign issue. Within the Republican Party, divisions persist between isolationists seeking a quick withdrawal from foreign conflicts and hawkish members advocating sustained support for Ukraine. Analysts suggest that media coverage of the summit could shape public perception and affect policy debates in Congress regarding aid and sanctions.

Summit Could Change Western Strategy on Ukraine

Ahead of the meeting, Trump is expected to continue transatlantic calls to gauge reactions and align positions. U.S. officials note that these consultations are critical to maintaining a unified Western strategy.

Decisions made during the Alaska summit could have immediate consequences, including changes to military support schedules, sanctions enforcement, and diplomatic initiatives. European and Ukrainian officials will be monitoring closely, knowing that even minor agreements or missteps could significantly influence the conflict on the ground.

Also Read: US–China Extend 90-Day Tariff Pause Hours Before Hike

This isn’t just about price speculation. Ethereum is riding on the back of structural upgrades, deepening institutional participation, and a tightening supply curve. Combined, these forces are creating conditions that could sustain a rally rather than produce another fleeting spike.

The 2025 Bull Market Is Built Differently Than 2021

In 2021, Ethereum’s rise was fueled largely by NFT mania, DeFi yield farming, and retail enthusiasm. The network was congested, gas fees routinely hit $100 per transaction, and Ethereum’s scalability issues were already pushing developers toward alternatives. When macroeconomic conditions tightened in 2022, Ethereum’s price collapsed along with the broader crypto market.

Today’s rally is underpinned by infrastructure improvements and institutional finance rather than speculative frenzy. Gas fees have moderated, Layer-2 solutions like Arbitrum and Optimism have taken significant load off the main chain, and ETH is now available in regulated investment products like spot ETFs — something completely absent in 2021.

In short, the current bull case rests on mature fundamentals rather than meme-driven surges.

Pectra Upgrade: Ushering in a More Efficient Ethereum

The Pectra upgrade, launched on May 7, 2025, represents one of Ethereum’s most meaningful advancements since the 2022 “Merge” to proof-of-stake.

Key technical milestones include:

• Account Abstraction – Users can now send transactions without worrying about complex gas management, and wallet recovery is more secure. This has been compared to Apple Pay’s user experience, making Ethereum friendlier for mainstream adoption.

• Validator Balance Expansion – The staking validator limit was raised from 32 ETH to 2,048 ETH, enabling large operators like Coinbase and Lido to run fewer nodes with greater efficiency, increasing their net yield after costs.

Historically, Ethereum upgrades have been catalysts for adoption. For example, after the 2021 London Hard Fork (EIP-1559), daily transaction volumes climbed 14% over the following six months. Analysts expect Pectra to have a similar, if not greater, impact — particularly with Fusaka scheduled for late 2025 or early 2026, aimed at cutting Layer-2 transaction costs and improving throughput.

ETF Inflows: The New Institutional Bid

From July 2024 to July 2025, U.S.-listed spot Ethereum ETFs have seen net inflows of $8.7 billion, according to market filings. Notably, $4.3 billion of that came in just the last two weeks of July 2025.

Unlike retail buying, ETF flows tend to be long-term capital commitments. Institutions such as pension funds and endowments are restricted from holding raw crypto directly but can buy ETFs traded on regulated exchanges like the NYSE or Nasdaq. The existence of these products effectively opens Ethereum to trillions of dollars in traditional capital.

For context, when Bitcoin ETFs were launched in January 2024, they absorbed $12 billion in inflows within six months — contributing to BTC’s surge from $42,000 to over $73,000. Ethereum’s ETF trajectory is following a similar pattern, suggesting sustained demand.

Staking Locks Supply and Boosts Yields

Ethereum’s shift to proof-of-stake has transformed its monetary policy. As of August 2025, over 32 million ETH — about 27% of the total supply — is staked. This ETH is effectively off the market, unavailable for trading, and continues to earn yields of 2%–3% annually.

While staking yields are modest, for institutional allocators seeking low-risk blockchain yield, they provide a bond-like return in the crypto ecosystem. Moreover, staking demand increases during periods of low volatility, creating a reinforcing loop where less circulating supply amplifies upward price moves when demand spikes.

To illustrate, during Ethereum’s mid-2024 rally, staking deposits rose by 1.9 million ETH in three months, while exchange balances dropped 12%, a clear sign of supply tightening.

Corporate Treasuries Quietly Accumulating ETH

While Bitcoin’s corporate adoption is well-documented, Ethereum’s treasury uptake has flown under the radar. Blockchain analytics show companies in tech, fintech, and gaming sectors are adding ETH for smart contract development, Web3 integrations, and balance sheet diversification.

For instance:

• Animoca Brands has publicly disclosed holding ETH for its gaming and NFT ecosystem.

• Immutable uses ETH reserves for its Layer-2 gaming platform.

• Several Nasdaq-listed blockchain infrastructure firms have hinted at ETH accumulation in quarterly reports.

Corporate holdings tend to be “sticky,” meaning these coins are unlikely to be sold during routine price swings, further constraining supply.

Competitive Pressures and Risks Ahead

Ethereum is not without competition. Solana processes 2,000+ transactions per second (TPS) compared to Ethereum’s base layer capacity of around 15 TPS, though Ethereum’s Layer-2 networks bridge much of that gap.

If gas fees rise sharply — as they did in 2021 — users could temporarily migrate to cheaper chains. Additionally, macroeconomic shocks or regulatory tightening could slow ETF inflows. While these risks are significant, they are less likely to derail Ethereum’s long-term adoption given its entrenched developer base and network effects.

Why $5,000 Is a Realistic Target

Ethereum’s path to $5,000 doesn’t require speculative mania — it simply needs existing trends to persist:

• Continued ETF inflows at current rates could inject another $8–10 billion in capital by late 2026.

• Fusaka upgrade could make Ethereum significantly more cost-competitive, attracting more on-chain activity.

• Corporate adoption and staking participation will keep reducing tradable supply.

If these drivers hold, Ethereum would only need a 10%–12% price gain from current levels to hit $5,000. Given the current structural demand, that move is entirely plausible before 2026 — and possibly much sooner.

Also Read: 5 Reasons Ethereum Could Be the Top Performing Crypto by 2030

Paxos Plans Federal Charter Transition from New York Trust License

Paxos currently operates under a limited-purpose trust charter issued by the New York Department of Financial Services (NYDFS). While this license has allowed the firm to issue regulated stablecoins such as PayPal USD (PYUSD) and Pax Dollar (USDP), it limits operations to New York’s jurisdiction unless the company secures additional state approvals.

A national trust bank charter would remove these geographical restrictions, allowing Paxos to serve clients in all 50 states without navigating fragmented state-level licensing. It would also bring the company under direct OCC supervision, a status viewed by industry analysts as a strong signal of institutional credibility. Such oversight could help Paxos deepen partnerships with banks, payment processors, and fintechs wary of dealing with crypto firms lacking federal recognition.

A Second Bid After a Lapsed Approval

This marks Paxos’ second attempt at securing an OCC charter. The firm first applied in 2020, receiving preliminary conditional approval in 2021 before the authorization lapsed in 2023. According to sources familiar with the matter, the new application follows months of consultations with federal regulators and is timed to coincide with the Stablecoin Regulation Act signed into law in July 2025 by President Donald Trump.

The legislation creates a formal licensing regime for stablecoin issuers, setting capital, reserve, and disclosure requirements. Proponents say it will bring much-needed clarity to a sector long caught between state and federal oversight. Critics argue the rules could entrench larger players while squeezing out smaller innovators.

OCC to Examine Paxos’ Compliance Track Record

While the OCC charter could open new business opportunities, the approval process will likely involve intense scrutiny of Paxos’ compliance history. Earlier this year, the NYDFS directed the company to stop issuing Binance USD (BUSD) following allegations of inadequate monitoring for illicit transactions. In August 2025, Paxos agreed to a $48.5 million settlement with New York authorities over related allegations, though it neither admitted nor denied wrongdoing.

The company ended its partnership with Binance shortly after the NYDFS order and has since focused on fully regulated projects, including PYUSD in partnership with PayPal — now holding a market capitalization of over $1 billion, according to CoinGecko.

Multiple Crypto Firms Compete for OCC Trust Bank Licenses

Paxos is not alone in pursuing a federal trust charter. Stablecoin issuer Circle and blockchain payments firm Ripple both filed similar applications in recent weeks, reflecting a broader industry push to secure bank-grade regulatory credentials. The only crypto firm to hold an OCC trust charter today is Anchorage Digital, which received approval in 2021.

Market observers say that in the post-Stablecoin Regulation Act era, a national trust bank charter could become a baseline requirement for stablecoin issuers seeking large-scale financial partnerships — turning OCC approval into a competitive advantage rather than just a regulatory milestone.

Also Read: White House Crypto Adviser Bo Hines Resigns, Returns to Private Sector

Hines’s departure comes just weeks after he and a high-level cryptocurrency working group — which included senior administration officials — outlined the Trump administration’s policy framework for digital assets. That proposal called for the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to establish new, crypto-specific regulations, marking one of the clearest signals yet that the administration wants a tailored approach to the sector.

Central Role in Trump’s Crypto Policy Push

Shortly after taking office in January, President Trump created the crypto working group, tasking it with drafting regulatory recommendations as part of his campaign pledge to “reset” America’s crypto policy. Hines, a former Republican congressional candidate from North Carolina, was tapped to lead the effort alongside White House AI and Crypto Czar David Sacks.

“Serving in President Trump’s administration and working alongside our brilliant AI & Crypto Czar @DavidSacks as Executive Director of the White House Crypto Council has been the honor of a lifetime,” Hines wrote in a farewell post on X (formerly Twitter).

Sacks responded publicly, praising Hines’s contributions to both crypto and AI policy initiatives.

Legislative Milestones and the GENIUS Act

During his tenure, Hines played a pivotal role in supporting the GENIUS Act, legislation signed by Trump last month that establishes a federal regulatory framework for stablecoins — cryptocurrencies pegged to the U.S. dollar. The law is widely seen as a major milestone that could make dollar-backed digital assets a mainstream payment and money-transfer method.

Hines was an outspoken advocate for the bill, arguing that a clear legal foundation for stablecoins would enhance U.S. competitiveness in the global digital currency race.

While Hines has twice unsuccessfully run for Congress in North Carolina, his work at the White House placed him at the forefront of shaping federal crypto policy during a period of rapid technological and regulatory change.

The White House has not yet announced a successor to lead the Crypto Council.

Also Read: Dogecoin Back at ‘Launch Point’ That Made Early Investors Rich — Could It Happen Again?

The meme-inspired cryptocurrency rose roughly 3.5% in the past 24 hours to trade at $0.2263 on Sunday, recovering alongside a broader market bounce. Its market capitalization now sits at around $34 billion, keeping it among the top ten cryptocurrencies by value and well ahead of rival meme coins like Shiba Inu (SHIB) and Pepe (PEPE).

A Price Pattern With History

According to market analyst Ali Martinez, Dogecoin is once again testing the lower boundary of a multi-year ascending channel — a pattern on the price chart defined by two parallel, upward-sloping lines. The lower trendline acts as support, while the upper line serves as resistance. Over the years, DOGE’s price has moved between these lines, forming a staircase of higher highs and higher lows.

Martinez points out that this exact positioning has twice preceded explosive runs:

• Late 2017 to January 2018: DOGE entered this zone in Q4 2017, just before a surge of over 9,000%, topping out near $0.01857 in January 2018 as retail interest in cryptocurrencies spiked worldwide.

• 2020 to May 2021: The pattern reappeared in late 2020. Within months, Dogecoin had climbed over 13,000%, hitting an all-time high of $0.7376 in May 2021 during a frenzy fueled by social media hype and high-profile mentions from Elon Musk.

Now, DOGE is once again hovering near that same lower support line. In Martinez’s view, this zone has historically been a “high-probability” accumulation area for long-term holders.

Dogecoin $DOGE is trading within a historically strong buy zone, which has repeatedly triggered major bull runs in past cycles! pic.twitter.com/oYZF8BVKmE

— Ali (@ali_charts) August 7, 2025

Market Context: Why This Cycle Is Different

The current setup is playing out in a different environment compared with previous rallies. In 2017, DOGE was a low-cap altcoin riding the first mainstream crypto wave. In 2021, it benefited from stimulus-fueled risk appetite and a booming retail trading culture.

In 2024, the backdrop includes:

• Macroeconomic uncertainty as U.S. tariff announcements and shifting Federal Reserve policy drive volatility across asset classes.

• Improving altcoin liquidity, with daily DOGE trading volumes holding above $1 billion for multiple sessions.

• On-chain whale activity increasing, with large wallet transfers suggesting strategic accumulation.

• A more mature market structure, where meme coins have their own derivatives markets and significant institutional interest.

Sentiment and Catalysts to Watch

Dogecoin’s community remains one of the most active in crypto. Social media mentions of $DOGE have ticked up over the past week, and sentiment scores from analytics platforms show a tilt toward bullishness.

Potential catalysts in the months ahead include:

• Breakout confirmation above mid-channel resistance, which could attract technical traders.

• Increased retail inflow if Bitcoin approaches a new high, often sparking speculative runs in altcoins.

• Announcements or endorsements from influential figures or companies that integrate DOGE as a payment option.

However, risks remain. A failure to hold the current support could see DOGE retest deeper levels in the $0.18–$0.20 range, and broader market weakness could stall any breakout attempt.

However, risks remain. A sustained move below this support range could shift momentum in favor of sellers, with analysts pointing to the $0.18–$0.20 area as the next potential test. Conversely, a decisive break above $0.25, backed by rising volume, would strengthen the case for a retest of the $0.30–$0.35 zone in the short term.

At present, Dogecoin is trading within a narrow band, and market participants are monitoring whether upcoming macroeconomic data and Bitcoin’s price trend will provide the trigger needed to move it out of this consolidation phase.

Also Read: Tether Is the Biggest Stablecoin—But Should You Use It or Avoid It?

But despite its dominance, Tether remains controversial. Its underlying business practices, reserve transparency, and past regulatory troubles continue to divide the crypto community, especially in light of the newly passed Genius Act, signed into law by President Trump last month. The bill is the federal government’s first comprehensive legal framework targeting the issuance, use, and regulation of dollar-pegged digital assets like Tether.

With stablecoins edging closer to everyday use in cross-border transactions, trading, and decentralized finance, the question isn’t just whether Tether is reliable—it’s whether it belongs in your portfolio at all.

Why Tether Exists—and What It’s Good At

Tether is what’s known as a “fiat-collateralized stablecoin,” meaning every token is backed, at least in theory, by reserves intended to preserve its one-to-one ratio with the U.S. dollar. That mechanism is why one USDT typically equals $1, regardless of what’s happening in the broader crypto market.

The core utility of Tether lies in its role as a digital cash substitute. It enables fast, low-cost transactions across borders, provides a stable store of value for traders moving in and out of volatile cryptocurrencies, and is accepted by virtually every major exchange.

If you’re trying to exit a risky altcoin position without moving into fiat, you’d likely convert your holdings into USDT. If you’re sending money to a friend overseas, you might prefer USDT for its speed and low transaction fees. If you're looking to park funds in crypto temporarily, Tether can serve that purpose, too.

Importantly, many platforms offer annual percentage yields (APYs) of 4% or higher on USDT balances, making it functionally similar to a high-yield savings account—albeit one with very different risk factors.

The Genius Act Changes the Game

The recent signing of the Genius Act marks a turning point for the stablecoin market. It establishes regulatory standards for reserve requirements, issuer transparency, and consumer protections.

Under the law, stablecoin issuers must:

• Provide regular, third-party reserve disclosures

• Meet strict liquidity thresholds

• Register with a federal digital asset authority

These new rules are designed to bring stablecoins in line with traditional financial products, such as money market funds. For Tether, this means added pressure to validate its reserve structure—something that has long been a point of contention among financial watchdogs.

According to Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, the new law is meant to “weed out bad actors” while giving legitimate issuers a path to compliance. “The goal is to make sure stablecoins serve their purpose without endangering the broader financial system,” Bessent said during a recent press conference.

Tether has signaled a willingness to comply, but it’s unclear whether the company’s past record will satisfy federal expectations.

Trust Issues: Tether’s Checkered History with Transparency

Despite its usefulness and widespread adoption, Tether has drawn consistent scrutiny for how it manages its reserves and communicates with the public.

The company behind USDT, Tether Limited, publishes quarterly attestations by accounting firm BDO Italia. These statements list the types of assets backing USDT—ranging from cash and U.S. Treasury bills to gold and short-term corporate debt.

But here’s the catch: those attestations are not full audits. They confirm what Tether reports but don’t independently verify the existence, valuation, or risk exposure of those assets.

That distinction has raised red flags before. In 2021, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) fined Tether Limited $41 million for falsely claiming that each token was fully backed by U.S. dollars. The CFTC investigation revealed that Tether only had sufficient dollar reserves on about 27% of the days between 2016 and 2018.

More recently, a 2024 report from a leading financial publication claimed federal investigators were evaluating whether Tether may have violated anti-money-laundering laws. While Tether CEO Paolo Ardoino dismissed the report as speculative, it was enough to unsettle parts of the market.

Investing in Tether: What You Should Know

Let’s be clear: Tether is not an investment in the traditional sense. Its value doesn’t increase over time, nor is it designed to. You buy USDT for convenience, not capital gains.

That said, you can use Tether to earn yield through crypto exchanges and lending platforms. You can use it to avoid currency volatility in international transfers. And you can use it to enter or exit riskier crypto positions with speed and stability.

But should you treat it like an asset worth holding long term? Probably not.

Unlike stocks or growth-oriented cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum, Tether doesn’t offer upside. Its value proposition lies in being predictable—not profitable.

Moreover, if trust in Tether’s reserves were to erode, the coin could de-peg from the dollar, triggering significant fallout. That’s not just theoretical—smaller stablecoins have collapsed before, most infamously TerraUSD (UST), which wiped out billions in investor capital in 2022.

Alternatives Worth Considering

If you’re concerned about Tether’s track record, you’re not alone—and you have options.

USDC, the second-largest stablecoin by market cap, is issued by Circle, a U.S.-based fintech firm that became a publicly traded company earlier this year. Circle publishes monthly reserve attestations and operates under closer regulatory scrutiny. While it, too, lacks a full audit, many see USDC as the more transparent and regulator-friendly option.

Then there’s PayPal USD (PYUSD), which is fully backed by cash and short-term treasuries and is overseen by a federally licensed trust company. Though it has a much smaller market share, it’s increasingly being used in fintech and e-commerce ecosystems.

Each of these stablecoins offers similar functionality—fast payments, liquidity, and the ability to earn yield—but with varying levels of transparency, regulatory exposure, and counterparty risk.

Use with Care, But Don’t Rely on It as an Investment

Tether is a functional and widely used digital dollar—but that doesn’t make it a growth asset, nor does it mean it’s free from risk.

As the federal government tightens regulation and the stablecoin market matures, Tether may need to adapt or face stiffer challenges from rivals like USDC and PYUSD. The Genius Act could very well accelerate that shift by rewarding transparency and penalizing noncompliance.

For now, Tether works. It’s liquid, widely accepted, and maintains its peg. But anyone using USDT should understand what it is—and what it isn’t.

It’s not a stock. It’s not a bond. It’s not a long-term crypto play.
It’s a digital tool. Use it wisely.

Also Read: How $10 a Day in Bitcoin Could Make You a Millionaire

No moonshots. No margin trading. No meme coin madness. Just one simple commitment — consistency.

This decade-old strategy, known in investing circles as dollar-cost averaging (DCA), is gaining new momentum in the wake of Bitcoin’s institutional embrace. And for those willing to play the long game, it’s proving to be one of the most accessible — and potentially lucrative — paths to wealth in modern finance.

A Wallet, a Plan, and Nearly $1 Million

Among the crypto faithful, stories of massive windfalls are nothing new. But a recent trend emerging from blockchain analysis is painting a different picture: fortunes quietly earned, not overnight, but over years of steady, unremarkable discipline.

Take the case of one anonymous investor known in crypto circles only as "Rego." Over the span of nearly eight years, Rego funneled $30 a day into Bitcoin, rain or shine, boom or bust. No day trading. No second-guessing. Just auto-pilot accumulation.

The result? A digital wallet now worth more than $1 million.

Rego isn’t alone. A small but growing number of wallets exhibit similar patterns — small, consistent inflows over years — many of which have quietly crossed the million-dollar mark. It’s a trend that flies in the face of popular narratives about crypto being a casino. For these investors, it’s less about gambling, more about grinding.

How a Simple Daily Habit Builds a Fortune Over Time

At the heart of this strategy is dollar-cost averaging — a simple but counterintuitive investing method that involves allocating the same amount of money at regular intervals, regardless of the asset's price.

There’s no attempt to time the market. No reliance on technical charts or insider tips. The investor commits to a routine, and the math does the rest.

“If you bought $10 worth of Bitcoin every day starting in mid-2015, you’d have invested just over $36,500 by now,” explains Rahul Sen, a crypto financial analyst based in Singapore. “That stash would be worth around $1.8 million today — even accounting for Bitcoin’s recent volatility.”

The idea is straightforward: when prices drop, your dollars buy more Bitcoin. When prices rise, you accumulate less. Over time, this averages out your cost basis and protects you from catastrophic misjudgments — like investing everything at a market peak.

Critics argue that DCA may lag behind lump-sum investing during bull runs. But for the average retail investor, avoiding major drawdowns — and sticking to the plan — often outweighs chasing maximum returns.

Discipline Is the Hardest Currency

While the dollar amounts are modest, the psychological cost is not. DCA asks investors to weather long periods of doubt and downturn — including moments when their investment is underwater, sometimes for years.

This is where most people fold.

“During the 2018 crypto winter, a lot of DCA investors walked away,” says Neha Sharma, an independent blockchain researcher. “But the few who didn’t — who kept buying $10 or $20 a day — those are the wallets that are sitting on six or seven figures now.”

Automation helps. Most successful DCA investors set up recurring purchases through exchanges or apps, eliminating the need for daily decision-making. They also tend to move their coins into cold storage — hardware wallets disconnected from the internet — to avoid the temptation to sell during dips.

Why This Strategy Looks Even Stronger in 2025

DCA has always worked best when applied to scarce, appreciating assets. Bitcoin, by design, fits that mold. But today's market conditions are arguably more favorable than ever.

Since the approval of spot Bitcoin ETFs in the U.S. and other major economies, institutional money has flooded into the asset. Collectively, these funds have attracted more than $55 billion in inflows — a staggering signal of long-term demand.

Meanwhile, Bitcoin’s finite supply — hard-coded at 21 million coins — continues to tighten. With corporations adding Bitcoin to their balance sheets and miners hoarding more than they sell, the available float is shrinking. This sets up a classic supply-and-demand dynamic that favors long-term holders.

Even regulators appear to be loosening their grip. The U.S. Federal Reserve, once cautious about crypto exposure, has rolled back some restrictions, clearing a path for banks to treat Bitcoin more like a mainstream asset.

Combine all this with a global environment still riddled with inflation, political instability, and distrust in centralized banking — and Bitcoin’s appeal as “digital gold” only grows stronger.

The Blueprint for a Million-Dollar Strategy

For those considering the DCA route, the roadmap is surprisingly clear — and refreshingly low-tech.

1. Automate Everything
Use a reputable exchange or app to set up daily or weekly Bitcoin purchases. Stick to an amount that doesn’t strain your finances — $5, $10, or $30 a day.

2. Prioritize Security
Move your Bitcoin to a cold wallet quarterly. This reduces the risk of hacks and keeps your investments out of reach of exchange failures.

3. Keep Emergency Cash
Always maintain a fiat cash reserve. This ensures you’re never forced to liquidate your Bitcoin prematurely during a personal or financial crisis.

4. Stay the Course
DCA is a long-term commitment. Ignore short-term noise. Avoid comparing yourself to traders. Let the strategy play out over 5 to 10 years.

Not a Guarantee, But a Growing Trend

Let’s be clear: Bitcoin is still a volatile asset. Even in 2025, it’s not unusual to see 30% price swings in a single month. And global events — wars, regulations, technological changes — can shift the market’s trajectory in unpredictable ways.

But what DCA offers is something different: a way to participate in a high-growth asset without the high-stakes stress.

You won’t become a millionaire overnight. You may not become one at all. But you’ll have built a disciplined investing habit, gradually acquired an asset with increasing real-world adoption, and positioned yourself for serious upside — all while spending less than you would on daily coffee.

Fortune May Favor the Patient

In a financial world obsessed with speed, timing, and hype, the DCA approach to Bitcoin feels almost quaint. But maybe that’s exactly why it works.

It doesn’t promise riches. It doesn’t go viral. It doesn’t require you to believe in the metaverse or meme coins. What it does offer is a quiet, repeatable path to potential wealth — powered by time, not trends.

For those willing to play the long game, ten bucks a day might just be the smartest investment you’ll never feel.

Also Read: Bitcoin Nears $130K as U.S. Demand Surges, Coinbase Premium Turns Positive

A close reading of one particular market signal—the Coinbase Premium—suggests that the tide may be turning once again. The metric, which tracks price differences between U.S.-based Coinbase Pro and other global exchanges, has flipped positive. It’s a subtle shift, but one that has historically indicated growing interest from high-volume American buyers—and has often preceded major upward movements in Bitcoin’s price.

Coinbase Trading Above Global Markets

On paper, the Coinbase Premium might seem like a niche metric, but to professionals who track crypto markets daily, it’s a vital indicator of where the real money is moving.

When Bitcoin trades at a higher price on Coinbase than on exchanges like Binance, it typically reflects strong U.S. demand—often from institutions constrained by jurisdiction or preference. The shift into positive territory means American investors are stepping in at current prices, even with recent market volatility.

"It’s not just retail buying the dip," said one veteran crypto trader who monitors OTC flows in New York. "This kind of premium doesn’t appear unless large buy orders are hitting the books."

After $9B Selloff, On-Chain Data Points to U.S. Accumulation

The backdrop to this resurgence is complex but increasingly bullish.

After a July sell-off driven by macro uncertainty—including escalating tensions in Eastern Europe and signs of global manufacturing slowdowns—Bitcoin’s fall to the $114,000 range briefly rattled sentiment. Yet rather than trigger a prolonged correction, the decline appears to have reawakened institutional interest.

"We’re seeing accumulation patterns reemerge, particularly in U.S.-based wallets associated with custodial services," noted a strategist at Galaxy Digital. “That often points to asset managers or corporate treasuries moving in quietly.”

It’s not just anecdotal. On-chain analytics from several blockchain data firms confirm a steady uptick in long-term holders increasing their BTC positions, particularly through Coinbase accounts. That trend, coupled with the premium spread, could indicate growing conviction that Bitcoin’s next leg upward is forming—quietly, but forcefully.

Target: $130,000—and Maybe Higher

The psychological threshold of $130,000 is quickly becoming a talking point among analysts, many of whom have revised their year-end targets upward.

TeraHash, a firm specializing in yield-generating Bitcoin strategies, recently published a forecast suggesting Bitcoin could trade in a range between $130,000 and $150,000 before the end of 2025, citing ETF inflows and a supportive macro environment.

That optimism is tempered by realism. "This is still a headline-driven market," one TeraHash analyst admitted. "Rate policy, geopolitical risk, and ETF fund flows are all part of the equation. But the floor keeps rising—and that’s the real story."

CME Data Shows 88% Odds of September Rate Cut

Much of the crypto market’s near-term direction hinges on the Federal Reserve's next policy decision. After holding rates steady through most of 2025, there are increasing expectations that a rate cut may be imminent. As of this week, CME’s FedWatch tool puts the probability of a September rate cut at 88%.

For Bitcoin, a rate cut could act as a major catalyst. Historically, lower rates weaken the dollar and lower yields on traditional savings vehicles, which pushes capital into higher-risk, higher-return assets—like crypto.

James Butterfill, research head at CoinShares, believes the Fed is running out of options.

“They’ve boxed themselves in,” Butterfill said. “With consumer inflation cooling and job growth slowing, their hand is being forced. Whether it’s September or December, a cut is coming—and markets will move ahead of it.”

Bitcoin as Macro Hedge Is Back in Play

Beyond rate policy, there’s another growing narrative behind Bitcoin’s renewed appeal: its use as a hedge.

Geopolitical tensions in Eastern Europe, rising debt ceilings in developed nations, and signs of slowing GDP growth in China are reviving Bitcoin’s reputation as a store of value that operates outside of traditional financial systems.

While skeptics continue to question Bitcoin’s correlation with risk assets like tech stocks, there’s increasing evidence that sophisticated investors are again treating Bitcoin as a portfolio diversifier, especially as gold's performance remains tepid and inflation expectations fluctuate.

"Bitcoin is starting to behave more like a strategic asset class and less like a speculative play," said a former hedge fund manager now running a digital asset desk in Chicago. "And institutions are starting to price it that way."

Not Everyone Is Convinced—Yet

Still, the market hasn’t shrugged off caution entirely. Bitcoin is currently trading around $114,747, a modest rebound from last week’s low, but still shy of its July 14 peak of $122,838.

Some analysts expect the price to consolidate in the near term unless a major catalyst emerges.

A report from Bitfinex suggests Bitcoin could remain range-bound between $114,000 and $116,000 for the next several weeks, barring any major macro developments or ETF-related news.

"There’s a tug of war happening," said the report. "You’ve got whales and institutions buying, but the retail segment is hesitant after the recent drawdown. That tension usually precedes a breakout—but timing it is the hard part."

Ethereum Posts 3.1% Daily Gain as BTC Steadies Above $114K

Bitcoin may be the bellwether, but the rest of the crypto market is showing signs of life too. Ethereum gained 3.1% in the past 24 hours, now trading at $3,671. That move, while smaller in dollar terms, is notable given Ethereum’s recent quiet spell.

"Ethereum has lagged behind Bitcoin this cycle," noted a DeFi analyst. "But the fundamentals remain strong, especially with staking rates improving and Layer 2 scaling solutions gaining traction."

Smaller-cap altcoins, meanwhile, remain volatile, with many still trading well below their spring highs. But if Bitcoin regains momentum, the entire sector could see a late-summer surge.

Spot Bitcoin ETFs Quietly Accumulate

One underreported element behind the current price support is the persistent inflow into spot Bitcoin ETFs. These vehicles, once criticized for being years behind schedule, have become a gateway for traditional investors looking to access Bitcoin without managing wallets or cold storage.

Recent SEC filings show that several ETFs added to their Bitcoin holdings during the July dip, a sign that institutional interest hasn’t wavered.

"These ETFs are the quiet accumulators," said a portfolio manager at an asset firm with ETF exposure. "They're not traders. They're allocating. And that makes a difference."

Momentum Builds, But Eyes Stay on the Fed

The return of the Coinbase premium—backed by growing institutional interest—offers more than just a technical signal. It suggests that U.S. investors are beginning to lean back into Bitcoin, not with speculative urgency, but with strategic accumulation ahead of a likely policy shift from the Federal Reserve.

That pivot, expected as early as September, could recalibrate risk across financial markets. For Bitcoin, it could mark the next stage in a longer-term revaluation, driven not by hype cycles but by macro fundamentals.

But the road to $130,000 remains uncertain. Volatility is still a feature, not a bug. Regulatory scrutiny hasn’t gone away. And any disruption in ETF flows or Fed policy could trigger short-term reversals.

Still, for now, the signals coming out of the U.S.—quiet buying, ETF inflows, a rising premium—are pointing in one direction. The bulls aren’t back in full force just yet, but they’re no longer on the sidelines.

Also Read: Crypto Firm Bullish Files $629M NYSE IPO Following GENIUS Act Approval

According to an updated F-1 filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Bullish aims to sell 20.3 million ordinary shares priced between $28 and $31 each. At the higher end of that range, the firm would achieve a market valuation of approximately $4.2 billion, based on its outstanding shares.

This move places Bullish among a new wave of crypto-native firms capitalizing on improved regulatory conditions and rising market confidence. Since Donald Trump’s return to office, which followed a pro-crypto campaign, the industry has seen a surge in IPO activity. Earlier this year, Circle, issuer of the USDC stablecoin, completed its public listing, alongside social trading platform eToro. Heavyweights such as BitGo and Grayscale have also filed for IPOs, while Kraken and OKX are reportedly exploring similar listings.

Bullish’s IPO is drawing significant institutional interest. Investment giants BlackRock and ARK Invest have expressed plans to purchase up to $200 million worth of shares at the offering price. Additionally, underwriters retain the option to buy an extra 3.045 million shares, depending on investor demand.

The Cayman Islands–registered company plans to trade under the ticker "BLSH", with proceeds earmarked for general corporate use, operational expansion, and potential acquisitions to strengthen its position in the evolving crypto-financial ecosystem.

Bullish isn’t just another exchange. The platform caters primarily to institutional traders, offering services such as spot trading, derivatives, and liquidity provisioning. Its infrastructure and market services are designed to meet the needs of high-volume trading firms, crypto funds, and financial institutions.

Financially, the company has posted mixed results. In Q1 of 2025, it reported a substantial $349 million net loss, after recording a full-year profit of $80 million in 2024. However, projections for Q2 suggest a turnaround, with estimated net income between $106 million and $109 million, reflecting renewed momentum.

In terms of balance sheet strength, Bullish reports over $3 billion in liquid assets, including approximately 24,000 Bitcoin, 12,600 Ether, and $418 million in cash and stablecoins. The company also maintains minor exposure to decentralized finance (DeFi) protocols, though it described these allocations as “not material” to its total asset base.

This IPO arrives on the back of what many in the industry view as a regulatory renaissance. The GENIUS Act, signed into law last month, has been widely credited with establishing a clearer, more crypto-friendly framework for U.S.-based firms. Simultaneously, a number of regulatory actions initiated during previous administrations have been reversed, boosting confidence among digital asset companies.

Bitcoin has climbed more than 22% this year, recently crossing $115,000, while the CoinDesk 20 index—tracking major crypto assets—has gained 32%. Bullish’s IPO arrives as digital asset markets rebound and investor confidence grows, following a stretch of regulatory uncertainty. With recent policy shifts in Washington, including the passage of the GENIUS Act, the listing is expected to test how far crypto firms can integrate with traditional financial markets under the current environment.

Also Read: Can XRP Become the Next Bitcoin or Is It Already Too Late?

This comparison, however, may not hold up under closer inspection. The two serve very different purposes in the crypto ecosystem, and the context behind their usage, investor base, and long-term value drivers suggests they may not be headed down the same road at all.

Why XRP Has Drawn Serious Attention

XRP is not just another digital token. It plays a central role in RippleNet, a payments network designed to make global money transfers faster and more cost-effective. That mission puts it in direct contrast to the SWIFT network — the dominant system currently used by over 11,000 financial institutions for cross-border payments. SWIFT is reliable but slow. Settlement can take several days and often involves layers of intermediary banks, adding both time and transaction costs.

RippleNet shortens this process dramatically. Instead of multiple banks passing funds between each other, RippleNet uses XRP as a bridge between currencies. The transaction is settled in seconds, and the fees are significantly lower. For companies regularly making international payments, this can translate to substantial savings.

Some global banks and payment providers have already started using Ripple’s infrastructure. The pitch is appealing: greater speed, lower cost, and better transparency. And with the global cross-border payments market projected to grow from $195 trillion in 2024 to $320 trillion by 2032, according to FXCintelligence, the room for growth is substantial.

But faster settlements and big addressable markets don’t automatically mean XRP will follow Bitcoin’s trajectory.

Not All Crypto Rallies Follow the Same Blueprint

Bitcoin’s rise this year — up 29% — has been tied to a very different set of factors. The biggest shift has been the growing presence of traditional finance in crypto markets. Large institutional players, including BlackRock and ARK Invest, are now holding Bitcoin through spot ETFs. Several companies have begun adding Bitcoin to their balance sheets, treating it as a strategic long-term asset. And recent legislative developments in the U.S., such as the Genius Act and the Digital Asset Market Clarity Act, signal growing bipartisan interest in clearer crypto regulation.

XRP has not been entirely excluded from this momentum. It too has benefitted from clearer regulatory signals and greater interest in the digital asset sector more broadly. However, the foundation of investor demand in each case is different.

Bitcoin has positioned itself as a digital alternative to gold — a hedge against inflation and monetary policy missteps. XRP’s appeal is more technical: it solves a very specific problem in global finance.

Bitcoin's Scarcity Argument Still Holds Strong

Bitcoin’s supply is limited to 21 million coins. This hard cap is what gives rise to the “digital gold” narrative. Investors view it as a scarce asset that can store value in the long term, much like precious metals have done for centuries. That scarcity — and the widespread understanding of it — is a major part of why Bitcoin’s price has seen such strong upward momentum over the years.

XRP also has a fixed supply: 100 billion tokens. But the psychological effect of scarcity is much weaker here, partly because the token count is so much higher and partly because Ripple — the company — still controls a large portion of the supply. That undermines the sense of decentralization, which many view as fundamental to the appeal of cryptocurrencies.

Ripple’s legal battles with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission have also weighed heavily on sentiment. Although the company has won some key victories in court, years of legal uncertainty have left lingering concerns among investors. These are not trivial issues, and they contribute to the perception that XRP carries more risk than Bitcoin.

Real-World Adoption Doesn’t Guarantee Token Growth

Even if RippleNet becomes a preferred method for cross-border transfers, it doesn't necessarily mean the XRP token itself will explode in value. Some financial institutions may use Ripple’s software but avoid XRP entirely, especially if regulations in their jurisdiction discourage or prohibit crypto holdings.

XRP’s current price of $3 may seem attractive, but its market capitalization — approaching $200 billion — tells a different story. At that size, XRP is already valued higher than many major fintech companies. That suggests a significant amount of optimism is already reflected in the current price.

Unless usage of the token itself accelerates in tandem with RippleNet adoption, the potential for further explosive growth may be limited. Investors hoping for XRP to deliver returns similar to Bitcoin’s earlier years may be underestimating how different the two cases are.

No Straight Line from Utility to Value

XRP offers a functional and technologically impressive solution to a real-world financial problem. Its speed, efficiency, and potential to reduce banking costs give it a credible use case in the global financial system. But value in crypto isn't determined by utility alone.

Bitcoin’s rise has been driven by a mix of scarcity, decentralization, regulatory breakthroughs, and macroeconomic trends. XRP, in contrast, depends more on institutional partnerships and payment system integration. The success of one does not imply the inevitable rise of the other.

That doesn't mean XRP is without value. But it does mean that calling it “the next Bitcoin” oversimplifies the landscape. These are two very different assets aimed at different problems. Investors looking to treat XRP as a Bitcoin alternative should understand those distinctions before expecting similar returns.

Thinking XRP Will Be the Next Bitcoin? Think Again

XRP and Bitcoin may share the same asset class, but that’s where the similarity ends. Bitcoin has carved out its place as a decentralized hedge — a scarce, standalone asset with growing institutional acceptance. XRP, by contrast, is tightly linked to Ripple’s infrastructure and aims to improve how banks move money across borders.

That distinction isn’t subtle. Bitcoin’s rise has been driven by demand for an alternative to traditional finance. XRP’s potential depends on being accepted by it.

If Ripple continues expanding its partnerships and regulatory clarity improves, XRP could see more traction. But calling it “the next Bitcoin” misreads what actually drives value in crypto. The two aren’t competing for the same role — and they won’t follow the same path.

For anyone considering XRP, it’s not about hoping for a repeat of Bitcoin’s price history. It’s about recognizing what XRP is — and isn’t — built to do.

Also Read: Bitcoin Holds Below $120K, Ethereum and XRP Weaken, Solana Stalls Under Resistance

But Bitcoin’s past is no guarantee of its future. With market cycles now more tightly tied to global finance and regulation, the next ten years may look very different from the last. If someone puts $10,000 into Bitcoin in 2025, what could it realistically be worth by 2035? The answer depends heavily on how adoption, regulation, and utility evolve.

Here’s a grounded look at three potential outcomes.

If Adoption Stalls: A Value Below Today’s Price

Although Bitcoin’s position as a digital asset is stronger than ever, setbacks are possible. A meaningful decline in price over the next decade would likely require major disruptions, not just a slowdown in market enthusiasm.

One such risk is technological. If quantum computing advances faster than anticipated, it could challenge the encryption that underpins Bitcoin’s network. While theoretical today, this threat could undermine investor confidence if not addressed by upgrades to the protocol.

Another concern: policy risk. Governments may not ban Bitcoin outright, but aggressive taxation or restrictions on crypto-related banking services could limit access. Although current U.S. policy appears more favorable than restrictive, political winds change fast—especially around election cycles.

There’s also the risk that Bitcoin simply becomes outdated. Competing blockchains offering faster settlements, lower fees, and broader functionality could erode its dominance. If Bitcoin fails to evolve or retain cultural relevance, it might still exist—but no longer as the flagship digital asset.

Under this scenario, Bitcoin’s price could dip below $100,000 by 2035. A $10,000 investment might be worth less than what was originally put in, especially after inflation and opportunity cost.

If Bitcoin Keeps Gaining Ground: $600,000 to $1.2 Million

A more likely outcome is that Bitcoin continues on the path it’s already walking: slower, steadier growth, driven by increased ownership, financial integration, and gradual improvements to its infrastructure.

The past few years have seen major asset managers enter the space, with public companies adding Bitcoin to their balance sheets and retirement accounts incorporating crypto exposure. This kind of institutional involvement doesn’t drive explosive growth, but it does deepen the asset’s roots in the global financial system.

At the same time, technical developments—particularly the maturation of the Lightning Network—are addressing some of Bitcoin’s historical weaknesses around transaction speed and scalability. If these improvements take hold, Bitcoin could see more use in payments, not just speculation or savings.

In this scenario, the price of Bitcoin could rise to somewhere between $600,000 and $1.2 million. That’s not a moonshot—it’s a projection based on 5x to 10x returns over the next ten years, consistent with a high-risk asset that continues to mature but faces fewer exponential jumps.

A $10,000 investment in that case could be worth between $50,000 and $100,000 or more by 2035.

If the Financial System Changes: $5 Million and Beyond

A more ambitious projection hinges on Bitcoin breaking into the heart of the global financial system—not just as a traded asset, but as a recognized monetary reserve.

So far, no central bank holds Bitcoin on its balance sheet. But that could change. If even a handful of countries—especially those facing inflationary pressure or limited access to global credit markets—turn to Bitcoin as a reserve currency, demand would spike. Supply, meanwhile, remains capped at 21 million coins.

There's also the long-term prospect of Bitcoin becoming embedded in daily economic life. Widespread use in payroll, remittances, and digital commerce could dramatically expand the addressable user base. Combined with financial products like collateralized Bitcoin loans and tokenized securities, the ecosystem could develop in ways that make Bitcoin less speculative and more fundamental.

In this scenario, Bitcoin’s price could reach $5 million or more. That would value a $10,000 investment at half a million dollars or higher. However, it assumes profound shifts in how the world stores, transfers, and trusts value.

Most Realistic Outcome? Between Decline and Explosion

The most balanced forecast sits between extreme outcomes. While Bitcoin’s past returns are unlikely to repeat, the asset has proved resilient—recovering from collapses, government crackdowns, and internal feuds. Its reputation as a hedge against monetary instability has only grown, especially in countries with volatile currencies.

Bitcoin is now part of the financial conversation at the highest levels. From BlackRock to the SEC to El Salvador, the asset is increasingly treated as a legitimate, if volatile, store of value. That kind of recognition reduces the odds of regulatory destruction and raises the chance of continued, if bumpy, growth.

In practical terms, a $10,000 investment today could reasonably grow to $50,000–$100,000 over the next ten years, assuming consistent progress in utility, infrastructure, and institutional trust.

What a $10,000 Bitcoin Investment Could Actually Return by 2035

If Bitcoin fails to gain ground over the next ten years, a $10,000 investment made today could barely move. In fact, depending on entry point and fees, it might be worth the same—or even less. That scenario would reflect a future where Bitcoin struggles to grow beyond its current user base, and where government restrictions or competing technologies sap its market share. A long period of stagnation could leave investors holding an asset that underperforms inflation, let alone equities.

A more reasonable trajectory assumes Bitcoin remains volatile but continues expanding its presence in global finance. If institutional demand increases and more financial platforms incorporate Bitcoin exposure—through retirement accounts, ETFs, and direct balance sheet holdings—a long-term investor could see moderate gains. In this environment, a $10,000 position could reach between $50,000 and $100,000 over a decade. That’s roughly in line with historical compounding for high-risk assets, assuming no systemic breakdowns.

The most aggressive projection—where Bitcoin becomes a reserve asset or sees widespread adoption in consumer payments—could push those returns far higher. If Bitcoin climbs into the multi-million-dollar range per coin, a $10,000 stake today could be worth hundreds of thousands. But for that to happen, central banks would need to treat it as monetary infrastructure, not speculation. That shift would be historic and disruptive—not impossible, but far from guaranteed.

These figures aren’t targets. They reflect outcomes tied to actual, observable developments—legal treatment, monetary policy, investor behavior, and network usage. Bitcoin’s price a decade from now won’t be decided by charts or slogans. It will come down to how the world treats the idea of decentralized money when the novelty wears off.

Bitcoin Price History from 2009 to 2025

Also Read: Top 5 Stablecoins in 2025 — One Holds More U.S. Treasuries Than Germany

The expansion marks a turning point for Bitmain, which has led the market for crypto mining machines since 2013. The company is setting up local operations to reduce delivery times and ease maintenance support for U.S. clients, according to Bitmain’s president of mining and global business chief Gao. Despite higher labor costs, Bitmain sees clear advantages in operating within U.S. borders—especially as shipping delays and trade restrictions continue to weigh on Chinese exports.

This manufacturing move follows a string of disruptions. Since 2018, U.S.-China trade tensions have complicated Bitmain's access to American buyers. Customs and Border Protection have held up shipments, and in early 2025, the U.S. Department of Commerce blacklisted Bitmain's AI-focused subsidiary, alleging links to China’s efforts to develop advanced chips. While the company’s core crypto hardware business wasn't included on the blacklist, the scrutiny has increased.

Further political pressure has emerged with Donald Trump’s 2024 election campaign and post-victory messaging. Trump pledged to expand domestic Bitcoin mining, framing it as a national security issue and a path to energy independence. Shortly after his win, Bitmain publicly confirmed its U.S. plant plans—though it has not disclosed the site’s location.

Bitmain Prepares US Facility to Improve Service for American Clients

Bitmain is preparing to hire 250 U.S.-based workers in the first phase of the rollout. These workers will be trained in both the assembly of mining machines and facility-level operations, indicating a full-scale manufacturing presence rather than simple warehousing or distribution.

This development is not happening in isolation. U.S.-based mining companies, many of them publicly traded, have become dominant players since China’s 2021 crackdown on domestic mining. Firms like Marathon Digital Holdings (MARA), Riot Platforms, and CleanSpark now represent tens of billions in market value. As a result, the U.S. has emerged as the world’s primary Bitcoin mining center—fueled by cheap energy in certain states and political backing in others.

Bitmain’s biggest customer in this shift appears to be American Bitcoin Corp., a new mining venture launched with backing from Eric Trump and Donald Trump Jr., in partnership with Hut 8 and other investors. In November 2024, Hut 8 ordered more than 31,000 Bitmain mining machines, to be delivered in early 2025. The scale of that order underlines Bitmain’s continuing dominance in the hardware segment, even as competitors like Block Inc. and Auradine try to develop domestic alternatives.

A Calculated Move to Secure Market Access and Political Favor

Bitmain’s decision to manufacture in the U.S. is both a defensive and strategic play. With Chinese firms under regulatory pressure, supply chains have become fragile, and policymakers in Washington are increasingly wary of Chinese technology companies. U.S. regulators have yet to confirm whether mining hardware will fall under the same export restrictions as AI chips, but uncertainty alone has pushed Bitmain to act preemptively.

By opening a U.S. facility, Bitmain may sidestep future sanctions or export bans that could threaten its access to the American market. The company also positions itself as a job creator, which may help it gain support from local governments and lawmakers even amid broader U.S.-China tensions.

Bitmain’s hardware remains unmatched in efficiency and cost-per-unit, thanks to years of proprietary chip development. While several U.S. firms have started building mining equipment, none currently match Bitmain’s scale, pricing, or global distribution network. The U.S. plant could serve to reinforce that lead—provided the company can navigate legal, political, and public scrutiny in the months ahead.

US-China Trade Tensions Drive Rethink of Supply Chain Strategies

Bitmain’s production has long been concentrated in Southeast Asia, taking advantage of cost efficiencies and favorable logistics. But the Trump administration is pushing for stricter trade barriers, including tariffs and sanctions aimed at protecting critical technology sectors. Manufacturing in Southeast Asia may soon carry the same risks as sourcing directly from China.

In this climate, American production offers stability. It also aligns with the White House’s stated goal of bringing strategic technologies back onshore—especially in industries tied to energy consumption, data infrastructure, and digital sovereignty.

The U.S. plant is part of a broader industry transformation. Mining hardware is no longer a purely technical product—it is now entangled with geopolitics, national security arguments, and economic influence. Bitmain’s relocation signals an understanding of this new reality and a willingness to adapt rather than resist.

Also Read: Top 5 Stablecoins in 2025 — One Holds More U.S. Treasuries Than Germany

Below is a closer examination of the five largest stablecoins by market capitalization and their role in today’s digital economy.

Tether (USDT) Remains the Market Leader

Tether continues to command the stablecoin market with a market capitalization of approximately $164 billion. First launched in 2014, Tether is the oldest active stablecoin and remains the most widely used by volume. It was designed to maintain a 1:1 peg with the U.S. dollar and is backed by a mix of cash and cash-equivalent reserves, including U.S. Treasury bills.

The scale of Tether’s Treasury holdings has drawn growing attention. As of mid-2025, Tether had accumulated more than $120 billion in U.S. Treasury securities. That total now exceeds the U.S. debt holdings of Germany, which stands at around $111 billion—making Tether a larger holder of U.S. Treasuries than one of the world’s largest economies. This level of exposure places Tether among the biggest non-sovereign holders of U.S. government debt, highlighting its rising influence in global finance.

However, Tether’s legal structure continues to be a point of regulatory concern. The company is registered in offshore jurisdictions, and despite periodic attestations, questions around the transparency and consistency of its reserve reporting remain. Even so, its trading volume—over $100 billion daily—continues to far exceed that of all other stablecoins combined.

USDC: The Primary U.S.-Based Contender

USDC, currently holding a market cap of around $64 billion, is the second-largest stablecoin. Issued by Circle, a company based in the United States, USDC is known for its close regulatory engagement and detailed disclosures about reserve assets.

USDC has grown in popularity among institutional users, particularly in North America, and is heavily integrated across major exchanges and payment applications. Circle’s U.S. domicile and its partnerships with regulated financial institutions give it a level of credibility in policy circles that many offshore stablecoins lack.

Its lower trading volume compared to Tether—around $13 billion per day—doesn’t diminish its importance in compliance-focused financial applications. As regulation evolves, USDC’s transparency and alignment with U.S. regulators may prove to be a competitive advantage.

Dai: A Crypto-Backed Decentralized Option

Dai, with a market capitalization of approximately $5.4 billion, represents a different approach to stablecoin design. Instead of being backed by cash or Treasury debt, Dai is collateralized by various cryptocurrencies using smart contracts. It is issued by the decentralized autonomous organization (DAO) known as MakerDAO.

Dai's decentralized model appeals to users who prioritize censorship resistance and trustless systems. However, its reliance on crypto assets makes it inherently more volatile in times of market stress. To mitigate risks, Dai is often overcollateralized, meaning more crypto is held in reserve than the value of Dai issued.

This decentralized model has made Dai a favorite in DeFi (decentralized finance) circles, although it lacks the scale and institutional integration of USDT and USDC.

Ethena USDe: An Emerging Synthetic Dollar

Ethena’s USDe has quickly gained traction, reaching a market cap of around $4 billion. USDe distinguishes itself by using a synthetic model that combines crypto derivatives and smart contracts to maintain its peg to the U.S. dollar.

While still relatively new, Ethena’s rapid growth signals strong market interest in algorithmic and hybrid stablecoin designs—despite the failures of similar models in the past. The most notable collapse in this category was TerraUSD in 2022, which lost its peg and triggered a $45 billion meltdown.

Ethena’s model incorporates lessons from that episode, introducing stricter collateral policies and more conservative risk management frameworks. However, synthetic stablecoins remain a speculative area, particularly under the lens of incoming regulation.

USD1: Political Ties and Regulatory Attention

World Liberty Financial’s USD1 rounds out the top five with a market cap of $2.2 billion. What sets USD1 apart is its political affiliation—it is linked to the Trump family through financial and advisory roles in World Liberty Financial.

USD1 operates like other fiat-pegged stablecoins, maintaining a 1:1 peg with the dollar and backed by cash-equivalent reserves. However, its political connections have drawn scrutiny, especially during legislative debates on the future of stablecoin regulation.

Concerns surfaced earlier this year about potential conflicts of interest, particularly surrounding the proposed GENIUS Act—a bill that would set federal standards for stablecoin issuance and reserve management. Lawmakers questioned whether a politically affiliated stablecoin could coexist with the principles of monetary neutrality, though the legislation ultimately advanced.

Stablecoins Are Not All Alike

While all stablecoins aim to maintain a fixed value of one U.S. dollar, their methods for achieving this goal vary. The core differences include reserve composition, trading volume, governance models, and geographic jurisdiction.

• Reserve Composition: Cash-backed stablecoins like USDC and USDT use fiat and Treasury securities, while others like Dai rely on crypto reserves or smart contract mechanisms.

• Liquidity and Volume: Tether's daily trading volume surpasses $100 billion, significantly higher than USDC's $13 billion and exponentially more than smaller stablecoins.

• Jurisdiction: U.S.-based issuers like Circle tend to face stricter compliance and reporting standards. Offshore entities, including Tether, face less oversight but also carry reputational risk.

• Governance: Centralized issuers operate under corporate control, while decentralized issuers like MakerDAO function through community voting and smart contracts.

Understanding these differences is key for institutional investors and regulators alike as they evaluate the systemic risk and utility of various stablecoin models.

New Entrants Expected After Regulatory Approval

The expected implementation of the GENIUS Act could dramatically alter the stablecoin landscape by allowing nonbank entities to issue their own regulated stablecoins. This could open the door for major technology firms and retail platforms to introduce their own dollar-pegged digital currencies.

Such a development would increase competition, especially in the 10% of the market currently not controlled by USDT and USDC. It could also shift the balance of power in the stablecoin space, as companies with vast user networks—like payment processors or e-commerce platforms—begin to offer their own digital tokens for payment and settlement.

However, existing leaders like Tether and USDC are unlikely to be displaced anytime soon. Their dominance in liquidity, infrastructure integration, and institutional adoption gives them a significant head start. Still, the possibility of innovation in collateral structure, user experience, and compliance could allow smaller players to carve out meaningful niches.

Also Read: Bitcoin Holds Below $120K, Ethereum and XRP Weaken, Solana Stalls Under Resistance

A break below the $117,000 level would bring the May high near $112,000 into play. On the upside, $120,000 remains a ceiling that has not been breached on a daily closing basis for over a week.

The three-line break chart registered a negligible 0.12% gain on July 22, pointing to a stall in upward movement. That small reading is often a sign of slowing participation, especially after sustained gains earlier in the month.

Resistance Levels: $120,000, $123,181
Support Levels: $117,000, $114,700, $111,965

Ethereum Pulls Back from Seven-Month Peak

Ethereum briefly touched $3,937 before pulling back to the $3,880 area. While the price moved above last week’s range, technical confirmation was lacking. The 14-day RSI did not follow price to a new high, setting up a divergence. At the same time, the MACD histogram narrowed, approaching a negative crossover on the daily chart.

The protocol’s on-chain metrics haven’t kept up with the price move. Network fees and revenue remain flat, which could limit further gains unless user activity increases.

A failure to hold $3,510 would shift focus to lower levels. Immediate resistance remains at $4,000 and $4,100, where sellers have consistently emerged since the start of Q2.

Resistance Levels: $4,000, $4,100, $4,382
Support Levels: $3,770, $3,510, $3,000

XRP Turns Lower After Rejection at $3.35

XRP reversed earlier gains after testing $3.35, a level that had previously served as support before turning into resistance. The reversal was confirmed by short-term indicators: the RSI broke below its trendline on the hourly chart, and the MACD histogram turned negative.

The next downside target is $2.96, the low from July 24. If that fails, price could revisit the May high at $2.65. Weekly candles show a tweezer top pattern at $3.65, which historically signals a price peak when confirmed by weakness in the following sessions.

Resistance Levels: $3.35, $3.65, $4.00
Support Levels: $2.96, $2.65, $2.44 (200-day SMA)

Solana Trades Near Upper Channel but Faces Heavy Selling

Solana is currently holding above its hourly Ichimoku cloud, but price remains below the $205–$206 level, where a daily tweezer top was established. That formation has not been invalidated, and volume at higher levels continues to thin.

The $184 mark is the higher low to watch. A close below this could open the path to the 200-day moving average near $163. Traders remain cautious here, as prior rejections from this area have triggered multi-session declines.

Resistance Levels: $205–$206, $218, $252
Support Levels: $184, $163, $126

Charts Stay in Range With No Follow-Through on Breakouts

So far, every upside test this week across majors has either stalled at resistance or faded into declining volume. Bitcoin’s move above $120,000 didn’t trigger a follow-up. Ethereum has failed to hold daily closes above $3,400. XRP is rolling over below its 20-day average. Solana remains capped below $206, with no invalidation of its tweezer top.

No major coin has reclaimed a broken trendline or made a convincing higher high. Until one does, price action across the board remains range-bound and reactive, with short setups near resistance still finding more traction than long entries.

Also Read: Solana Could Reach $500 Billion in Market Value Within Five Years

From checkout counters to global money transfers, the law sets the stage for a transformation in payment methods — one that consumers might not immediately notice, but will soon feel in faster transactions, reduced costs, and new digital tools from banks and retailers alike.

What Stablecoins Actually Are — And Why They’re Now Different

Stablecoins are not your typical cryptocurrency. They are digital tokens that operate on blockchain networks — the same type of technology that powers Bitcoin — but unlike Bitcoin, they are designed to maintain a constant value.

Each stablecoin is backed by an equivalent amount of real-world assets, most often U.S. dollars or short-term Treasury bills, held in reserve. That backing allows stablecoins like USDC (USD Coin) or Tether (USDT) to maintain a 1:1 ratio with the dollar. In short, one stablecoin equals one dollar, always.

This built-in stability makes them practical for payments — as opposed to speculative investing. And that practicality is exactly what the GENIUS Act aims to unlock.

The GENIUS Act: A Turning Point for Digital Dollar Infrastructure

Formally known as the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for US Stablecoins Act, the GENIUS Act represents a rare bipartisan agreement on cryptocurrency regulation. The law:

• Requires Full Reserve Backing: Every issued stablecoin must be backed by real assets — no leverage, no fractional reserves.

• Establishes Issuer Guidelines: Only licensed entities, such as banks or qualified nonbanks, can issue stablecoins.

• Imposes Transparency and Reporting Rules: Issuers must submit regular audits and reserve disclosures.

• Bans Misleading Claims: Issuers cannot advertise their stablecoins as being federally insured or backed by the U.S. government.

• Applies AML and KYC Rules: Anti-money laundering and customer verification protocols are now mandatory.

President Donald Trump, whose family has ownership ties to World Liberty Financial, a firm that recently launched its own stablecoin, called the law “a blueprint to bring American innovation to the forefront of digital finance while keeping the dollar dominant.”

$30 Billion a Day — and Climbing

Even before federal oversight, stablecoin usage has been accelerating rapidly. According to a July 2025 report from McKinsey & Company, average daily stablecoin transaction volume has doubled over the past 18 months, now approaching $30 billion per day.

Much of this activity has occurred behind the scenes — between crypto exchanges, in DeFi protocols, or for cross-border fund transfers. What’s changing now is that these digital dollars are moving into consumer-facing transactions: retail checkouts, payroll, remittances, and even financial products.

The GENIUS Act’s effect is to formalize what was previously happening in legal gray zones, opening the door for stablecoins to become as common as debit cards or Venmo transfers.

Retailers May Accept Stablecoins Next — But Why Should You Care?

At a glance, the idea of using a stablecoin instead of your Visa card may seem pointless — especially since most stablecoins don’t offer rewards or protections yet. But under the surface, the economic incentives for merchants are massive.

Payment card networks like Visa and Mastercard charge between 2% and 3.5% per transaction, plus fixed fees per swipe. Those costs eat into profits and often result in higher prices for customers.

In contrast, stablecoin transfers cost less than $0.01 and settle in seconds — 24/7, with no bank involved.

“Most consumers don’t realize they’re paying for card fees indirectly,” said Mike Hudack, CEO of Sling Money, a payment platform that runs on stablecoins. “Merchants lose margin on every sale. With stablecoins, they don’t.”

As more retailers recognize the cost advantage, you could see discounts for using stablecoins, similar to how gas stations charge less for cash. Major retailers, including Amazon and Walmart, have reportedly considered issuing their own private stablecoins to lock in customer loyalty and reduce reliance on financial intermediaries.

Banks Are Getting Involved — But on Different Terms

Traditional banks aren’t sitting this out. Institutions like JPMorgan, Bank of America, and Citigroup are quietly developing or piloting their own versions of stablecoins or blockchain payment rails.

Unlike cryptocurrency startups, these banks already hold regulatory licenses and operate under consumer protection laws. Their entry into the space could give stablecoins a broader stamp of legitimacy, while also protecting their turf from fintech disruption.

However, there are key limitations. Stablecoins under the GENIUS Act cannot pay interest — even if they’re fully backed. That means holding $1,000 in stablecoins is different from putting that money in a savings account earning 4% APY.

Also, stablecoin balances aren’t FDIC insured, meaning consumers need to evaluate the creditworthiness and transparency of the issuer — just like they would with a money market fund or prepaid debit card.

Micro-Transactions and Creator Monetization Could Finally Work

The structure of credit card fees makes small-dollar payments impractical. For example, paying 30 cents to read a single article or tipping a musician 50 cents often costs more in fees than the value of the transaction.

Stablecoins remove that problem. With no percentage fees and near-zero transaction costs, micro-payments become economically feasible.

This could fuel a wave of new business models: pay-per-article news, a la carte podcast episodes, in-game features purchased instantly, or even fractional tipping in online communities. Platforms like Substack, X, and Patreon are already exploring blockchain-based monetization paths.

“Stablecoins let people support creators on their own terms — without subscriptions, without friction,” said Erick McAfee, a fintech executive at Supertab. “It levels the playing field.”

International Money Transfers Are About to Get Cheaper and Faster

According to World Bank data, the global average cost of sending a cross-border remittance is about 6.62%. That means sending $500 to a family member overseas could cost more than $30 — and still take up to five days to arrive.

With stablecoins, cross-border transactions can be executed in seconds, with costs as low as a fraction of a cent. This is particularly meaningful for migrant workers and families who rely on remittances as part of their household income.

Companies like Circle, Stellar, and even Visa’s USDC pilot programs have been developing corridors between countries using stablecoins, bypassing outdated SWIFT networks and wire services altogether.

Most Users Won’t Even Realize They’re Using Stablecoins

One of the most important aspects of this change is user invisibility. Payment apps and banks are already experimenting with routing money over stablecoin networks without requiring the user to hold or understand crypto at all.

“You’ll tap your phone or send money through an app like usual,” said Hudack. “But instead of going through five banks and three processors, it moves instantly over a blockchain — and costs less than a penny.”

This invisible adoption is key to mainstream growth. Platforms can upgrade their backend for speed and efficiency, while maintaining a familiar user interface.

Digital Dollars, Not Dollar Replacements

Despite popular misconceptions, stablecoins aren’t trying to replace the U.S. dollar — they’re designed to mirror and modernize it. What they offer is a faster, more programmable, more globally accessible way to move dollars, without relying on traditional financial infrastructure.

The GENIUS Act doesn’t solve all the challenges — consumer protections, privacy issues, and fraud prevention still need work — but it provides a federal starting point, giving companies, banks, and regulators a shared rulebook.

What comes next depends on how quickly businesses and platforms adopt the technology — and how well consumers understand the benefits.

But one thing is clear: stablecoins are no longer just for crypto traders. With federal rules now in place, they’re headed for everyday wallets, checkout lines, payroll systems, and beyond.

Also Read: Bitcoin Surges to $120K as Congress Opens Debate on Crypto Laws and Stablecoins

While that kind of growth is rare, Solana’s network performance and on-chain data show measurable progress across multiple areas — including speed, developer engagement, and emerging financial products.

Solana Leads in Real-Time Transaction Throughput

Data from Chainspect (July 21) shows Solana is the fastest major public blockchain in active use, with 1,505 transactions per second (TPS) in real-world conditions and a maximum capacity of 65,000 TPS.

By comparison, Ethereum — still the largest smart contract platform — processes about 21 transactions per second in real time, with a peak capacity of 119.

Transaction fees on Solana remain below $0.005, making it one of the least expensive networks for both developers and users. While low fees are common in several networks, few can maintain this level of affordability at high throughput.

How Solana Processes Transactions Faster Than Other Blockchains

Solana’s structure differs from many older blockchains. It combines proof-of-stake validation with a mechanism called proof of history, a system that timestamps transactions before they are verified and added to the ledger.

This sequence-based model allows validators to process transactions more efficiently and with less computational overlap. It reduces the time needed for network consensus, enabling Solana to handle more traffic without raising costs.

Developer Activity on Solana Is Growing, While Ethereum's Declines

According to data from Electric Capital, Solana currently has 1,030 full-time developers — those who commit code on at least 10 days each month. It ranks second behind Ethereum, which still leads with 3,835 active developers.

However, Ethereum’s developer count has declined 16% in the past year. Solana, meanwhile, saw a 21% increase during the same period. It also attracted more new developers in 2024 than any other blockchain.

This level of sustained development is a critical factor for ecosystem growth, especially as more decentralized applications are launched on Solana’s framework.

Locked Value in Solana-Based Applications Doubled Over the Past Year

The amount of capital deployed into decentralized finance (DeFi) services on Solana has more than doubled in the last 12 months. Total value locked (TVL) rose from $5.1 billion to $10.5 billion, according to DeFiLlama.

In addition to that, revenue generated by applications on Solana hit $192.6 million over the last 30 days — the highest of any public blockchain during that time frame. App revenue is a direct reflection of user demand and transaction volume.

Tokenized Equities Are Growing Quickly on Solana

An area where Solana has gained new users is in tokenized traditional assets, including publicly traded stocks. These digital representations of real-world shares — such as Tesla and Nvidia — are reportedly backed one-to-one by actual equity.

Currently, over $536 million in tokenized assets are issued on Solana. Wallets holding these tokens have increased by over 700% in the past 30 days, now exceeding 60,000. The ability to hold and trade these tokens on-chain, without traditional brokerages, is drawing both retail and institutional attention.

U.S. Regulations May Clear the Way for Solana ETFs

Two regulatory developments in 2025 have created a more favorable environment for select cryptocurrencies. The Genius Act, signed into law this month, established the first legal framework for digital assets in the United States.

In March, the White House announced the formation of a federal cryptocurrency reserve called the U.S. Digital Asset Stockpile. Solana was included among the digital assets being reviewed for potential inclusion.

Market odds also suggest the approval of a spot Solana exchange-traded fund (ETF) is nearly certain. As of late July, prediction markets place the probability at 99%. For reference, Bitcoin ETFs launched in January 2024 have received $55 billion in inflows to date, while Ethereum ETFs (approved in July 2024) hold nearly $8 billion.

ETF approval would make Solana easier to access for asset managers, retirement accounts, and public investment funds, expanding its exposure beyond crypto-native investors.

Is a $500 Billion Valuation for Solana by 2030 Even Possible?

To reach $500 billion, Solana would need to climb over 360% from its current valuation. While ambitious, this type of growth is not unheard of in the digital asset sector. Bitcoin rose over 370% between mid-2020 and mid-2023.

The necessary factors for that kind of increase — developer support, rising usage, new financial products, and broader access via regulated markets — are currently moving in Solana’s direction.

Still, any cryptocurrency investment carries significant risk. Market volatility, protocol issues, or shifting regulation could affect price performance. Investors tracking Solana’s growth are advised to approach with clear risk allocation and avoid overweighting speculative positions.

At present, Solana’s metrics suggest a blockchain that is growing in real usage and infrastructure, not just price. Whether it can join Bitcoin and Ethereum at the top remains to be seen — but the foundation is stronger than most of its peers.

Also Read: Top Crypto Trends for 2025: Bitcoin Growth, Solana & XRP ETF Buzz, Ethereum Struggles

Unlike past rallies driven by hype and speculation, this leg of Bitcoin’s rise is unfolding during a period of economic uncertainty. Inflation remains elevated, and global trade dynamics continue to shift, particularly in light of newly announced bilateral trade agreements. Yet, Bitcoin's performance has remained largely unaffected, pointing to deeper adoption and broader market maturity.

With digital assets increasingly integrated into financial systems—from payment rails to brokerage platforms—investors are taking a closer look at public companies positioned at the intersection of traditional finance and blockchain technology.

Here are three such companies whose business models are being positively impacted by the crypto surge:

Visa Inc. (NYSE: V)

Visa has been quietly embedding itself into the digital asset ecosystem—not by investing in cryptocurrencies directly, but by upgrading its transaction infrastructure to support stablecoins and public blockchains. In its latest move, the payments giant expanded settlement capabilities to the Solana network, known for its high throughput and low transaction costs.

The expansion goes beyond technical integration. Visa is now working with global acquirers like Worldpay and Nuvei to enable real-time, blockchain-based settlements between merchants and payment processors. This could eventually reduce the reliance on SWIFT transfers and currency conversion fees, particularly in emerging markets.

While the crypto community often focuses on price charts, Visa’s approach targets the backbone of financial transactions. It’s not about volatility; it's about velocity. With over $10 trillion in global payments moving through its network annually, even marginal adoption of stablecoin rails could meaningfully enhance both revenue and efficiency.

Over the last quarter, earnings estimates for Visa’s current fiscal year have edged higher, reflecting cautious optimism from analysts as blockchain moves from pilot projects to real-world payments infrastructure.

Robinhood Markets, Inc. (NASDAQ: HOOD)

Robinhood’s decision to integrate crypto trading into its zero-commission platform in 2018 was initially viewed as a novelty. But in 2025, that feature is now a cornerstone of the company’s growth story. The platform enables millions of users—many of them under 40—to access not only stocks and ETFs, but also a curated list of digital currencies, including Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Dogecoin.

Earlier this year, Robinhood reported that cryptocurrency trading volumes on its platform grew more than 30% quarter-over-quarter. Unlike traditional brokerages that fence off crypto behind separate platforms, Robinhood presents it alongside other financial assets, helping normalize digital currency ownership for a new generation of investors.

Behind the scenes, the firm is also developing its own crypto wallet infrastructure, allowing customers to transfer assets on and off the platform—a significant shift from its previous closed-loop approach.

Earnings projections for the current year have jumped nearly 20% since May, suggesting that analysts expect crypto-related revenue to remain a significant contributor to overall performance.

Interactive Brokers Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: IBKR)

Unlike Robinhood, which focuses on retail traders, Interactive Brokers caters to professionals and active investors. Its crypto offering includes spot trading and regulated futures products—features that appeal to institutions and hedge funds looking for hedged or leveraged exposure to digital assets.

IBKR was among the first mainstream brokerages to offer access to Bitcoin and Ethereum futures listed on U.S. exchanges. It has since expanded its offering to include margin trading on certain crypto assets, as well as direct custody services through partnerships with regulated third-party custodians.

Its presence in the crypto derivatives space has helped attract a different kind of user—more risk-aware, typically institutional, and looking for diversification beyond equities or bonds. With the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME) seeing record volumes in crypto futures this year, firms like IBKR stand to benefit from the parallel demand for execution and risk management tools.

Earnings estimates for Interactive Brokers have been revised upward in recent months, reflecting analyst confidence in the company’s ability to capitalize on broader volatility and digital asset adoption.

Bitcoin’s Rise Reflects in Trading Revenue and Infrastructure Usage

The direct impact of Bitcoin’s recent rally is visible in the operating metrics of companies serving crypto markets. At Robinhood, cryptocurrency trading revenue climbed to $126 million in the first quarter of 2025 — more than double the previous quarter. The company added over 800,000 new crypto-enabled accounts between January and March, according to its latest earnings call.

Visa’s blockchain activity also reflects growing transaction demand. The firm processed over $2.4 billion in stablecoin settlements through its pilot integrations with Solana and Ethereum since January, up from $1.1 billion in the last quarter of 2024. The rollout with Nuvei and Worldpay has now expanded into 16 countries, targeting high-volume merchants in cross-border sectors such as travel and e-commerce.

Interactive Brokers reported that cryptocurrency derivatives contracts traded on its platform rose by 19% year-over-year in the second quarter, with a notable increase in demand for CME Bitcoin futures among European and Asian institutional clients. Executives attributed the growth to “renewed interest in regulated crypto exposure” in light of Bitcoin’s sustained price strength and growing ETF participation.

Rather than speculative bets on token appreciation, investor capital this year has shifted toward businesses generating recurring revenue from cryptocurrency operations. With regulators still cautious on retail coin ownership in several jurisdictions, equities linked to crypto infrastructure are becoming the preferred route for many investors seeking digital asset exposure without the compliance risks of holding the assets directly.

Also Read: Trump Media Buys $2 Billion in Bitcoin, Stock Rises 6% After Announcement

The TON Wallet works as an embedded feature inside Telegram’s interface. Once activated, it allows users to perform blockchain transactions in the same space where they send messages, media, and links. This eliminates the need for external crypto apps, browser extensions, or complicated wallet downloads.

The wallet operates on the TON blockchain, which was designed for fast, low-fee transactions. By integrating TON directly into its app, Telegram aims to remove the friction that typically comes with using crypto for peer-to-peer payments.

Over 100 Million Wallets Activated Globally

Telegram first rolled out the TON Wallet to international users in 2023. By the end of last year, more than 100 million people worldwide had activated the wallet, representing about 10% of Telegram’s global user base. These users were able to buy, hold, and transfer cryptocurrency directly inside their chats.

Despite its global success, the wallet remained unavailable in the U.S. until now due to legal concerns. Telegram had to navigate regulatory complexities around crypto services in the American market before it could expand access.

With the U.S. rollout now live, Telegram’s crypto ecosystem is set to grow further, adding one of the world’s largest digital markets to its blockchain platform.

Fast Transactions on the TON Blockchain

Telegram’s wallet is powered by the TON blockchain, a decentralized network built for speed and scalability. Currently, the TON network processes more than 334,000 transactions per day, handling everything from peer-to-peer transfers to decentralized apps.

Unlike older blockchains that struggle with congestion, TON was built to support mainstream consumer use. Its architecture allows for fast confirmations and minimal fees, making it suitable for in-app transactions where users expect speed and simplicity.

By connecting the TON blockchain directly to Telegram, users can move digital assets with the same ease as sending a text. There’s no need for public wallet addresses or private keys—the transactions happen directly between Telegram accounts.

No Extra Apps or Complex Setups

One of Telegram’s biggest selling points for the TON Wallet is its simplicity. Users don’t have to install additional software or learn complicated crypto mechanics. The wallet works inside the existing Telegram interface, eliminating the need for separate logins or third-party tools.

The process is designed for users who have never used crypto before. There are no seed phrases to memorize and no external wallet addresses to manage. Instead, the wallet connects to the user’s Telegram account, allowing for intuitive in-chat transactions.

This approach removes common entry barriers that have slowed crypto adoption in the past. Telegram’s wallet is positioned as a user-friendly bridge between mainstream communication and digital finance.

Telegram’s Second Attempt at Crypto Integration

Telegram’s relationship with blockchain technology dates back to 2018 when it first announced plans for a decentralized network called the Telegram Open Network, or TON. After facing legal challenges from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in 2020, Telegram stepped away from directly managing the blockchain but allowed the TON community to continue development.

Today’s TON blockchain is an independent, open-source project, though Telegram remains closely tied to its growth. By embedding TON into its app, Telegram is giving the blockchain access to a vast user base of over 1 billion people globally.

The U.S. launch of the wallet is a strategic move. It signals Telegram’s renewed push into crypto services, but under a structure that avoids past regulatory pitfalls. By limiting the wallet to TON-based assets and offering it as an optional feature, Telegram aims to stay on the right side of compliance while expanding its platform’s capabilities.

Bringing Peer-to-Peer Crypto to the Chat Screen

The TON Wallet is designed to make crypto part of daily communication. Users can send payments during chats, split bills, tip creators, or transfer money to friends—without leaving the conversation thread.

By bringing financial tools into the same space where people already communicate, Telegram is reshaping how users interact with digital money. This could lead to more casual, everyday use of crypto, rather than the speculative trading that dominates other crypto apps.

For millions of Americans, this will be their first experience using crypto in a practical, social setting. With messaging and payments combined, Telegram is betting that blockchain transactions will eventually feel as natural as sharing a link or a meme.

Also Read: Telegram Introduces Trading and Earning Features in Self-Custodial Crypto Wallet

The company confirmed that two-thirds of its $3 billion in total assets are now held in bitcoin and bitcoin-related securities. Trump Media says the decision is part of a long-term plan to move away from conventional treasury management and adopt digital assets as core holdings.

Following the announcement, Trump Media shares opened 6% higher in early trading. However, the stock remains well below its 2025 highs.

Details of the Bitcoin Acquisition

Trump Media first revealed its crypto treasury strategy in May. Monday’s update confirms that the company has now executed the plan, spending $2 billion on bitcoin and related securities.

Alongside the direct bitcoin purchase, the company allocated $300 million to options and derivatives tied to bitcoin’s market performance. These additional positions give Trump Media exposure to both cryptocurrency price movements and crypto-linked financial products traded in regulated markets.

Company executives say the purchases are part of a broader effort to reduce reliance on traditional financial systems. Devin Nunes, Trump Media’s CEO, said in a statement that the move is designed to secure financial control over the firm’s operations.

“We are executing our bitcoin treasury plan to protect the company from financial institution risks and to support future product launches,” Nunes said.

Planned Launch of Digital Currency in Truth Social

Trump Media is developing a utility token that will serve as a transaction method inside its Truth Social platform. The token is expected to integrate with the company’s media and financial services brands, creating a private digital economy for Truth Social users.

The firm has not yet disclosed a launch date for the token, but Monday’s announcement signals that the cryptocurrency purchases are part of the infrastructure required to support the project.

Federal Stablecoin Law Signed by Trump

The company’s crypto expansion comes just days after former President Donald Trump signed new legislation establishing a federal regulatory framework for stablecoins—cryptocurrencies pegged to the U.S. dollar.

The law gives official recognition to dollar-backed digital currencies and provides rules for how they are issued and maintained. Financial analysts expect the new framework will accelerate the use of stablecoins in mainstream financial transactions, from retail payments to corporate finance.

Trump Family’s Separate Crypto Venture

In addition to the moves by Trump Media, Trump and his family have launched a separate cryptocurrency venture called World Liberty Financial. The startup has partnered with BitGo to introduce a U.S. dollar-backed stablecoin called USD1.

The stablecoin is designed to function as a digital dollar for online transactions, positioning it as a potential competitor to other major stablecoin issuers in the market.

Use of Equity and Debt to Buy Bitcoin

Trump Media is financing its bitcoin purchases through a mix of stock offerings and debt issuance. The company announced plans in May to raise $2.5 billion to fund the bitcoin treasury strategy. Monday’s announcement confirms that most of that capital has now been deployed.

This approach allows Trump Media to build crypto holdings without relying solely on its cash flow from media operations. However, it also introduces leverage risk if the value of bitcoin declines sharply.

Comparison to MicroStrategy and Corporate Bitcoin Holdings

Trump Media is following a model first used by MicroStrategy (NASDAQ: MSTR), which began accumulating bitcoin in 2020. MicroStrategy now holds over 200,000 bitcoin on its balance sheet, funded through a combination of stock sales and debt.

Other major bitcoin-holding public companies include:

• Block Inc. (NYSE: SQ) – Uses bitcoin in Cash App transactions and reserves

• Tesla (NASDAQ: TSLA) – Holds a partial bitcoin position since 2021

Trump Media becomes the first media-focused public company to convert the majority of its assets into cryptocurrency, setting a precedent in both media and financial sectors.

Stock Performance Since Crypto Strategy Announcement

Despite Monday’s pre-market gain, Trump Media’s stock has been under pressure since the company first disclosed its bitcoin treasury strategy in May. The stock has fallen 25% since the initial announcement.

So far in 2025, the company’s shares are down 45% year-to-date, reflecting investor concerns about volatility in cryptocurrency markets and the risks associated with tying corporate finances to digital assets.

Next Financial Disclosures Expected

Trump Media is expected to release detailed financial disclosures in its next earnings report, including information on:

• The structure of its bitcoin and crypto acquisitions

• Risk management policies tied to crypto holdings

• Updates on the planned launch of the Truth Social utility token

• Details on the $300 million in bitcoin-related options

Investors and market analysts will be watching closely to assess how the company balances its media business with its new role as a major corporate crypto holder.

Why Trump Media Chose Bitcoin Now

The timing of Trump Media’s $2 billion bitcoin purchase coincides with a broader shift in U.S. financial regulation. Last week, President Trump signed new legislation creating a legal framework for stablecoins—digital tokens backed by U.S. dollars. The law is the first of its kind in the United States, giving crypto-linked financial assets a clearer role in mainstream commerce.

By moving early, Trump Media positions itself at the center of this changing landscape. The company is building out its financial services branch, Truth.Fi, alongside Truth Social and its streaming platform Truth+. Integrating cryptocurrency into its balance sheet supports that expansion, giving the firm the flexibility to offer new products tied to digital assets.

Company filings confirm that the cryptocurrency strategy is not limited to asset holdings. Trump Media has committed resources to launching its own in-network currency for Truth Social users, allowing peer-to-peer transfers and app-based transactions without relying on third-party payment providers.

Parallel Efforts in the Crypto Sector

Separate from Trump Media, Trump’s family has launched World Liberty Financial, a startup focused on digital payments and blockchain services. The firm recently introduced USD1, a stablecoin pegged to the U.S. dollar, in partnership with BitGo. This stablecoin will operate independently from Trump Media’s business, but the parallel timing of both ventures signals a coordinated push into the crypto sector.

World Liberty Financial’s stablecoin aims to serve online commerce and retail transactions, while Trump Media’s bitcoin holdings are designed for corporate treasury use and platform integration.

Also Read: Trump Media to Raise $2.5 Billion to Build Bitcoin Treasury Backed by Institutional Investors

The theft was first flagged by blockchain investigator ZachXBT, who tracked suspicious transactions involving CoinDCX wallets early Friday. The hacker reportedly used Tornado Cash, a crypto anonymizer banned in several countries, to obscure the origin of initial funds. From there, the attacker bridged part of the stolen assets from Solana to Ethereum, a technique often used to mask the flow of funds across blockchains.

“This particular CoinDCX wallet wasn’t tagged publicly, so the attribution required tracing counterparties manually,” ZachXBT wrote in his Telegram channel, Investigations by ZachXBT. He credited crypto security platform Cyvers Alerts for first spotting the unusual withdrawals.

CoinDCX Says Customer Assets Are Safe

Within hours of the blockchain community uncovering the breach, CoinDCX CEO Sumit Gupta confirmed the hack on social media, explaining that the compromise involved a liquidity account connected to a partner exchange, not customer holdings.

“Our operational account was compromised due to a sophisticated server-side breach. But the wallets that store customer funds remain unaffected,” Gupta said.

CoinDCX says it uses segregated wallet systems—keeping customer funds in offline cold storage, while operational accounts handle liquidity. Gupta stated that the exchange’s treasury reserves, not customer deposits, will cover the full loss.

All INR withdrawals and crypto trading services remain active on CoinDCX’s main platform.

$44 Million Loss Confirmed, Web3 Platform Temporarily Frozen

Neeraj Khandelwal, co-founder of CoinDCX, confirmed that the total stolen amounts to $44.2 million, based on both internal audits and external assessments. He explained the delay in public disclosure was due to security measures being prioritized over immediate public announcements.

During the incident, several users reported that their CoinDCX portfolio pages were inaccessible or displayed incorrect balances. Khandelwal blamed the issues on technical strain from a sudden spike in traffic, not the hack itself.

CoinDCX has also paused operations on its Web3 trading platform, which allows users to interact with decentralized protocols. The company said this decision was made "out of an abundance of caution," though it assured customers that Web3 account funds are intact.

Global Crypto Security in Focus as Cross-Chain Theft Increases

The CoinDCX incident highlights an ongoing global trend: cross-chain exploits targeting crypto exchanges' treasury accounts. The hacker’s method of shifting funds between blockchains—from Solana to Ethereum—reflects a pattern seen in recent international attacks, making asset recovery more complicated.

This isn’t the first time an Indian exchange has faced such a breach. In July 2024, competitor WazirX suffered a $234 million exploit, later linked to the North Korea-based Lazarus Group, according to security analysts.

While CoinDCX has not yet identified who is behind this attack, the company says it is working with crypto forensics agencies and its exchange partners to trace the stolen funds. Efforts to block and recover the assets are ongoing.

Exchange Plans Security Upgrades

CoinDCX says it plans to launch a bug bounty program to encourage independent security researchers to find and report system vulnerabilities before they can be exploited. No timeline has been given for when this program will go live.

Meanwhile, the exchange says it will keep customers updated as the investigation continues.

India is one of the fastest-growing crypto markets in the world, with millions of users entering the space over the last two years. Incidents like the CoinDCX hack raise concerns not just for Indian investors but for crypto security worldwide, as attackers increasingly target cross-chain infrastructure and exploit operational weak points.

CoinDCX has assured its customers that trading remains open, withdrawals are fully functional, and user funds are safe. However, the broader crypto community will be watching closely to see whether the stolen assets can be traced and recovered—and whether this attack signals new vulnerabilities in the global exchange system.

Also Read: Crypto Hacking Thefts Surge to $1.4 Billion in First Half of 2024

Bitcoin rose as high as $123,205 earlier this week before moving back to $119,570 by Friday afternoon. Ethereum climbed 22% over the past five days. Uniswap gained 24% on Friday, while Solana rose 6.5% during the day.

Bitcoin continues to represent about 60% of the cryptocurrency market, according to exchange data.

U.S. Passes Stablecoin Rules for First Time

The U.S. House of Representatives approved the Stablecoin Transparency and Oversight Act this week. The law requires companies that issue stablecoins to maintain full reserves in cash or short-term Treasury assets. Issuers must submit to audits and register with either federal or state regulators, depending on their structure.

Stablecoins are used as trading pairs on most cryptocurrency exchanges. They allow traders to move funds between crypto assets without converting back to traditional money. Tokens like Tether (USDT) and USD Coin (USDC) have become central to daily transactions in crypto markets, with a combined circulation of more than $200 billion.

Lawmakers said the measure was necessary to prevent a repeat of the 2022 TerraUSD collapse, which wiped out billions of dollars when the token lost its dollar peg. Under the new law, all stablecoins must be backed one-to-one with cash or near-cash assets to avoid similar failures.

Several U.S. banks and payment companies have signaled plans to enter the stablecoin market once the legal framework is in place. The current stablecoin market is valued at around $265 billion, but financial analysts expect that figure to grow as regulated products enter the space.

New Crypto Rules Define Token Classifications

Congress also passed a second measure this week setting definitions for cryptocurrencies under U.S. law. The bill outlines how tokens will be classified for trading, taxation, and regulatory oversight. It sets guidelines for exchanges, custodians, and issuers.

The bill clarifies whether certain tokens are treated as securities or commodities, an issue that has slowed crypto industry growth in the U.S. due to legal uncertainty. The Senate has not yet voted on the bill.

ETFs and Options Trading See Heavy Use

Investors continue to move funds into cryptocurrency-linked exchange-traded funds. Bitcoin ETFs attracted $5.5 billionin new investments this month. Ethereum ETFs brought in $2.9 billion, according to fund tracking data.

Bitcoin options trading shows large open positions at the $130,000 strike price for contracts expiring in early August, based on data from Deribit. Options traders are using these contracts to manage risk or position for further price movement.

Crypto Market Growth Accelerates

The cryptocurrency market was valued at less than $500 billion five years ago. It now stands at over $4 trillion. Bitcoin remains the largest single asset in the sector, but more trading has shifted toward blockchain platforms such as Ethereum and Solana.

Tokens linked to decentralized exchanges, payment systems, and blockchain networks are seeing increased trading volume as crypto markets adjust to new regulations and institutional demand.

With the stablecoin law now passed and token classification rules moving through Congress, the crypto sector is moving into its next phase of development with clearer legal guidelines.

Also Read: U.S. House of Representatives Prepares to Pass Stablecoin Law After Adding CBDC Ban to Secure GOP Votes

Stablecoins are digital tokens designed to hold a steady value, usually pegged to the U.S. dollar. They are widely used in cryptocurrency trading because they allow traders to move funds quickly between exchanges without using banks. Their popularity has grown rapidly in recent years, but until now, the market has operated without a nationwide regulatory framework.

Lawmakers plan to vote on the bill Thursday afternoon. The measure is expected to pass and move to President Donald Trump’s desk for signing as early as Friday. The Senate has already agreed to the stablecoin rules, clearing the way for the House to take final action.

Private Meetings Resolved Republican Opposition

The stablecoin vote follows two days of intense negotiations. A group of conservative Republicans initially refused to support the crypto bills, raising concerns about the potential creation of a government-run central bank digital currency.

Several GOP lawmakers warned that a digital dollar issued by the Federal Reserve could allow federal agencies to track personal spending. To secure their support, House leaders agreed to include language blocking the creation of a central bank digital currency in an unrelated defense spending bill.

The agreement was reached after a Tuesday meeting at the White House, where former President Trump met privately with Republican holdouts to break the stalemate. Even after that meeting, it took another nine hours of discussions on Wednesday night before procedural votes could proceed.

Three Crypto Bills on the House Floor

House lawmakers are scheduled to vote on three separate cryptocurrency bills before the end of the day:

• Stablecoin Bill: Sets federal rules for issuing U.S. dollar-pegged digital tokens and creates oversight for stablecoin issuers.

• Crypto Trading Regulation Bill: Establishes a regulatory framework for cryptocurrency exchanges and trading platforms.

• Central Bank Digital Currency Ban: Prohibits the Federal Reserve from creating or testing a government-issued digital currency without congressional approval.

Ban on Central Bank Digital Currency Became the Sticking Point

Central bank digital currencies, known as CBDCs, have been explored by governments around the world, but the concept has faced strong opposition in the United States from conservative lawmakers.

The Federal Reserve has studied the possibility of a digital dollar but has made no move to launch one. Fed Chair Jerome Powell has publicly stated that the central bank would not proceed without direct authorization from Congress.

By tying the CBDC ban to the defense bill, House leaders resolved the final obstacle blocking the crypto package from moving forward.

Stablecoin Use Has Grown Rapidly

Stablecoins are already a major part of the global crypto market. Companies like Circle and Tether have issued billions of dollars in dollar-backed tokens. These digital assets are frequently used for crypto-to-crypto trading and for holding funds without converting back into cash through traditional banks.

Supporters of stablecoin regulation say federal rules will provide clarity to both issuers and investors. The new legislation includes licensing requirements, regular audits, and strict guidelines to ensure stablecoins are backed by real-world assets.

House Leaders Expect the Bills to Pass

House Speaker Mike Johnson told reporters Thursday afternoon that he expects the stablecoin bill, the broader crypto trading framework, and the CBDC ban to all pass by the end of the day.

Once approved, the bills will move to the White House for President Trump’s signature. If signed into law, this will mark the first time the U.S. government has established clear regulations for stablecoins and crypto trading platforms.

Also Read: Veteran Crypto Analyst Says Bitcoin Will Match Gold’s Market Cap—Warns of Altcoin Crash

The trader, known on X as @Innerdevcrypto, has built a following since Bitcoin’s early years by consistently holding to the view that BTC would ultimately compete with gold—not just as a speculative asset, but as a long-term store of value recognized across borders. This week, they reiterated that thesis after Bitcoin logged a new all-time high of $123,091.61on July 14.

BTC, Risks, Taking Profit
(long post)

Bitcoin will hit the same marketcap as gold.....at least

I have been convinced of that since the day i really understood bitcoin (at 400$) while buying ethereum at 6$ and other playing with alts to get more bitcoin. Told people it would go…

— Innerdevcrypto (@Innerdevcrypto) July 14, 2025

“I understood what Bitcoin was designed to be back when it was still at $400,” they posted. “Gold is just the warm-up. The real comparison starts when Bitcoin is priced against gold’s total value.”

Why This Isn’t Just Another Price Target

The analyst’s view is not simply a Bitcoin-to-$1-million headline. It’s a reflection of a deeper shift in how asset classes compete in a digitized economy.

At current prices, Bitcoin’s total market capitalization is roughly $2.3 trillion. Gold, including all the above-ground reserves held by central banks, investors, and private holders, is valued at around $15 trillion. Matching that valuation would require Bitcoin to increase at least six to seven times from today’s levels, depending on how circulating supply and lost coins are factored.

But this isn’t new territory for Bitcoin holders who remember past milestones. When BTC first crossed $10,000 in 2017, skeptics called it a speculative bubble. When it cracked $100,000 in 2025, many predicted a quick collapse. Each time, volatility hit—but Bitcoin stabilized at higher levels.

Bitcoin vs. Gold: Why the Analyst Believes This Time Is Different

@Innerdevcrypto argues that Bitcoin is built for a post-sovereign, globalized economy in a way that gold cannot match.

Unlike gold, which requires storage, verification, and physical custody across borders, Bitcoin can be transacted globally in seconds, with transparent supply limits coded into its protocol. For investors in emerging markets facing currency devaluation or capital controls, Bitcoin has become more than just a speculative bet—it’s become an alternative financial rail.

Still, the analyst flagged unresolved risks: quantum computing, cybersecurity, and regulatory hurdles could still threaten Bitcoin’s long-term trajectory if the ecosystem fails to adapt.

Traders Should Expect Sharp Corrections, Even in a Bull Market

Despite the optimistic long-term view, the analyst cautioned traders not to confuse structural growth with linear price action.

“We’re still in crypto,” they wrote. “Nothing goes straight up.”

A 30% correction in Bitcoin is overdue, according to the post. For altcoins, the expected pullback could be even steeper—50% or more, especially for smaller-cap assets that have surged in the current bull run.

In past cycles, Bitcoin has regularly seen double-digit pullbacks even while maintaining its macro uptrend. The current price action may not be different.

Altcoins and NFTs: What the Analyst Is Watching

@Innerdevcrypto outlined several assets they consider high-performing in the current cycle. Among the altcoins on their radar:

• SUI – Positioned as a next-gen blockchain for low-fee smart contracts

• SOL (Solana) – Continuing to dominate NFT and DeFi throughput

• HYPE – A new speculative coin that has captured short-term momentum

• FARTCOIN – A meme coin that has defied typical correction patterns

• KEETA – A low-cap coin riding the metaverse and gaming asset wave

In the NFT space, they singled out Pudgy Penguins, a collection that has evolved beyond typical PFP (profile picture) projects by establishing licensing deals and retail partnerships in 2025.

A Profit-First Strategy for Non-Wealthy Investors

Perhaps the most notable part of the analyst’s message was not about price targets—but about risk management.

“Everyone likes to talk about diamond hands until the market reverses,” they wrote. “If you’re not wealthy yet, you should be taking profits. That doesn’t mean sell everything—but don’t confuse conviction with recklessness.”

For their own strategy, @Innerdevcrypto confirmed they will continue holding Bitcoin, but with a plan to scale out of riskier altcoin positions over the next six months.

Bitcoin Stays Near $118K After Record High

As of late Tuesday, Bitcoin was holding steady at $118,525.39, according to Kraken.

Traders are watching for signs of either a breakout continuation or the kind of sharp correction that has historically defined crypto bull markets. Whether Bitcoin continues its climb toward gold’s $15 trillion benchmark remains to be seen—but in this market, few are dismissing the possibility outright anymore.

Also Read: MicroStrategy Buys 4,225 Bitcoin Ahead of Crypto Week—MSTR Stock Nears $600

This latest acquisition increases the firm’s total Bitcoin holdings to 601,550 BTC. The company has now spent close to $43 billion building this position, solidifying its role as the largest corporate Bitcoin holder in the world.

MSTR Stock Has Nearly Doubled in Three Months

MicroStrategy shares have been in a sharp uptrend over the past quarter, gaining approximately 96% from the stock’s year-to-date low. That performance closely mirrors Bitcoin’s bullish run, as investors view MSTR as a Bitcoin proxy.

With Bitcoin crossing $120,000 on Monday, momentum in the crypto market is spilling over into MicroStrategy stock, reinforcing the company’s BTC-focused investment thesis.

Crypto Legislation Could Boost MSTR Further

Adding to the bullish backdrop, the U.S. House of Representatives is entering a high-stakes week for crypto policy between July 14 and July 18. Lawmakers are set to debate several key bills, including the CLARITY Act, the GENIUS Act, and the Anti-CBDC Surveillance State Act.

For MicroStrategy, the legislative focus on crypto could prove to be a significant catalyst. If these bills advance or succeed in legitimizing digital assets at the federal level, institutional money may increasingly flow into Bitcoin. That scenario directly benefits MicroStrategy, whose balance sheet is heavily tied to BTC.

Analysts See MSTR Climbing Past $600

Analysts tracking MicroStrategy believe the stock still has room to climb, even after its recent rally.

One factor driving bullish sentiment is the company’s annual “Strategy World” conference, where MicroStrategy reiterated its commitment to Bitcoin and long-term shareholder value. The firm’s leadership has made it clear: MicroStrategy is no longer just a software company—it’s evolving into a Bitcoin-native financial entity.

Beyond its Bitcoin holdings, MicroStrategy has also been developing financial products tied to its BTC reserves, such as the STRK and STRF fixed-income instruments. Some analysts believe these offerings are underappreciated by the market and could unlock additional equity value through creative financial engineering.

In updated price targets, analysts forecast MSTR stock could reach $620 over the next few months. That represents a substantial upside from current levels and signals confidence that MicroStrategy’s strategy is resonating with both retail and institutional investors.

Wall Street Maintains a Strong Buy Rating on MSTR

Investor sentiment toward MicroStrategy remains overwhelmingly positive. The stock currently holds a “Strong Buy”consensus rating on Wall Street, with a mean price target of $535. That suggests a potential 19% upside from current levels, with some analysts projecting even higher gains if Bitcoin’s bull market continues.

MicroStrategy Stock at a Turning Point

MicroStrategy’s move comes at a moment when the entire crypto market is under the microscope in Washington. With more than 601,000 Bitcoin now on its balance sheet, the company isn’t waiting for regulatory clarity—it’s continuing to buy aggressively while lawmakers debate the future of digital assets.

The stock is currently trading just below $600, a level that could be tested if Bitcoin’s rally holds and this week’s policy discussions tilt in crypto’s favor. For now, MicroStrategy’s strategy remains clear: buy Bitcoin, hold it, and let the market catch up.

Also Read: 4 Reasons to Buy Cardano Before 2025: Bitcoin Bridge, Blockchain Upgrades, Institutional Demand

That slow-and-steady approach worked in Cardano’s early years. The network attracted attention from developers and investors looking for an alternative to Ethereum’s congestion issues and high transaction costs. Cardano’s native token, ADA, climbed from an initial price of $0.02 to over $1 within months of its launch. During the crypto bull market of 2021, ADA peaked at $3.10, driven by excitement around its staking and smart contract features.

But in the years since, ADA has struggled to keep pace with its competitors. Today, Cardano trades at around $0.73, down more than 75% from its peak. Rising interest rates triggered a broad slowdown in speculative assets, and Cardano’s complex approval system for new projects slowed the development of its decentralized ecosystem. Meanwhile, blockchains like Solana and Avalanche gained market share by prioritizing speed and developer access.

Yet, there are signs that Cardano’s role in the crypto economy is starting to expand again—not through hype cycles, but through infrastructure updates and institutional partnerships that could reshape the network’s trajectory in 2025 and beyond.

Cardano Expands Transaction Capacity with Hydra and Mithril

One of Cardano’s most significant technical limitations has been transaction speed. Unlike Solana, which focuses on processing thousands of transactions per second by design, Cardano has historically emphasized security and validation over speed.

That’s beginning to change. Over the past year, Cardano developers rolled out Hydra, a Layer 2 scaling protocol that allows transactions to be processed off-chain without compromising the integrity of the main blockchain. The Hydra framework creates multiple transaction-processing "heads," enabling parallel execution of payments and smart contracts. The more heads deployed, the greater the capacity for decentralized finance (DeFi), gaming, and enterprise applications without creating congestion on Cardano’s main chain.

At the same time, Cardano has introduced Mithril, a protocol that reduces the data burden on users and developers by compressing blockchain records into lighter, more accessible snapshots. Mithril simplifies the process of connecting to the network, making it easier for both large institutional validators and individual wallet holders to interact with Cardano.

These aren’t theoretical upgrades. Hydra and Mithril are live and in use, giving Cardano the technical flexibility to handle a broader range of applications than it could manage during the last bull run. Developers building new projects on Cardano now have access to tools that can scale with real-world usage.

Bitcoin Liquidity Now Flows Through Cardano

In June, Cardano’s developer team launched Cardinal, a Bitcoin-to-Cardano bridge that allows Bitcoin assets to move directly onto the Cardano blockchain. This upgrade creates new opportunities for decentralized trading and stablecoin issuance, using Bitcoin-backed assets within Cardano’s ecosystem.

Before this integration, Cardano’s DeFi ambitions were limited by liquidity constraints. Most DeFi trading occurs on Ethereum or Solana, where wrapped Bitcoin and Bitcoin-backed derivatives are already active. By creating a direct bridge, Cardano opens the door to bringing Bitcoin’s massive liquidity pool into its own network.

This matters for two reasons: First, it gives developers new flexibility to create Bitcoin-pegged financial products on Cardano. Second, it reduces the reliance on Ethereum-compatible assets for DeFi growth. Cardano can now offer an alternative route for Bitcoin holders who want to engage in decentralized finance without leaving their assets locked in other ecosystems.

Institutional Participation Is Expanding

While Cardano has historically been seen as a retail investor project, large financial institutions are beginning to establish positions in its ecosystem. In May, Franklin Templeton, one of the world’s oldest asset managers, launched its own Cardano staking nodes. Running staking nodes means direct participation in Cardano’s proof-of-stake validation process, not just passive investment. This move signals that major financial firms are positioning themselves to play a role in the network’s future governance and operation.

Additionally, both Grayscale Investments and Tuttle Capital Management filed for Cardano-focused exchange-traded funds (ETFs) earlier this year. If approved, these ETFs would give investors exposure to ADA through traditional financial markets, expanding Cardano’s reach beyond cryptocurrency exchanges.

A governance change is also on the horizon. Cardano’s upcoming Voltaire upgrade will transfer decision-making power from the core development team to ADA holders. This shift is designed to decentralize control of the blockchain, allowing the community to vote directly on proposals and funding for new projects. For institutions, this model provides clearer guardrails for participation, reducing the regulatory uncertainty that comes with developer-controlled networks.

A More Favorable Macro Environment Could Boost Crypto Investment

Cardano’s price stagnation isn’t happening in a vacuum. Over the past two years, tighter monetary policy and higher interest rates have reduced investor appetite for riskier assets across the board. Cryptocurrencies, particularly smaller altcoins like ADA, tend to be among the first sectors impacted when markets pull back from speculation.

That backdrop is beginning to change. The Federal Reserve has already cut interest rates three times in 2024, and expectations point to at least two more reductions by year-end. Lower rates tend to push capital back toward growth assets, including cryptocurrency.

Bitcoin usually leads during these periods of renewed investor interest, but historically, altcoins like Cardano see inflows shortly after. If capital starts moving back into the crypto market in the second half of 2025, Cardano’s recent technical upgrades and expanded institutional support could give it a stronger position than it held during previous cycles.

Cardano Prepares for Its Next Phase

Cardano’s blockchain is no longer in a holding pattern. Its Bitcoin bridge is live, its scaling framework is expanding, and major financial players are participating directly in network operations. These moves place Cardano in a different position than it held during the last crypto cycle.

With these tools now deployed, developers and institutions have clearer reasons to build on Cardano’s network rather than wait for future updates. The focus in the months ahead will shift to adoption, transaction volume, and whether this momentum turns into broader participation before 2025 ends.

Highlights for Investors:

• Cardano now supports Bitcoin transactions through its newly launched Cardinal bridge.
• The Hydra Layer 2 rollout boosts Cardano’s transaction speed and scalability for DeFi and gaming.
• Mithril is live, allowing faster blockchain verification with reduced hardware requirements.
• Franklin Templeton is directly participating in Cardano by running institutional staking nodes.
• Grayscale and Tuttle Capital have filed for ADA ETFs, aiming to bring Cardano to traditional markets.
• The Voltaire upgrade will transfer Cardano’s governance to ADA holders through on-chain voting.
• Lower global interest rates in 2025 are creating a crypto-friendly investment climate that may benefit Cardano.

Also Read: Bitcoin Isn’t the Only Game Anymore — These 4 Cryptos Are Catching Wall Street’s Eye

The price of Bitcoin climbed as high as $123,205 in early trading before slipping back to around $121,600 by mid-morning. Other cryptocurrencies followed the move: Ether crossed $3,000, and altcoins like Solana, Chainlink, XRP, and Uniswap also gained.

Monday’s rally comes as Congress begins a week of votes on key crypto-related legislation. The House of Representatives is expected to take up several bills that could reshape how digital assets are regulated in the U.S.

Among them:

• The CLARITY Act, which would set clearer rules for crypto exchanges and token classification.

• The Anti-CBDC Surveillance State Act, which aims to block government-issued central bank digital currencies.

• The GENIUS Stablecoin Package, a Senate-backed plan to regulate stablecoins while keeping them legal to operate.

The push for new rules aligns with President Trump’s stated goal of making the U.S. friendlier to crypto businesses while keeping government-backed digital currencies in check.

ETF Demand Lifts Bitcoin Higher

Bitcoin’s price has also been driven by strong inflows into U.S. Bitcoin ETFs. Last week, investors put more than $2.7 billion into Bitcoin funds, making it one of the largest weekly inflows since spot ETFs launched in early 2024. The 12 U.S. Bitcoin ETFs now hold about $151 billion in assets.

“It’s not just retail traders driving this anymore,” said George Mandres, a senior trader at XBTO. “Institutional buyers are treating Bitcoin as part of a long-term strategy, not just a trade.”

Bitcoin futures markets tell a similar story. Open interest reached $86.3 billion on Monday, the highest on record, according to Coinglass data.

Short Sellers Get Burned

A big part of the rally came from traders who had bet against Bitcoin and were forced to buy back in as the price moved higher. Over $1 billion in short positions were wiped out in the past three days.

“These kinds of liquidations can really drive fast moves like this,” said Rachael Lucas, an analyst at BTC Markets. “Now the focus shifts to $125,000. That’s the next big level traders are watching.”

Lucas said Bitcoin still has strong support around $112,000 and any pullback is likely to attract buyers.

Bitcoin’s Gains Spill Over to Other Coins

The rise in Bitcoin has lifted other parts of the crypto market. Ether climbed as much as 2.9% Monday, while Solana, Chainlink, and Uniswap also posted gains. Trading volumes across crypto exchanges jumped as traders repositioned for the new week.

Michael Saylor’s firm, Strategy, now holds more than $73 billion worth of Bitcoin, reflecting the continued interest from large institutional holders.

Some Analysts Caution Against Reading Too Much Into the Rally

Not everyone agrees this move is about long-term fundamentals. Some see it as a market event driven by forced buying and a favorable policy window.

“This isn’t purely about macro conditions,” said Nicolai Sondergaard, a research analyst at Nansen. “The U.S. is running a big fiscal deficit and there’s talk of easier monetary policy, but this rally has mostly come from crypto-specific events like ETF demand and traders getting squeezed.”

Still, with Bitcoin up 30% so far in 2025—on top of more than doubling last year—the market has remained resilient even as other risk assets have slowed down.

Also Read: 2 Cryptos Everyone’s Watching: Sky-High Prices, Bigger Risks

Bitcoin is setting new records as corporations and even the U.S. government prepare to use it as a financial reserve. Solana, meanwhile, is battling back from a price decline, hoping that the launch of new exchange-traded funds (ETFs) will help it win over institutional investors.

These changes signal a deeper transformation in how cryptocurrency fits into global finance.

Bitcoin Hits $118,856 as Corporate Buying Continues

Bitcoin reached an all-time high of $118,856 in June 2025, and it continues to trade near that level. Unlike previous rallies, this price surge isn’t driven by short-term speculation. The biggest buyers in today’s market are corporate treasuries looking for long-term assets that can protect against inflation and currency risk.

MicroStrategy, the software company that pioneered Bitcoin balance sheet investing, now holds more than $65 billion worth of Bitcoin. Its strategy is simple: convert excess cash into Bitcoin to guard against the weakening of traditional currencies.

Other companies are following MicroStrategy’s lead. In 2025, more CFOs are starting to treat Bitcoin like digital gold, especially as global economic policies become harder to predict.

Trump Media Joins the Bitcoin Treasury Trend

One of the newest players in the Bitcoin treasury space is Trump Media & Technology Group, where Donald Trump remains the largest shareholder. Earlier this year, the company raised $2.3 billion from investors. Instead of using the funds for expansion or development, it announced plans to purchase large amounts of Bitcoin.

The company has publicly stated that Bitcoin will serve as part of its long-term reserve strategy, making it one of the first major media companies to convert corporate capital into crypto.

This move also reflects Trump’s ongoing public support for Bitcoin and decentralized finance, themes he has promoted since his 2024 campaign.

U.S. Treasury Creates Strategic Bitcoin Reserve

In March, the U.S. Treasury Department introduced the Strategic Bitcoin Reserve, a new program that lays the groundwork for Bitcoin to be held at the national level. The program allows the government to purchase Bitcoin as long as the buying is "budget neutral," meaning it must be funded by savings from other programs or reallocated spending—not new debt.

As of July, the government has not yet bought Bitcoin for the reserve. But financial experts expect this to change after the passage of Trump’s major fiscal bill this summer, which includes provisions for digital asset management.

If the Treasury begins acquiring Bitcoin, it will mark the first time the U.S. government formally adds cryptocurrency to its financial toolkit. This could put additional pressure on supply, pushing prices even higher.

Bitcoin Stays Strong During Market Shocks

Bitcoin’s recent resilience is part of why it’s attracting new types of buyers. After Trump announced sweeping tariffs on April 2, traditional financial markets reacted immediately. Stocks fell, bonds became unstable, and global trade partners responded with their own measures.

Bitcoin dipped briefly but quickly recovered, unlike most other assets. This behavior has reinforced the idea that Bitcoin can serve as a hedge during times of political or economic stress.

For companies and high-net-worth individuals, this makes Bitcoin a safer bet than it was in earlier years when it was seen as purely speculative.

Solana Faces Pressure After Price Drop

While Bitcoin is breaking records, Solana is trying to recover from a steep decline. In January 2025, Solana’s price hit an all-time high of $294, fueled by crypto market momentum during Trump’s inauguration. But by July, the price had dropped to $163.

The primary reason: Solana became the top blockchain for meme coin launches in 2024. Meme coins are low-value cryptocurrencies created for fun or speculation, often tied to internet jokes or celebrity endorsements. Solana’s fast transaction speeds made it the platform of choice for this trend.

When the meme coin market collapsed earlier this year, trading activity on Solana fell with it. As a result, Solana’s price dropped sharply.

Solana ETFs Could Reverse the Decline

Solana’s next big milestone is the potential approval of spot Solana exchange-traded funds (ETFs). These ETFs would allow investors to buy and sell Solana like a stock, directly through their brokerage accounts, without needing to manage digital wallets.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is reviewing several Solana ETF proposals. Bloomberg analysts estimate a 95% chance of approval in 2025, with a final decision expected between August and September.

If approved, Solana ETFs would make it easier for institutional investors—such as pension funds and mutual funds—to gain exposure to the asset. This could bring in billions in new investments, shifting Solana’s image from meme coin network to mainstream financial product.

Solana Has Rebounded From Crashes Before

Solana’s current slump isn’t its first. In 2022, after the collapse of the FTX exchange led by Sam Bankman-Fried, Solana’s price crashed to just $10. Many thought the project wouldn’t survive.

But in 2023, Solana made a dramatic comeback, gaining over 900% as concerns about FTX faded. Some traders believe Solana’s current situation could lead to a similar rebound if the ETFs get approved and new institutional investors come onboard.

Bitcoin and Solana Compared

Here’s how Bitcoin and Solana stack up today:

And now, that promise is becoming reality.

While most global retailers still operate with traditional currencies, dozens of major brands have quietly started accepting cryptocurrency for everyday purchases. Whether you’re buying a flight, a fast-food meal, or a new phone, digital currencies are increasingly welcomed at the checkout.

Here are 50 stores and platforms that currently accept crypto, either directly or indirectly, giving you real-world ways to use your Bitcoin and beyond.

25 Businesses Where You Can Pay with Crypto Directly

Ready to shop with your digital wallet? These companies accept crypto straight up, meaning you can pay for your items without converting your coins or going through a third party:

• The Home Depot – Use crypto to purchase home improvement tools and appliances.

• Whole Foods – Buy groceries and organic goods using digital currency via select payment partners.

• Chipotle – Grab a burrito and pay with Bitcoin at participating locations.

• Ace Jewelers – Shop fine jewelry and luxury watches using crypto.

• AMC Theatres – Book movie tickets and concessions through crypto-enabled checkout.

• AltusHost – Pay for web hosting and digital infrastructure services in Bitcoin.

• Avnet – One of the largest electronics suppliers now supports crypto transactions.

• BitPay Travel – Book hotels and flights using your crypto holdings.

• Chess.com – Upgrade to premium memberships with Bitcoin and other coins.

• Cornerstone Title – A real estate title service accepting crypto for select transactions.

• CRM Jewelers – Known for high-end watches, this Miami-based store takes crypto.

• CyberGhost VPN – Protect your online privacy while paying with cryptocurrency.

• Dallas Mavericks – The NBA team accepts crypto for tickets and merchandise.

• ExpressVPN – Subscribe to this VPN service using Bitcoin.

• HackerOne – Cybersecurity and bug bounty platform accepting crypto from clients.

• IFLW (I F*ing Love Watches)** – Get luxury timepieces with your digital assets.

• JetFinder – Charter private jets globally and pay with crypto.

• JM Bullion – Buy gold and silver with Bitcoin — a modern twist on precious metals.

• Jomashop – Purchase luxury accessories and watches via digital currency.

• Lanieri – Order custom Italian suits and pay in crypto.

• Marc Gebauer – High-end fashion and collectible store offering crypto checkout.

• McCarthy Uniforms – Pay for school and work uniforms using digital payment options.

• Menufy – Order food from local restaurants and pay with crypto.

• Monarch Air Group – Book private jet services with crypto payments accepted.

• Newegg – One of the first major electronics retailers to accept Bitcoin.

25 Stores Where You Can Use Crypto via Gift Cards

Some brands don’t accept crypto directly, but you can still use your digital assets to shop with them. Several platforms let you convert crypto into store-specific gift cards — allowing you to spend at thousands of locations:

• Adidas – Buy fashion and sportswear using gift cards purchased with Bitcoin.

• 1-800-Flowers – Send flowers and gifts with crypto-purchased e-gift cards.

• Ikea – Use crypto gift cards to shop for furniture and home essentials.

• Nike – Get the latest shoes and apparel through crypto-converted gift cards.

• Apple – Use your coins to get Apple Store gift cards for devices and subscriptions.

• Airbnb – Book stays worldwide by buying Airbnb credits with crypto.

• AutoZone – Maintain your vehicle by spending crypto-backed gift cards.

• Barnes & Noble – Buy books, games, and more with digital currency indirectly.

• Bath & Body Works – Use crypto-funded cards for lotions, soaps, and gifts.

• Best Buy – Shop electronics using gift cards purchased with cryptocurrency.

• Burger King – Use crypto gift cards to satisfy your fast-food cravings.

• Buffalo Wild Wings – Game day meals, paid with Bitcoin via gift card.

• Chainalysis – While it’s a blockchain company, some services can be gift card-funded.

• Darden Restaurants – Covers brands like Olive Garden and LongHorn Steakhouse.

• Delta Airlines – Buy gift cards with crypto to fund future flights.

• Domino’s Pizza – Turn crypto into slices through e-gift cards.

• DoorDash – Use crypto to buy food delivery credits.

• Fanatics – Get officially licensed sports gear paid for by your coins.

• GAP – Spend crypto on fashion for the whole family through prepaid gift cards.

• GameStop – Stock up on games and gear using Bitcoin-funded gift cards.

• Google Play – Buy apps, movies, and more with crypto-purchased credits.

• Grubhub – Satisfy your hunger with delivery funded by digital assets.

• Guitar Center – Buy instruments and gear through crypto-enabled vouchers.

• H&M – Use crypto indirectly for trend-forward fashion and accessories.

• Hotels.com – Book a stay anywhere in the world, paid for with Bitcoin gift cards.